WO2023011386A1 - Whitelist control method in beidou communication system and related device - Google Patents

Whitelist control method in beidou communication system and related device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023011386A1
WO2023011386A1 PCT/CN2022/109307 CN2022109307W WO2023011386A1 WO 2023011386 A1 WO2023011386 A1 WO 2023011386A1 CN 2022109307 W CN2022109307 W CN 2022109307W WO 2023011386 A1 WO2023011386 A1 WO 2023011386A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
beidou
short message
network device
message
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/109307
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李振洲
钱锋
余小勇
朱颖
甘雯昱
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202111278468.3A external-priority patent/CN115706604A/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023011386A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023011386A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/15Active relay systems
    • H04B7/185Space-based or airborne stations; Stations for satellite systems

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of satellite communication, and in particular to a white list control method and related devices in the Beidou communication system.
  • the Beidou short message communication service is one of the characteristics of the Beidou satellite navigation system that is different from other global positioning and navigation systems such as the global positioning system (GPS) and the global navigation satellite system (GLONASS). It is used for positioning and communication in areas where mobile communication is not covered, or cannot be covered, or the communication system is destroyed, such as oceans, deserts, grasslands, and uninhabited areas.
  • the communication system of the Beidou short message service upgrades the technical system, and opens some necessary resources of the communication system of the Beidou short message service to civilian use. According to the characteristics of the civil service and equipment, it needs to be based on the characteristics of the communication system of the Beidou short message service Design communication protocols.
  • a Beidou network device receives a short message sent by a second terminal to a first terminal under the Beidou network, it will send the short message to the first terminal.
  • the Beidou network equipment will also forward some unimportant short messages (for example, advertisement messages) to the first terminal. In this way, air interface transmission resources in the Beidou communication system will be occupied, and power consumption of the first terminal for receiving short messages will also be increased.
  • the present application provides a white list control method and a related device in the Beidou communication system.
  • This application relates to the field of satellite communications.
  • the Beidou network device After the Beidou network device receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal under the Beidou network, it can judge whether the white list of the first terminal includes the second terminal's message based on the stored white list of the first terminal. logo.
  • the Beidou network equipment determines that the white list of the first terminal includes the identifier of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment stores the first short message.
  • the Beidou network equipment determines that the white list of the first terminal does not include the identifier of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment discards the first short message. In this way, Beidou network equipment can only receive and forward short messages sent by terminals in the white list, saving storage space and air interface transmission resources of the Beidou communication system, and reducing the power consumption of the first terminal receiving short messages.
  • the present application provides a white list control method in the Beidou communication system, including: the Beidou network equipment receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal through the cellular network equipment; when the Beidou network equipment determines that When the white list of the first terminal includes the identification of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment stores the first short message; when the Beidou network equipment determines that the white list of the first terminal does not include the identification of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment Discard the first short message.
  • the storage space of the Beidou network equipment is saved, the occupation of air interface transmission resources in the Beidou communication system is reduced, and the power consumption of the first terminal receiving Beidou short messages from the Beidou network equipment is reduced.
  • the Beidou network device determines that the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal, the Beidou network device stores the first short message, and the method further includes: sending the Beidou network device to the cellular network The device sends confirmation reception information, and the confirmation reception information is used to instruct the cellular network device to delete the first short message.
  • the method further includes: the Beidou network equipment receives the first request from the first terminal ;
  • the first request is used to obtain short messages sent to the first terminal by one or more terminals, and one or more terminals include the second terminal; when the white list of the first terminal includes the second terminal, the Beidou network device will A short message is sent to the first terminal; when the white list of the first terminal does not include the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment sends the first indication information to the first terminal, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the Beidou network equipment does not store the second terminal. A short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal.
  • the method further includes: when the white list of the first terminal does not include the second terminal, the Beidou network device sends the second terminal is added to the whitelist of the first terminal.
  • the Beidou network device adds the second terminal to the whitelist of the first terminal, which specifically includes: when the number of terminal identifiers stored in the whitelist of the first terminal in the Beidou network device and the first When the maximum number of terminal identifiers stored in the terminal whitelist is the same, the Beidou network device replaces the identifier of the third terminal in the whitelist with the identifier of the second terminal.
  • the first request includes a service type field, and the service type field is used to indicate the service type of the first request; wherein, the service type of the first request includes downloading short messages sent by specified terminals in the whitelist Service, download the short message service sent by all terminals, download the short message service sent by the specified terminal not in the white list.
  • the first request when the service type of the first request is to download the short message service sent by the specified terminal in the white list, the first request also includes a white name unit map field, and the white name unit map field uses Indicates the serial number of the second terminal in the white list of the first terminal.
  • the first request when the service type of the first request is to download a short message service sent by a specified terminal not in the white list, the first request further includes a target terminal identification field, which is used for Indicates the identity of the second terminal.
  • the present application provides a whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system, including: the first terminal sends a first request to the Beidou network device, and the first request is used to obtain information sent by one or more terminals to the first terminal.
  • Short message one or more terminals include the second terminal; when the white list of the first terminal includes the identification of the second terminal, the first terminal receives the first short message from the second terminal sent by the Beidou network equipment;
  • the white list of the first terminal does not include the identity of the second terminal, the first terminal receives the first indication information sent by the Beidou network equipment, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the Beidou network equipment does not store the information sent by the second terminal to A short message from the first terminal.
  • the method further includes: when the service type of the first request is to download a short message service sent by a specified terminal not in the white list,
  • the first request also includes a target terminal identification field, which is used to indicate the identification of the second terminal; the first terminal adds the identification of the second terminal to the white list of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal adds the identifier of the second terminal to the whitelist of the first terminal, which specifically includes: when the number of terminal identifiers stored in the whitelist of the first terminal and the identifier of the first terminal When the maximum number of terminal identifications stored in the white list is the same, the first terminal replaces the identification of the third terminal in the white list with the identification of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal adjusts the white list of the first terminal through the Beidou operation server.
  • the present application provides a Beidou communication system, including: a first terminal and Beidou network equipment.
  • Beidou network equipment configured to receive the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal
  • the Beidou network device is further configured to store the first short message when the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal; and discard the first short message when the white list of the first terminal does not include the identity of the second terminal. short message;
  • the first terminal is configured to send a first request to the Beidou network device, the first request is used to obtain a short message sent to the first terminal by one or more terminals, and the one or more terminals include a second terminal;
  • the first terminal is also used to receive the first short message from the second terminal sent by the Beidou network equipment when the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal; when the white list of the first terminal does not include When identifying the second terminal, the first indication information sent by the Beidou network equipment is received, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal is not stored in the Beidou network equipment.
  • the present application provides a communication system, which is characterized by including a cellular network device and a second terminal: the second terminal is configured to send a first short message to the cellular network device, wherein the first short message
  • the receiver is the first terminal; the cellular network device is used to query the network where the first terminal currently resides after receiving the first short message; the cellular network device is also used to query the network where the first terminal currently resides
  • the resident network is the Beidou network, sending Beidou prompt information to the second terminal, the Beidou prompt information is used to notify the second terminal that the first terminal is currently in the Beidou network; the second terminal is also used to receive After the Beidou prompt information, a first prompt is displayed, and the first prompt is used to prompt the user that the first terminal currently resides in the Beidou network; the second terminal is also used to receive and respond to the user's first input, and send
  • the cellular network device sends confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to confirm that the first short message is sent to the first terminal residing
  • the second terminal under the cellular network sends a message to the first terminal under the Beidou network, because it cannot identify whether the first terminal is under the Beidou network or under the cellular network, and when the first terminal is under the Beidou network, it is in the cellular network. If the second terminal under the network wants to send the short message to the first terminal, the user of the first terminal will be charged more expensively. Moreover, unnecessary short messages will also occupy the downlink channel resources of the satellites in the Beidou communication system.
  • the present application provides a communication system and its method.
  • the cellular network device receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, it can inquire about the network where the first terminal resides, and at the first When the network where the terminal resides is the Beidou network, a Beidou reminder is sent to the second terminal to remind the second terminal that the first terminal currently resides on the Beidou network. If the cellular network device receives confirmation that the second terminal continues to send the first short message to the second terminal residing in the Beidou network, the cellular network device can send the first short message to the first terminal through the Beidou network device. In this way, it is possible to avoid expensive communication costs for the users of the first terminal, and it is also possible to eliminate unnecessary short messages sent through the Beidou network equipment as much as possible, and reduce downlink channel resources for satellites in the Beidou communication system.
  • the cellular network device is further configured to receive network status information reported by the first terminal before receiving the first short message, where the network status information is used to indicate that the first terminal will resident network. In this way, it is convenient for the cellular network device to know the network status of the first terminal directly by reporting the network status of the first terminal.
  • the cellular network device is further configured to receive network status information reported by the Beidou network device before receiving the first short message, where the network status information is used to indicate that the first terminal is camped on network left. In this way, it is convenient for the cellular network device to indirectly report the network status of the first terminal through the Beidou network device, and know the network status of the first terminal.
  • the cellular network device is further configured to send the first short message to the first terminal when it is found that the network where the first terminal currently resides is a cellular network.
  • the first short message can be directly sent to the first terminal through the cellular network when the first terminal can use the cellular network, which saves the communication costs of the message sender and the receiver.
  • the second terminal is further configured to receive a second input from the user after the first prompt is displayed; the second terminal is also configured to send the cellular
  • the network device sends rejection information, and the rejection information is used to cancel sending the first short message to the first terminal under the Beidou network; the cellular network device is also used to store the first short message. In this way, the communication fee of the user of the second terminal can be saved.
  • the cellular network device is further configured to: if it is detected within a preset time after storing the first short message that the first terminal switches to camp on the cellular network, the stored first short message The short message is sent to the first terminal. In this way, it is possible to prevent the first terminal from missing short messages.
  • the cellular network device is further configured to: if it is not detected within a preset time after storing the first short message that the first terminal switches to camp on the cellular network, the first The short message is deleted. In this way, the storage space of the cellular network device can be saved.
  • the present application provides a message sending method, including: after receiving the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, the cellular network device queries the network where the first terminal currently resides; if the first The network where the terminal currently resides is the Beidou network, and the cellular network device sends Beidou prompt information to the second terminal, and the Beidou prompt information is used to notify the second terminal that the first terminal currently resides on the Beidou network; the cellular network device receives the second Confirmation information sent by the terminal, the confirmation information is used to confirm that the first short message is sent to the first terminal residing under the Beidou network; the cellular network device sends the first short message to the Beidou network device after receiving the confirmation information , the Beidou network device is used to send the message content in the first short message to the first terminal under the Beidou network.
  • the present application provides a communication system and its method.
  • a cellular network device receives the first short message sent from the second terminal to the first terminal, it can inquire about the network where the first terminal resides, and when the first terminal resides When the remaining network is the Beidou network, a Beidou reminder is sent to the second terminal, reminding the second terminal that the first terminal currently resides in the Beidou network. If the cellular network device receives confirmation that the second terminal continues to send the first short message to the second terminal residing in the Beidou network, the cellular network device can send the first short message to the first terminal through the Beidou network device. In this way, it is possible to avoid expensive communication costs for the users of the first terminal, and it is also possible to eliminate unnecessary short messages sent through the Beidou network equipment as much as possible, and reduce downlink channel resources for satellites in the Beidou communication system.
  • the cellular network device before receiving the first short message, receives network status information reported by the first terminal, where the network status information is used to indicate the network where the first terminal will camp. In this way, it is convenient for the cellular network device to know the network status of the first terminal directly by reporting the network status of the first terminal.
  • the cellular network device before receiving the first short message, receives network status information reported by the Beidou network device, where the network status information is used to indicate the network where the first terminal resides. In this way, it is convenient for the cellular network device to indirectly report the network status of the first terminal through the Beidou network device, and know the network status of the first terminal.
  • the cellular network device sends the first short message to the first terminal when it is found that the network where the first terminal currently resides is a cellular network.
  • the first short message can be directly sent to the first terminal through the cellular network, which saves the communication cost of the message sender and the receiver.
  • the cellular network device After the cellular network device sends the Beidou prompt information to the second terminal, it receives the rejection information sent by the second terminal, and the rejection information is used to cancel sending the first short message to the Beidou network.
  • the first terminal; the cellular network device stores the first short message in response to the rejection information. In this way, the communication fee of the user of the second terminal can be saved.
  • the cellular network device detects that the first terminal switches to camp on the cellular network within a preset time after storing the first short message, it sends the stored first short message to the first terminal. In this way, it is possible to prevent the first terminal from missing short messages.
  • the cellular network device does not detect that the first terminal switches to camp on the cellular network within a preset time after storing the first short message, the first short message is deleted. In this way, the storage space of the cellular network device can be saved.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including one or more processors, one or more memories, and a transceiver.
  • the transceiver, the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the The communication device executes the method in any possible implementation manner of any of the foregoing aspects.
  • the communication device may be a terminal or other product form equipment.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including one or more processors, one or more memories, and a transceiver.
  • the transceiver, the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the The communication device executes the method in any possible implementation manner of any of the foregoing aspects.
  • the communication device may be Beidou network equipment, or any network element or a combination of multiple network elements in the Beidou network equipment.
  • the communication device may be a cellular network device, or any network element or a combination of multiple network elements in the cellular network device.
  • the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.
  • the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.
  • the present application provides a chip or a chip system applied to a terminal, including a processing circuit and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processing circuit, and the processing circuit is used to run the code Instructions to execute the method in any possible implementation of any of the foregoing aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of an inbound data protocol encapsulation framework of a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis framework for inbound data of a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 2C is a schematic diagram of a protocol encapsulation framework for outbound data of a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 2D is a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis framework for outbound data of a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • 3A-3O are schematic diagrams of the operation flow for a group of terminals under the Beidou network to send messages to terminals under the cellular network provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • 4A-4K are schematic diagrams of the operation flow for a group of terminals under the cellular network to send messages to terminals under the Beidou network provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic flow diagram of a letter request in a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic flow diagram of a whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 6A-6G are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 7A-7G are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 8A-8C are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the “multiple” The meaning is two or more.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is under the Beidou network, the first terminal can send a mailbox profile query request (also called a profile request) to the Beidou network equipment, and the profile request can be used to instruct the Beidou network equipment to send the first terminal
  • Send query results query results include the number of short messages sent by other terminals to the first terminal, for example, the first terminal can query whether there is a short message from the second terminal, and the query result returned is the number of short messages sent by the second terminal quantity.
  • the first terminal can also send a letter message download request (also called a letter request) to the Beidou network equipment. The letter request can be used to instruct the Beidou network equipment to send the download result to the first terminal.
  • the download result includes other terminals sent to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal can also inquire whether there are other terminals under the cellular network for the first terminal. Sending letters, and knowing the quantity and content of letters sent to the first terminal by other terminals under the cellular network.
  • the first terminal is under the Beidou network, that is, the Beidou communication module in the first terminal is turned on, and the first terminal does not reside under the cellular network.
  • a Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a Beidou communication system 10 in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Beidou communication system 10 may include but not limited to a terminal 100, a Beidou short message satellite 21, a Beidou network device 200, a cellular network device 400, a terminal 300, and the like.
  • the terminal 100 can query the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by one or more terminals residing in the cellular network (for example, the terminal 300 shown in FIG. 1 ) through the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the terminal 100 can also download the message content of the short message sent to the terminal 100 by one or more terminals (for example, the terminal 300 ) residing in the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the terminal 100 can send a mailbox overview query request (also called an overview request) to the Beidou network device 200.
  • a mailbox overview query request also called an overview request
  • the Beidou network device 200 After the Beidou network device 200 receives the overview request, based on the overview request, it can obtain the information of the letters sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals. quantity. Then, the Beidou network device 200 can reply the query result to the terminal 100 , that is, the number of letters received by the terminal 100 .
  • the terminal 100 can send a letter message download request (also called a letter request) to the Beidou network device 200.
  • a letter message download request also called a letter request
  • the Beidou network device 200 After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request, based on the letter request, it can obtain the content of the letter sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals. Then, the Beidou network device 200 can reply the download result to the terminal 100 , that is, the content of the letter received by the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may include, but not limited to, the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 , the Beidou central station 23 and the Beidou short message integrated communication platform 24 .
  • the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 may include one or more devices with a sending function and one or more devices with a receiving function, or may include one or more devices with a sending function and a receiving function, which is not limited herein .
  • the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 can be used for the data processing function of the Beidou network equipment 200 in the physical layer (physical layer protocol, PHY).
  • the Beidou central station 23 can be used for the Beidou network equipment 200 to process data in the satellite link control layer (satellite link control protocol, SLC) and message data convergence layer (message data convergence protocol, MDCP).
  • the Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24 can be used to process data at the application layer (application layer protocol, APP).
  • the cellular network device 400 may include but not limited to a short message center (short message service center, SMSC) 25, a home location register (home location register, HLR)/home subscriber server (home subscriber server, HSS) 28.
  • the short message center 25 can be used to store and forward short messages, that is, the short message center 25 can forward the data sent by the terminal under the Beidou network to the terminal under the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200, and can also be used to transfer the data sent by the terminal under the cellular network to the terminal under the cellular network.
  • the data sent by the terminal is sent to the terminal under the Beidou network through the Beidou network equipment 200.
  • HLR/HSS28 can be used to record the network (for example, Beidou network, cellular network) where the terminal resides.
  • the terminal 100 of the Beidou network can send a Beidou short message to the terminal 300 of the cellular network.
  • the terminal 100 can first send the Beidou short message to the Beidou short message satellite 21, and the Beidou short message satellite 21 only relays, and can directly forward the Beidou short message sent by the terminal 100 to the Beidou network device 200 on the ground.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can analyze the Beidou short message forwarded by the satellite according to the Beidou communication protocol, and forward the message content parsed from the Beidou short message to the cellular network device 400.
  • the cellular network device 400 can forward the content of the message to the terminal 300 through a traditional cellular communication network.
  • the terminal 300 of the cellular network can also send a short message to the terminal 100 of the Beidou network.
  • the terminal 300 may send the short message to the short message center 25 through a traditional cellular communication network.
  • the short message center 25 can forward the short message of the terminal 300 to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 can encapsulate the content of the short message of the terminal 300 into a Beidou short message, and send it to the terminal 100 via the Beidou short message satellite 21 relay.
  • the Beidou communication system 10 may also include a national emergency rescue platform and a national emergency rescue center.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can send the emergency rescue message sent by the terminal 100 to the national emergency rescue center through the national emergency rescue platform.
  • the process of sending data from the terminal 100 to the Beidou network device 200 is inbound.
  • the process of the Beidou network device 200 sending data to the terminal 100 is outbound.
  • the data sent to the terminal 100 such as a message, or a short message, or a short message, or an email, may be called a letter.
  • FIG. 2A shows a schematic diagram of a protocol encapsulation architecture of inbound data of a Beidou communication system 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the Beidou message transmission protocol layer on the terminal 100 can be divided into an application layer, a message data aggregation layer, a satellite link control layer and a physical layer.
  • the workflow of the Beidou message transmission protocol on the terminal 100 can be as follows:
  • the terminal 100 can generate an application layer message based on the original data. Specifically, the terminal 100 may add packet header information before the original data to obtain the application layer packet.
  • the message header information may include but not limited to a service type field and the like.
  • the service type field may be used to indicate the service type of the application layer message generated by the terminal 100, for example, message communication service (also known as general data service), mailbox profile query service, mail message download service and so on.
  • the service type field indicates that the service of the application layer message is a message communication service
  • the original data of the application layer message may include but not limited to text information, voice, image, animation, recipient ID etc.
  • the terminal 100 may send the Beidou short message to the terminal indicated by the receiver ID through the application layer message of the message communication service.
  • the application layer message may not include original data.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may send the query result to the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may send the above-mentioned download result to the terminal 100 .
  • the overview request and letter request may include original data, and the original data may include a message ID, and the message ID may be used to indicate the Beidou short message recently received by the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 can determine the latest Beidou short message sent to the terminal 100 based on the message ID, so that the Beidou network device 200 can send the Beidou short message not received by the terminal 100 to the terminal 100 .
  • the value of the message ID can be set as a preset initial value.
  • the terminal 100 may encrypt the original data, and add an encryption indication field in the packet header information, and the encryption indication field may be used to indicate the encryption algorithm used by the terminal 100 to encrypt the data.
  • the terminal 100 may first compress the original data.
  • the packet header may also include a compression indication field.
  • the compression indication field may be used to indicate the type of compression algorithm used by the terminal 100 to compress data.
  • the terminal 100 may compress the original data to obtain compressed data. The terminal 100 may add the above-mentioned compression indication field before the compressed data. Then use the key to encrypt the compressed data with the compression indication field added to obtain the encrypted data.
  • the value of the encryption indication field is a specified value (for example, 0) it may be used to indicate that the terminal 100 does not encrypt the original data.
  • the value of the compression indication field is a specified value (for example, 0) it can be used to indicate that the terminal 100 does not compress the original data.
  • the terminal 100 can obtain the application layer message sent by the APP layer through the interlayer interface, and use the application layer message as an MDCP SDU.
  • the terminal 100 can add padding to a specified length at the end of the MDCP SDU, and add a redundant length indication field to the MDCP SDU.
  • the redundant length indication field may be used to indicate the length of the padding data.
  • the terminal 100 can split the padding data and the MDCP SDU after adding the redundant length indication field into one or more fixed-length MDCP segment data (M_segment), and add a follow-up indication to the header of each MDCP segment data field to get the MDCP PDU. That is, the MDCP PDU includes M_segment and successor indication fields.
  • the successor indication field can be used to indicate the order of the current MDCP PDU in multiple MDCP PDUs in the same MDCP SDU, or the current MDCP PDU is the only MDCP PDU of the MDCP SDU.
  • the terminal 100 can obtain the MDCP PDU sent by the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC SDU.
  • the terminal 100 can segment the SLC SDU into one or more (for example, 4) fixed-length SLC segment data (S_segment), and add frame header information (also known as frame header) to each S_segment header. Format indication information) to get the SLC PDU.
  • the frame header information may include but not limited to a user ID field, a frame total number field and a frame sequence number field.
  • the user ID field can be used to indicate the terminal (for example, terminal 100) that generates the SLC PDU.
  • the total number of frames field can be used to indicate the total number of SLC PDUs included in the SLC SDU to which the SLC PDU belongs.
  • the frame sequence number field can be used to indicate the sequence number of the SLC PDU in the SLC SDU to which it belongs.
  • the terminal 100 can obtain the SLC PDU delivered by the SLC layer through the interlayer interface.
  • the terminal 100 may perform inbound physical layer processing (for example, operations such as coding, modulation, and spread spectrum) on the inbound data to obtain the inbound data.
  • the terminal 100 can send the inbound data to the Beidou short message satellite 21 , and forward it to the Beidou network device 200 via the Beidou short message satellite 21 .
  • FIG. 2B shows a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis architecture of inbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the Beidou message transmission protocol layer on the Beidou network device 200 can be divided into an application layer, a message data aggregation layer, a satellite link control layer and a physical layer.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may include, but not limited to, the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 , the Beidou central station 23 and the Beidou short message integrated communication platform 24 .
  • the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the PHY layer.
  • the Beidou central station 23 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the SLC layer and the MDCP layer.
  • the Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the APP layer.
  • the workflow of the Beidou message transmission protocol on the Beidou network device 200 can be as follows:
  • the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the inbound data sent by the terminal 100 . After the Beidou network device 200 performs inbound physical layer processing (for example, operations such as despreading, demodulation, and decoding) on the inbound data, it can present it to the SLC layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC PDU of the SLC layer.
  • inbound physical layer processing for example, operations such as despreading, demodulation, and decoding
  • the Beidou network device 200 can splice the SLC PDUs of the same SLC SDU belonging to the same terminal into one SLC SDU based on the frame header information of the SLC PDU.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can present the SLC SDU to the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the MDCP PDU of the MDCP layer.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can splice together all MDCP PDUs belonging to the same MDCP SDU according to the receiving time, and remove the padding data and redundant length indication fields of the spliced MDCP PDUs to obtain the MDCP SDU.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can present the MDCP SDU to the APP layer through the interlayer interface as an application layer message received by the APP layer.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may use the time point of receiving the first MDCP PDU as the receiving time, and upload the receiving time to the APP layer.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can determine whether to decrypt based on the encryption indication field in the header of the application layer message.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can also determine the type of the application layer packet based on the service type field.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may send the content of the application layer message to the terminal indicated by the recipient ID.
  • compressed data can be obtained.
  • an authentication code and original data are obtained.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can determine the short message sent to the terminal by a different terminal based on the short message sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals. 100 for the number of short messages. Beidou network device 200 may generate query results based on the identifiers of other terminals and the number of short messages sent by other terminals, and send the query results to terminal 100 . Wherein, the query result is a Beidou short message including the identifier of the other terminal and the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by the other terminal.
  • the identifier of the terminal can be the user ID of the terminal, for example, it can be the mobile phone number of the terminal, the login number, the international mobile equipment identity (international mobile equipment identity, IMEI), the international mobile subscriber identification number (international mobile subscriber identification number, IMSI), mobile subscriber international integrated service digital network number (mobile subscriber international integrated service digital network number, MSISDN) and so on.
  • the following takes the mobile phone number as an example to describe the identification of the terminal.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can generate a download result based on the short message sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals, and download the The result is sent to the terminal 100 .
  • the download result is a Beidou short message including the identification of other terminals and the content of the short message sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals.
  • the application layer message received by the Beidou network device 200 may include a message ID field, and the message ID field may be used to indicate the value of the message ID of the Beidou short message recently received by the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 can determine the Beidou short message that has been sent to the terminal 100 based on the message ID field, and send the content of the unsent short message to the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may delete the Beidou short message indicated by the message ID.
  • the short message in the Beidou network device 200 may also include the original sending time information of the message.
  • the original sending time information of the message may be used to indicate the time when other terminals sent the short message to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the application layer message includes encrypted data.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may decrypt the encrypted data based on the encryption indication field.
  • the application layer message includes compressed data, and the Beidou network device 100 may decompress the compressed data based on the compression indication field to obtain the original data.
  • FIG. 2C shows a schematic diagram of a protocol encapsulation architecture of outbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the Beidou message transmission protocol layer on the Beidou network device 200 can be divided into an application layer, a message data aggregation layer, a satellite link control layer and a physical layer.
  • the workflow of the Beidou message transmission protocol on the Beidou network device 200 can be as follows:
  • Beidou network device 200 can generate application layer messages based on raw data. Specifically, the Beidou network device 200 may add packet header information before the original data to obtain an application layer packet. Wherein, the packet header information may include but not limited to a message type indication field and the like.
  • the message type indication field may be used to indicate the service type of the application layer message generated by the Beidou network device 200, for example, mailbox profile query service, mail message download service and so on.
  • the original data of the application layer message may include but not limited to the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals, and the identification of other terminals.
  • the application layer message whose service type is mailbox profile query service generated by the Beidou network device 200 may be referred to as a query result.
  • the original data of the application layer message may include but not limited to the message content (for example, message text, semaphore, voice message) sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals. , images, animations, etc.), and other terminal logos.
  • the application layer message whose service type is the letter message download service generated by the Beidou network device 200 may be referred to as a download result.
  • the application layer message may also include a message ID field.
  • the message ID field can be used to indicate the application layer message.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may encrypt the original data, and add an encryption indication field in the packet header information, and the encryption indication field may be used to indicate the encryption algorithm used by the Beidou network device 200 to encrypt the data.
  • the original data may be compressed first.
  • the packet header may also include a compression indication field.
  • the compression indication field may be used to indicate the type of compression algorithm used by the Beidou network device 200 to compress data. Further optionally, the Beidou network device 200 may compress the original data to obtain compressed data.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may add the above-mentioned compression indication field before the compressed data, and then use a key to encrypt the compressed data with the compression indication field added to obtain encrypted data.
  • the value of the encryption indication field is a specified value (for example, 0)
  • the value of the compression indication field is a specified value (for example, 0)
  • the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the application layer message sent by the APP layer through the interlayer interface, and use the application layer message as an MDCP SDU.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can split the MDCP SDU into one or more fixed-length MDCP segment data (M_segment), and add a follow-up indication field to the header of each MDCP segment data to obtain the MDCP PDU, that is, the MDCP PDU includes M_segment and successor indication fields.
  • the successor indication field can be used to indicate the sequence of the current MDCP PDU in the same MDCP SDU.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the MDCP PDU sent by the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC SDU.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can segment the SLC SDU into one or more (for example, 4) fixed-length SLC segment data (S_segment), and add frame header information to the header of each S_segment to obtain the SLC PDU.
  • the frame header information may include but not limited to a user ID field, a frame total number field, and a frame sequence number field.
  • the user ID field may be used to identify the receiving device (such as the terminal 100), and the value of the user ID field is the ID number of the receiving device.
  • the detailed description of the frame total number field and the frame sequence number field can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment in 3A, which will not be repeated here.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the SLC PDU delivered by the SLC layer through the interlayer interface as a user frame.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can splice user frames (also called data frames) of multiple users or one user together, and add a frame header (such as a version number) and a check digit to obtain a physical frame.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can perform operations such as encoding, modulation, and spreading on the physical frame to obtain encoded data of the text branch (S2C-d branch).
  • the Beidou network device 200 can combine the coded data of the S2C-d branch and the pilot data (also called secondary code) of the pilot branch (S2C-p branch) to form pilot coded data, that is, outbound data.
  • the outbound data is sent to the Beidou short message satellite 21, and relayed to one or more terminals via the Beidou short message satellite 21.
  • the pilot data of the S2C-p branch is related to the satellite beam.
  • the pilot data of the S2C-p branch is also known without decoding.
  • the coded data of the S2C-d branch needs to be decoded.
  • FIG. 2D shows a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis framework for outbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the Beidou message transmission protocol layer on the terminal 100 can be divided into an application layer, a message data aggregation layer, a satellite link control layer and a physical layer.
  • the terminal 100 can capture the coded data of the S2C-d branch based on the secondary code of the S2C-p branch sent by the Beidou network device 200 . After capturing the coded data of the S2C-d branch, the terminal 100 may perform operations such as despreading, demodulation, and decoding on the coded data of the S2C-d branch to obtain a physical frame. The terminal 100 may extract user frames belonging to the terminal 100 from the physical frames. The terminal 100 can present the user frame to the SLC layer through the interlayer interface as an SLC PDU of the SLC layer.
  • the terminal 100 can splice the SLC PDUs belonging to the same SLC SDU into one SLC SDU.
  • the terminal 100 can present the SLC SDU to the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the MDCP PDU of the MDCP layer.
  • the terminal 100 can retransmit data/send the next SLC SDU based on the value of the bitmap field.
  • the terminal 100 can splice one or more MDCP PDUs into one MDCP SDU.
  • the terminal 100 can present the MDCP SDU to the APP layer through the interlayer interface as an application layer message received by the APP layer.
  • the terminal 100 can display the general information of the letter.
  • the letter general information includes the name of the contact indicated by the identifiers of other terminals in the query result, and the number of short messages sent by the contact.
  • the query result includes the identifier "13xxxxxxxx9", and the number of messages corresponding to the identifier is 2. If the indicated contact is "Lily", then the information profile information may prompt the user that two letters from the contact "Lily" are waiting to be received.
  • the terminal 100 can display the receiving prompt information, and the receiving prompt information can be used to prompt the user to receive the download result in the download result.
  • the download result includes the identifier "13xxxxxxxx9" and the content of the short message corresponding to the identifier.
  • the contact indicated by the identification is "Lily”, then receiving the prompt information may prompt the user that a letter from the contact "Lily" has been received.
  • the terminal 100 may display the content of the short message in the download result in response to the user's input for receiving the prompt information.
  • the receiving prompt information of the terminal 100 may also include the number of short messages sent by the contact.
  • the terminal 100 may directly display the name of the contact and the content of the short message sent by the contact.
  • the following describes the operation process of sending messages between the terminal 100 under the Beidou network and the terminal 300 under the cellular network in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3A- Fig. 3O show a schematic diagram of an operation flow for sending a message from a terminal 100 under the Beidou network to a terminal 300 under the cellular network in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 100 may display a desktop 3010 .
  • the desktop 3010 displays a page on which application icons are placed, and the page includes a plurality of application icons (for example, a weather application icon, a stock application icon, a calculator application icon, a setting application icon, a mail application icon, a gallery application icon , music application icon, video application icon, browser application icon, chat application icon 3013, etc.).
  • a page indicator is also displayed under the multiple application icons to indicate the positional relationship between the currently displayed page and other pages.
  • a status bar 3011 is displayed on the upper portion of the desktop 3010, and the status bar 3011 may include: one or more signal strength indicators of a mobile communication signal (also called a cellular signal), a battery status indicator, and a time indicator , Wi-Fi signal indicator and more.
  • the terminal 100 may receive a user's operation on the status bar 3011 (for example, sliding down), and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display a menu window 3020 as shown in FIG. 3B .
  • switch controls with some functions can be displayed in the menu window 3020 (for example, wireless local area network (WLAN) switch control, Bluetooth switch control, mobile data switch control, Beidou communication switch control 3021, ringing switch control, Huawei Share switch control, flight mode switch control, automatic rotation switch control, location service switch control, screen capture switch control, eye protection mode switch control, hotspot switch control, screen recording switch control, screen projection switch control, NFC switch controls, etc.).
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • Bluetooth switch control mobile data switch control
  • Beidou communication switch control 3021 ringing switch control
  • Huawei Share switch control flight mode switch control
  • location service switch control screen capture switch control
  • eye protection mode switch control hotspot switch control
  • screen recording switch control screen projection switch control
  • NFC switch controls etc.
  • the terminal 100 Due to limitations of hardware such as radio frequency devices and power consumption on the terminal 100, the terminal 100 cannot reside in the cellular network and the Beidou communication network at the same time. Therefore, when the terminal 100 receives the user's input (such as clicking) on the Beidou communication switch control 3021, the terminal 100 can turn off the cellular communication function and the wireless LAN communication function, and turn on the Beidou communication function.
  • the state of the mobile data switch control and the wireless LAN switch control in the menu window 3020 can be switched to the off state, and the Beidou communication switch can be turned on and off.
  • the state of the control is toggled to the on state.
  • the terminal 100 may also display a prompt of "no service" of the cellular network in the status bar 3011, and the prompt is used to prompt the user terminal 100 that the cellular network signal cannot be found.
  • the terminal 100 can also display the Beidou network mark 3022 in the status bar 3011 after turning on the Beidou communication function and searching for the signal of the Beidou satellite.
  • the Beidou network mark 3022 can be used to remind the user that the terminal 100 has resided in Beidou under the network.
  • the terminal 100 may receive a user's input to the menu 3020 (eg, slide up), and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may close the menu window 3020 and display a desktop 3010 as shown in FIG. 3D .
  • the desktop 3010 reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 3A , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal 100 may receive user input (for example, click) on the chat application icon 3013 , and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display the chat application interface 3030 as shown in FIG. 3E .
  • the chat application interface 3030 may include a search control 3031, an add control 3022, a my information control 3033, one or more message dialogue columns (for example, a Beidou satellite message dialogue column 3037, a contact "Alice” conversation bar, conversation bar for contact "Bob", etc.), dial control 3034, message control 3035, contact control 3036, and so on.
  • the search control 3031 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to search the dialog box of the contact.
  • the add control 3022 can be used to add a new contact dialog box.
  • My information control 3033 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display the account information and/or account setting items of the login account of the chat application. As shown in FIG.
  • the message control 3035 is currently selected, and the terminal 100 displays the chat application interface 3030 .
  • the dialing control 3034 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a dialing page, and the dialing page can be used to receive a contact input or selected by the user, and dial a call to the contact.
  • the contact control 3036 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display the contact information added in the login account of the chat application.
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input (for example, click) on the Beidou satellite message dialog box 3037, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 as shown in FIG. 3F.
  • the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 includes a return control 3041 , a message receiving control 3042 , a new message control 3046 , and a more information control 3047 .
  • the return control 3041 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to return to display the above chat application interface 3030 .
  • the message receiving control 3042 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to download the Beidou short message sent to the terminal 100 from the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the new message 3046 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to create a new message and send it to the contact designated by the user through the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the learn more control 3047 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display information such as the use guide of Beidou satellite communication, frequently asked questions, and quota description.
  • the terminal 100 opens the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 for the first time or every certain time or every certain number of times, the terminal 100 can display a related introduction card of Beidou satellite communication on the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 (for example, use Guidance card 3043, frequently asked questions card 3044, quota explanation card 3045, etc.).
  • the usage guidance card 3043 may display usage guidance information, for example, "for emergency communication without mobile data network and Wi-Fi".
  • the usage guide card 3043 may be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a detailed page of usage guide in response to a user's input.
  • the FAQ card 3044 may be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a detailed page of FAQs in response to user input.
  • the quota description card 3045 can display the quota information of the Beidou satellite communication function, for example, "Beidou satellite news service experience period, you can enjoy 20 free sending quotas in the first month of registration, and 10 in subsequent months, no accumulation across months.”
  • the quota description card 3045 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display the detailed page of the quota information in response to the user's input.
  • the terminal 100 may receive a user's input (for example, click) on the above-mentioned new message control 3046, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display a new message interface 3050 as shown in FIG. 3G.
  • a user's input for example, click
  • the terminal 100 may display a new message interface 3050 as shown in FIG. 3G.
  • the newly created message interface 3050 may include a return control 3051, a receiver display box 3052, a contact control 3053, a prompt message 3054, a carrying location control 3055, a quick help control 3056, a message input box 3057, and a sending control 3058 and virtual keyboard 3069.
  • the return control 3051 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to return to the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 shown in FIG. 3F above.
  • the receiver display frame 3052 may be used to display contact information selected by the terminal 100 as a receiver.
  • the contact control 3053 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to select a contact to receive the message.
  • the prompt information 3054 can be used to remind the user of the sending rules of the Beidou satellite message, for example, "1. The number of words in the satellite message is occupied by the selected contact; send to a maximum of 4 contacts. 2. In case of distress, it is recommended to provide location and identity information, briefly Describe the environment, physical condition, and number of people so that the other party can organize rescue work.”
  • the carry location control 3055 may be used to trigger the terminal 100 to carry the location information of the terminal 100 in the Beidou satellite message sent.
  • the quick help-seeking control 3056 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to quickly send a help-seeking message to an emergency rescue center.
  • the message input box 3057 can be used to display the content of the message input by the user.
  • the sending control 3058 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to carry the message content in the message input box 3057 into the Beidou satellite message and send it to the contact person designated by the user.
  • the virtual keyboard 3069 can be used to receive user input and generate message content.
  • the terminal 100 may receive user input (for example, click) on the contact control 3053, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display a contact selection interface 3060 as shown in FIG. 3H.
  • the contact selection interface 3060 may include a return control 3061 , a contact search box 3065 , a confirmation control 3062 , one or more selected contact options, and a contact display area 3066 .
  • the return control 3061 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to return to display the new message interface 3050 shown in FIG. 3G above.
  • the contact search box 3065 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to receive search information input by the user to search for contacts.
  • the confirmation control 3062 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to determine the selected contact option as the receiver of the Beidou satellite message.
  • the contact display area 3066 may include one or more contact options associated with the chat application login account (for example, "Alice” contact option 3067, “Amy” contact option, “Bell” contact option, “Bobby” contact option, “Candy” contact option, “Cindy” contact option, etc.).
  • the contact option includes the name of the contact, a contact phone number and a selection control, for example, the "Alice” contact option 3067 displays a contact name "Alice”, a contact phone number "13211112222", and a selection control 3068.
  • the terminal 100 When the terminal 100 receives the user's click on the selection control 3068, the terminal 100 can display the selected contact option 3063 on the contact selection interface, wherein the selected contact option 3063 displays the name of the contact "Alice", contact Phone number (eg, 13211112222) and delete control 3064. Wherein, the delete control 3064 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to modify the selected contact "Alice" to an unselected state.
  • the terminal 100 may receive the search information input by the user in the contact search box 3065 (for example, enter the number "18"), and in response to the input, as shown in FIG. For related contacts, replace and display the above-mentioned contact display area 3066 with a search contact display area 3070 .
  • the search contact display area 3070 includes one or more contact options related to the above-mentioned search information (for example, contact "Daniel” option 3071, contact "Kiki” option, phone number options for contacts who are “18866661111", etc.).
  • contact “Daniel” option 3071 when the searched contact is a contact associated with the login account on the chat application, the contact name, contact phone number and selection control of the contact may be displayed on the options of the searched contact, for example, contact
  • the person "Daniel” option 3071 has a contact name "Daniel", a contact phone number "18633336666” and a selection control 3072 displayed.
  • the contact can be displayed in the options of the searched contact Person's phone number and selection controls.
  • the selection control can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to select the contact corresponding to the option.
  • the terminal 100 receives the user's click on the selection control 3072, the terminal 100 can display the selected contact option 3073 on the contact selection interface, wherein the selected contact option 3073 displays the name of the contact "Alice", contact Phone number (for example, 18633336666) and delete control 3074.
  • the terminal 100 may receive user input (for example, click) on the confirmation control 3062, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display a new message interface 3050 as shown in FIG. 3K .
  • the terminal 100 may display the selected contact information (for example, contact information 3074 and contact information 3075 ) in the recipient presentation box 3052 of the new message interface 3050 .
  • the selected contact information for example, contact information 3074 and contact information 3075
  • the terminal 100 may receive the message content input by the user in the message input box 3057 (for example, "I went hiking in the wild"). After the user enters the message content in the message input box 3057, the terminal 100 can receive the user's input (for example, click) on the send control 3058, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 can send a short message message to The terminal (eg, terminal 300 ) corresponding to the contact selected by the user, wherein the short message includes the message content input by the user in the message input box 3057 .
  • the terminal eg, terminal 300
  • the short message includes the message content input by the user in the message input box 3057 .
  • the terminal 100 can display the information on the Beidou satellite message interface 3040.
  • Display message box 3081 and recipient information 3082 for example, text information "sent to: Alice, Daniel", wherein, the message content of the short message message that terminal 100 has been included in this message box 3081 ("For example, I off to the wilds for a hike").
  • the area around the message box 3081 can also display the sending time of the short message (for example, "2022/6/12 08:08").
  • the terminal 100 may display a chat application interface 3033 , and at this time, the terminal 100 is still under the cellular network.
  • the terminal 100 can receive the user's input (for example, click) on the Beidou satellite message dialog box 3037.
  • the terminal 100 can turn off the cellular communication function and the wireless LAN communication function, turn on the Beidou communication function, and reside in the Beidou communication network.
  • display the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 as shown in FIG. 3N For the textual description of the Beidou satellite message interface 3040, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3E , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal 100 can turn off the cellular communication function and the wireless local area network communication function, and after turning on the Beidou communication function, the terminal 100 can display a prompt of "no service in the cellular network" in the status bar 3011, which is used to remind the user terminal 100 The cellular network signal has been unable to be searched.
  • the terminal 100 can also display the Beidou network mark 3022 in the status bar 3011 after the Beidou communication function is turned on and the signal of the Beidou satellite is searched, and the Beidou network mark 3022 can be used to prompt the user The terminal 100 has resided under the Beidou network.
  • the terminal 100 can The content of the message sent by the terminal 100 is displayed in the person's message dialog interface.
  • the terminal 100 can receive and respond to the user's message content. Operation, display the message dialogue interface 3091 corresponding to the contact "Alice".
  • the message dialogue interface 3091 includes the interlocutor name "Alice”, return control 3091, interlocutor message box 3092, own message box 3093, attachment adding control 3095, message input box 3096, expression adding control 3097 and sending control 3098.
  • the interlocutor message box 3092 may include the content of the message sent by the contact "Alice” (for example, "OK, the idea is great!), and the terminal 100 may display messages received around the interlocutor message box 3092.
  • the time of the message sent by the contact "Alice” (for example, "2022/6/1115:31").
  • the own message box 3093 may include the message content sent by the terminal 100 (for example, "I went hiking in the wild"), and the time when the terminal 100 sent the message content in the own message box 3093 may be displayed around the own message box 3093 ( For example, "2022/6/12 08:08").
  • the terminal 100 can display a mark 3094 around the own message frame 3093, and the mark 3094 can be used
  • the content of the message in the own message box 3093 is used to remind the user that the Beidou network device 200 sends it to contacts under the cellular network.
  • the attachment adding control 3095 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to add one or more attachments such as picture, voice, video, link, etc. to the message to be sent to the conversation party.
  • the message input box 3096 can be used to display the content of the message input by the user.
  • the emoticon adding control 3097 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to add emoticons to the content of the message input by the user.
  • the sending control 3098 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to send the content of the message input by the user to the dialogue party (for example, the terminal 300 of the contact "Alice").
  • the terminal 100 when the terminal 100 is under the Beidou network, the terminal 100 can receive the user input in the input box in the message dialogue interface of the designated contact (for example, the message dialogue interface 3090 shown in FIG. 30 ).
  • the content of the message after the user confirms sending the content of the message, sends the content of the message to the designated contact under the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the terminal 100 After the terminal 100 sends the message content to the designated contact under the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can display a message box containing the message content in the message dialogue interface of the designated contact (for example, FIG. 3O Shown own message box 4065).
  • 4A-4K show a schematic diagram of an operation flow for a terminal 300 under the cellular network to send a message to the terminal 100 under the Beidou network in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 300 may display a desktop 4010 .
  • the desktop 4010 displays a page on which application icons are placed, and the page includes a plurality of application icons (for example, a weather application icon, a stock application icon, a calculator application icon, a setting application icon, a mail application icon, a gallery application icon , music app icon, video app icon, browser app icon, etc.).
  • a page indicator is also displayed under the multiple application icons to indicate the positional relationship between the currently displayed page and other pages.
  • There are multiple tray icons below the page indicator for example, a dialer application icon, a message application icon 4011, a contact application icon, and a camera application icon), and the tray icons are kept displayed when the page is switched.
  • the above-mentioned page may also include multiple application icons and page indicators, and the page indicator may not be a part of the page, but exists independently.
  • the above-mentioned picture icons are also optional, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • a status bar is displayed on the upper portion of the desktop 4010, and the status bar may include: one or more signal strength indicators of a mobile communication signal (also referred to as a cellular signal), a battery status indicator, a time indicator, Wi -Fi signal indicator and more.
  • Terminal 300 may receive a user's input (for example, click) on the information application icon 4011 , and in response to the input, terminal 300 may display an information application interface 4020 as shown in FIG. 4B .
  • a user's input for example, click
  • terminal 300 may display an information application interface 4020 as shown in FIG. 4B .
  • the information application interface 4020 may include a new message control 4021, one or more message dialog boxes (eg, message dialog box 4022, etc.), and an information search box.
  • the new message control 4021 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to create a new message and send it to a contact designated by the user through the cellular network device.
  • the information search box can be used to search for information related to the search information according to the search information input by the user.
  • the name or phone number of the sender of the message, the receiving time of the message, and part or all of the content of the message are displayed in the message dialog column.
  • the message dialogue column 4022 displays the name "Mark" corresponding to the user of the terminal 100, the message content "I went hiking in the wild", and the receiving time "2022/6/12".
  • the terminal 300 may receive user input (for example, click) on the message dialogue bar 4022, and in response to the input, the terminal 300 may display a message dialogue interface 4030 as shown in FIG. 4C.
  • the message dialogue interface 4030 may include a return control 4031, a dialogue party name (such as "Mark") and/or a dialogue party phone number, a dialogue party message box 4032, an attachment adding control 4033, a message input box 4034, Emoticon adding control 4035 and sending control 4036 .
  • the dialogue party message box 4032 may include the content of the message sent by the dialogue party (for example, "I went hiking in the wild"), and the time when the terminal 300 receives the message may be displayed around the dialogue party message box 4032 ( For example "2022/6/12 08:08").
  • the attachment adding control 4033 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to add one or more attachments such as picture, voice, video, link, etc.
  • the message input box 4034 can be used to display the content of the message input by the user.
  • the emoticon adding control 4035 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to add emoticons to the content of the message input by the user.
  • the send control 4036 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to send the content of the message input by the user to the dialogue party (for example, the terminal 100).
  • the terminal 300 can receive the user's request to the send control 4036.
  • Input for example, click
  • the terminal 300 can carry the message content input by the user and the phone number of the recipient (such as the phone number of the terminal 100) in the first short message, and send the first short message to A cellular network device (for example, it may specifically be a short message center in the cellular network device).
  • the cellular network device may send a Beidou prompt message to the terminal 300.
  • the Beidou prompt information is used to indicate that the recipient of the first short message (such as the terminal 100) is currently under the Beidou network.
  • the terminal 300 may display its own message box 4041 on the message dialog interface 4030 .
  • the message content in the first short message sent by the terminal 300 may be included in the own message box 4041, and the time when the terminal 300 sends the first short message (such as "2022/6/12 09") may be displayed around the own message box 4041 :08").
  • the terminal 300 may display prompt information 4042 , confirmation control 4043 and cancel control 4044 .
  • the prompt information 4042 can be used to prompt the user that the recipient of the first short message (for example, "terminal 100") is currently in the Beidou network, wherein the prompt information 4042 can be a text prompt (for example, "the other party is currently under the Beidou network and cannot timely After receiving the message, do you want to send the message to the other party under the Beidou network? (An additional fee of 0.5 yuan/piece is required)"), picture prompts, animation prompts, etc.
  • the confirmation control 4043 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to instruct the cellular network device to send the first short message to the terminal 100 under the Beidou network.
  • the cancel control 4044 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to instruct the cellular network equipment to cancel sending the first short message to the terminal 100 under the Beidou network equipment.
  • the terminal 300 may receive the user's input (for example, click) on the confirmation control 4043, and in response to the input, the terminal 300 may send confirmation information to the cellular network device (for example, a short message center), and the confirmation information is used to confirm that the first The short message is sent to the recipient (for example, the terminal 100) through the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the cellular network device for example, the short message center
  • the Beidou network device 200 can receive the terminal After the download request of 100, the message content in the first short message is sent to the terminal 100 through the first Beidou short message.
  • the terminal 300 may display a Beidou mark 4045 around its own message box 4041, and the Beidou mark 4045 is used to remind the user that the own message box The content of the message in 4041 has been sent to the recipient (for example, terminal 100) under the Beidou network.
  • the terminal 100 may display a Beidou satellite message interface 4050 .
  • the Beidou satellite message interface 4050 is the same as the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 shown in FIG. 3L above. Therefore, for the text description of the Beidou satellite message interface 4050, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3L , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input (for example, click) on the message receiving control 4052 , and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 . After receiving the letter request sent by the terminal 100 , the Beidou network device 200 may send the message content of the short message whose recipient is the terminal 100 to the terminal 100 .
  • the short message whose recipient is the terminal 100 may include the above-mentioned first short message.
  • the terminal 100 may display the content of the downloaded short message on the Beidou satellite message interface 4050 .
  • the short message downloaded by the terminal 100 from the Beidou network device 200 may include the first short message sent by the contact "Alice” (ie, the terminal 100) and the short message sent by the contact "Daniel".
  • the terminal 100 may display a dialog box 4057 and a dialog box 4059 in the Beidou satellite message interface 4050, wherein the dialog box 4057 displays the message content of the first short message sent by the contact "Alice” (for example, "The weather is not good today ,be safe”).
  • the dialog box 4058 displays the content of the short message sent by the contact "Daniel” (for example, "happy holiday").
  • the terminal 100 can display the message content of the downloaded short message on the contact person corresponding to the sender of the short message. in the message dialog interface.
  • the short message downloaded by the terminal 100 from the Beidou network device 200 may include the first short message sent by the contact "Alice" (ie, the terminal 100 ).
  • the terminal 100 may receive and respond to the user's input, and display the message dialogue interface 4060 of the contact "Alice".
  • the message dialogue interface 4060 includes the dialogue party name "Alice”, return control 4061, own message box 4062, dialogue party message box 4064, attachment adding control, message input box, emoticon adding control and sending control.
  • the own message box 4062 may include the content of the message that the terminal 100 has sent to the contact "Alice" (for example, "I went hiking in the wild"), and the terminal 100 may display the message sent by the own message box 4062 around the own message box 4062.
  • the time of the message content in the message box 4062 (for example, "2022/6/12 08:08").
  • the terminal 100 can display a mark 4063 around the own message box 4062, and the mark 4063 can be used The content of the message in the own message box 4062 is used to remind the user that the Beidou network device 200 sends it to contacts under the cellular network.
  • the dialogue party message box 4064 may include the content of the message sent by the contact "Alice” (for example, "OK, the idea is great!), and the terminal 100 may receive the contact person's message around the dialogue party message box 4064.
  • the time of the message sent by "Alice” (eg "2022/6/12 9:08").
  • the terminal 100 can display a mark 4065 around the dialogue party message box 4064, and the mark 4065 can be used to prompt the user that the dialogue party
  • the message content in the message box 4064 is received by the terminal 100 through the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the terminal 100 may receive and respond to the user's input to the message receiving control in the message dialogue interface of the designated contact, and download the short message whose recipient is the designated contact from the Beidou network device 200 . After downloading the short message whose recipient is the designated contact from the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can display the message content of the short message in the message dialogue interface of the designated contact.
  • the terminal 100 switches to the Beidou network, and displays a message dialogue interface 4070 of the contact "Alice".
  • the message dialogue interface 4070 includes the dialogue party name "Alice”, return control 4071, own message box 4072, message receiving control 4076, attachment adding control, message input box, emoticon adding control and sending control.
  • the own message box 4072 may include the content of the message that the terminal 100 has sent to the contact "Alice" (for example, "I went hiking in the wild"), and the message box 4072 may display that the terminal 100 sent the message content of the own message box 4072.
  • the time of the message content in the message box 4072 (for example, "2022/6/12 08:08").
  • the terminal 100 can display a mark 4073 around the own message frame 4072, and the mark 4073 can be used The content of the message in the own message box 4072 is used to remind the user that the Beidou network device 200 sends it to contacts under the cellular network.
  • the terminal 100 may receive user input (for example, click) on the message receiving control 4076, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may download the short message whose recipient is the contact "Alice" from the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the terminal 100 may display a message box 4074 of the dialogue party in the message dialogue interface 4070.
  • the dialogue party message box 4074 may include the content of the message sent by the contact "Alice” (for example, "OK, the idea is great!”), and the terminal 100 may receive the contact person's message around the dialogue party message box 4074.
  • the time of the message sent by "Alice” (eg "2022/6/12 9:08").
  • the terminal 100 can display a mark 4075 around the dialogue party message box 4074, and the mark 4075 can be used to prompt the user that the dialogue party
  • the message content in the message box 4074 is received by the terminal 100 through the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the above interface may include more or less interface elements.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal 100 reports to reside on the Beidou network.
  • the terminal 100 When the terminal 100 enters the Beidou network, it may report to the cellular network device 400 that it has entered the Beidou network. For example, when the terminal 100 leaves the cellular network (that is, no cellular network signal is detected), it can actively send a report message to the Beidou network device 200, which is used to instruct the terminal 100 to enter the Beidou network, and the Beidou network device 200 receives the report message Afterwards, the cellular network device 400 may be notified that the terminal 100 resides on the Beidou network. For another example, the cellular network device 400 may confirm that the terminal 100 is under the Beidou network when no interaction signaling sent by the terminal 100 is detected within a preset time (for example, 1 minute).
  • a preset time for example, 1 minute
  • the terminal 100 may respond to the input and send a Beidou short message to the Beidou network device 200.
  • the Beidou network device 200 receives the Beidou short message, Confirm that the terminal 100 is in the Beidou network, and notify the cellular network device 400 that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input to enable the Beidou communication function (for example, the user's activation input for the Beidou communication switch control 3021 as shown in FIG. column 3037), in response to the input, send a report message to the Beidou network device 200, which is used to instruct the terminal 100 to enter the Beidou network. After receiving the report message, the Beidou network device 200 can notify the cellular network device 400 terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input to enable the Beidou communication function (for example, the user's activation input for the Beidou communication switch control 3021 as shown in FIG. column 3037), in response to the input, send a report message to the Beidou network device 200, which is used to instruct the terminal 100 to enter the Beidou network. After receiving the report message, the Beidou network device 200 can notify the cellular network device 400 terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
  • the above shows a variety of possible implementations for the terminal 100 to report that it
  • the cellular network device 400 may determine that the terminal 100 resides under the cellular network. For another example, the terminal 100 may receive the user's input to turn off the Beidou communication function (for example, the user's turn off input for the Beidou communication switch control 3021 as shown in FIG. 3040), in response to the input, send a report message to the Beidou network device 200, which is used to instruct the terminal 100 to withdraw from the Beidou network. After receiving the report message, the Beidou network device 200 may notify the cellular network device 400 that the terminal 100 will camp on the cellular network.
  • the Beidou communication function for example, the user's turn off input for the Beidou communication switch control 3021 as shown in FIG. 3040
  • the terminal 300 sends the first short message to the short message center 25.
  • the terminal 300 may send the first short message to the short message center 25 in response to receiving an input from the user to send a short message to the user of the terminal 100 .
  • the first short message includes the identification of the terminal 100 (for example, the user ID of the terminal 100 ), and the identification can be used by the short message center 25 to determine the terminal 100 .
  • the short message center 25 queries the home location register/home subscriber server 28 for the network where the terminal 100 resides.
  • the short message center 25 After the short message center 25 receives the first short message sent to the terminal 100, it can send query information to the home location register/home subscriber server 28.
  • the query information includes the identification of the terminal 100, which can be used to query the location of the terminal 100. network left.
  • the HLR/HSSR server 28 feeds back to the short message center that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
  • the home location register/home subscriber server 28 stores information such as the network where the terminal that has subscribed to the cellular network service resides. After receiving the query information sent by the short message center 25, the home location register/home subscriber server 28 can send the terminal 100 resident network information (for example, resident cellular network, resident Beidou network, etc.).
  • resident network information for example, resident cellular network, resident Beidou network, etc.
  • the HLR/HSS server 28 feeds back to the short message center 25 that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
  • the short message center 25 sends the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300.
  • the short message center 25 When the short message center 25 determines that the receiving device terminal 100 of the first short message is under the Beidou network, it can send the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300, and the Beidou prompt information can be used to remind the user of the terminal 300 that the first short message is a satellite message .
  • the terminal 300 sends confirmation information to the short message center 25.
  • the terminal 300 may display the Beidou prompt information.
  • the terminal 300 can display the Beidou prompt information in the form of text, picture, voice and so on.
  • the Beidou prompt information displayed by the terminal 300 may be a text type prompt information: "The recipient of the short message you sent is under the Beidou network. Are you sure to send the satellite message?".
  • the terminal 300 displays the Beidou prompt information it may also display a confirmation control and a cancel control.
  • the confirmation control can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to send confirmation information to the short message center 25 , to instruct the short message center 25 to send the first short message to the terminal 100 .
  • the cancel control can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to send cancel information to the short message center 25, and is used to instruct the short message center 25 to cancel sending the first short message.
  • the cancel control can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to send cancel information to the short message center 25, and is used to instruct the short message center 25 to cancel sending the first short message.
  • the short message center 25 sends the first short message to the Beidou network device 200.
  • the short message center 25 can send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may store the first short message.
  • the short message center 25 may directly send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 without sending the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300 .
  • the terminal 100 sends a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the terminal 100 may, upon receiving the user's input of downloading the Beidou short message, send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 in response to the input. Alternatively, the terminal 100 may send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 at intervals of a preset time (for example, 30 minutes).
  • the user's input for downloading Beidou short messages may be an input for the terminal 100 to receive a Beidou short message function control, or a voice instruction instructing the terminal 100 to download Beidou short messages, and the like.
  • the Beidou network device 200 sends the first Beidou short message (including the message content of the first short message) to the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may generate a first Beidou short message based on the first short message.
  • the first Beidou short message includes the message content input by the user of the terminal 300 , the identification of the terminal 300 and the identification of the terminal 100 in the first short message.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may use the message content of the first short message as the original data to obtain the first Beidou short message.
  • FIG. 2C For a specific description, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment in FIG. 2C , which will not be repeated here.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the query result based on the stored short message sent to the terminal 100 and send it to the terminal 100 .
  • the short message center 25 can store the short message (for example, the first short message) sent to the terminal under the Beidou network, and when the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request from the terminal 100, it can send The short message center 25 acquires the short message of the terminal 100 and sends it to the terminal 100 . In this way, the storage space of the Beidou network device 200 can be saved. It can be understood that when the terminal 100 sends an overview request to the Beidou network device 200, the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the identification and quantity information of the short message sent to the terminal 100 from the short message 25, obtain the query result, and send it to Terminal 100.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the identification and quantity information of the short message sent to the terminal 100 from the short message 25, obtain the query result, and send it to Terminal 100.
  • the terminal 100 may display receiving prompt information, and the receiving prompt information may be used to prompt the user to receive short messages sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals.
  • the terminal 100 may display the content of the short message in the download result in response to the user's input for receiving the prompt information.
  • the receiving prompt information of the terminal 100 may also include the number of short messages sent by the contact.
  • the terminal 100 may directly display the name of the contact and the content of the short message sent by the contact.
  • the first Beidou short message only refers to that the Beidou network device 200 can encapsulate the message content of the short message sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals as a Beidou short message and send it to the terminal 100 after receiving the letter request.
  • the number of Beidou short messages here is not limited.
  • the terminal 100 under the Beidou network can receive short messages sent by other terminals.
  • terminal 100 downloaded all the short messages sent by other terminals through letter requests.
  • unimportant short messages for example, advertising short messages, etc.
  • downloading these unimportant short messages by terminal 100 occupied the transmission capacity of the Beidou communication system.
  • the air interface resource also consumes the power of the terminal 100 .
  • the terminal 300 when the terminal 300 opens the message dialog interface displaying the specified contact, it may first send a network status query request to the cellular network device 400, and the network status query request may be used to request the cellular network device 400 to query the The network status of the terminal 100 corresponding to the specified contact. After receiving the network status query request, the cellular network device 400 will send the network status of the terminal 100 to the terminal 300 .
  • the terminal 300 If the terminal 100 is currently residing under the Beidou network, the terminal 300 outputs a network status prompt, which is used to remind the user that the terminal 100 is currently residing under the Beidou network. If the user wants to send a short message to the terminal 100 under the Beidou network through the terminal 300, the user can edit the message content of the first short message on the terminal 300, and trigger the terminal 300 to send the first short message to the cellular network device 400.
  • Short Message Center 25 After receiving the first short message sent by the terminal 300, the short message center 25 may forward the first short message to the Beidou network device 200. After receiving the download request from the terminal 100, the Beidou network device 200 may send the message content of the first short message to the terminal 100.
  • the terminal 300 may not output the above-mentioned network status prompt, or may output prompt information for reminding the user that the terminal 100 is currently under the cellular network.
  • the user can edit the message content of the first short message on the terminal 300 and trigger the terminal 300 to send the first short message to the short message center 25 of the cellular network device 400 .
  • the short message center 25 may send the message content of the first short message to the terminal 100 under the cellular network.
  • the terminal 300 may receive the message content of the first short message input by the user after displaying the message dialogue interface of the designated contact.
  • the terminal 300 receives and responds to the user's input of the send control in the message dialogue interface for the designated contact, and may first send a network status query request to the cellular network device 400, and the network status query request can be used to request the cellular network device 400 to query the designated contact.
  • the network status of the terminal 100 corresponding to the person.
  • the cellular network device 400 will send the network status of the terminal 100 to the terminal 300 .
  • the terminal 300 displays a network status prompt, Beidou transmission options, cellular transmission options and cancel options.
  • the network status prompt is used to remind the user that the terminal 100 is currently residing under the Beidou network.
  • the user wants to send the edited first short message to the terminal 100 under the Beidou network through the terminal 300, the user can select the Beidou sending option to trigger the terminal 300 to send the first short message to the short message center of the cellular network device 400 25, and instruct the short message center 25 to forward the first short message to the Beidou network device 200.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may send the message content of the first short message to the terminal 100.
  • the user wants to send the edited first short message to the terminal 100 when the terminal 100 switches back to the cellular network, the user can select the cellular sending option to trigger the terminal 300 to send the first short message to the cellular network device 400 The short message center 25, and instruct the short message center 25 to send the first short message to the terminal 100 when detecting that the terminal 100 switches back to the cellular network.
  • the user can select the cancel option to trigger the terminal 300 to cancel sending the first short message to the short message center 25 of the cellular network device 400.
  • the short message center 25 can store the first short message. If the terminal 100 resides on the cellular network before timeout (for example, within 72 hours after the short message center 25 receives the first short message), the short message center 25 can send the first short message to the cellular network. The short message is sent to the terminal 100 under the cellular network. If the terminal 100 has not camped on the cellular network after timeout (for example, 72 hours after the short message center 25 receives the first short message), the short message center 25 can delete the first short message.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling a whitelist in a Beidou communication system.
  • a white list may be configured in the terminal 100, and the white list includes identifiers of N terminals associated with the terminal 100 and serial numbers of the identifiers in the whitelist.
  • the identification of the N terminals may be a user ID (for example, a mobile phone number) of each terminal in the N terminals.
  • the white list configured by the terminal 100 may be stored in the Beidou network device 200 (for example, the Beidou short message integrated communication platform 24 ).
  • the Beidou network device 200 When the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request sent by the terminal 100, it can determine the short message sent by the terminal in the white list based on the stored white list of the terminal 100, and send the short message sent by the terminal in the white list to the terminal 100. In this way, terminal 100 can only receive short messages sent by terminals in the white list. It can be understood that, after receiving the overview request from the terminal 100, the Beidou network device 200 may send a query result to the terminal 100, and the query result includes information on the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals in the white list. Optionally, the query result may also include information on the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals not in the white list.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal 100 reports to reside on the Beidou network.
  • the terminal 100 When the terminal 100 enters the Beidou network, it may report to the cellular network device 400 (for example, the home location register/home subscriber server 28) that it has entered the Beidou network.
  • the cellular network device 400 for example, the home location register/home subscriber server 28
  • the terminal 300 sends the first short message to the short message center 25.
  • the terminal 300 may send the first short message to the short message center 25 in response to receiving an input from the user to send a short message to the user of the terminal 100 .
  • the first short message includes the identification of the terminal 100 (for example, the user ID of the terminal 100 ), and the identification can be used by the short message center 25 to determine the terminal 100 .
  • the first short message also includes the identifier of the terminal 300, that is, the user ID.
  • the short message center 25 queries the home location register/home subscriber server 28 for the network where the terminal 100 resides.
  • the HLR/HSSR server 28 feeds back to the short message center 25 that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
  • the short message center 25 sends the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300.
  • the terminal 300 sends confirmation information to the short message center 25.
  • the short message center 25 sends the first short message to the Beidou network device 200.
  • the short message center 25 can send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may store the first short message.
  • the short message center 25 may directly send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 without sending the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300 .
  • the terminal 100 sends a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the terminal 100 may, upon receiving the user's input of downloading the Beidou short message, send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 in response to the input. Alternatively, the terminal 100 may send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 at intervals of a preset time (for example, 30 minutes).
  • step S501-step S508 reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the Beidou network device 200 determines whether the white list of the terminal 100 includes the user ID of the terminal 300.
  • the Beidou network device 200 After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request from the terminal 100, it can determine whether the white list includes the user ID of the terminal 300. If the white list includes the user ID of the terminal 300, the Beidou network device 200 can perform step S510; If the user ID of the terminal 300 is not included in the list, the Beidou network device 200 may execute step S511.
  • the terminal 300 described here is only an example. After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request, it will judge whether the short messages sent by all other terminals to the terminal 100 are short messages sent by terminals in the white list. And send all the short messages sent by the terminals in the white list to the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 sends a first Beidou short message (including message content of the first short message) to the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may generate a first Beidou short message based on the first short message.
  • the first Beidou short message includes the message content input by the user of the terminal 300 , the identification of the terminal 300 and the identification of the terminal 100 in the first short message.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may use the message content of the first short message as the original data to obtain the first Beidou short message.
  • FIG. 2C For a specific description, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment in FIG. 2C , which will not be repeated here.
  • the Beidou network device 200 sends a second Beidou short message to the terminal 100.
  • the Beidou network device 200 determines that the ID number of the terminal 300 is not included in the white list, and the second Beidou short message generated by the Beidou network device 200 does not include the first short message sent by the terminal 300 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 also includes a short message sent to the terminal 100 by a terminal in the white list
  • the second Beidou short message may include the message content of the short message sent to the terminal 100 by a terminal in the white list.
  • the Beidou network equipment does not include short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals in the white list, the second Beidou short message may be used to indicate that the terminal 100 has no Beidou short message that can be received.
  • the terminal 100 after the terminal 100 receives the second Beidou short message indicating that the terminal 100 has no receivable Beidou short message, it can display a no-letter prompt message, and the no-letter prompt message can be used to remind the user that there is no short message sent by other terminals .
  • the Beidou network device 200 only stores short messages sent by whitelist users.
  • the short message center 25 may forward the short message to the Beidou network device 200 after receiving the short message sent by other terminals to the terminal (such as the terminal 100 ) under the Beidou network.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may determine a whitelist of receivers (such as the terminal 100 ) based on the identifier of the receiver in the short message, and store the short message sent by the terminal indicated by the whitelist.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may reply with confirmation receipt information, and the confirmation reception information may be used to indicate the stored short message.
  • the short message center 25 may delete the short message indicated by the confirmation receipt information.
  • the short message center 25 stores a white list set by each terminal.
  • the short message center 25 may determine a white list of recipients (such as the terminal 100 ) based on the recipient identifier in the short message, and send short messages sent by terminals in the white list to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the whitelist includes identifiers of N target terminals, and the length of the whitelist bitmap may be Nbit.
  • N is an integer, and the specific value of N is not limited. The following takes N equal to 10 as an example for illustration.
  • the whitelist configured by the terminal 100 may also be stored in the server (for example, the short message center 25 shown in FIG. 1 ) of the operator (for example, China Mobile, China Unicom, China Telecom) corresponding to the identity of the terminal 100 In the embodiment of the present application, this is not limited.
  • the white list configured in the terminal 100 may be as shown in Table 1 below.
  • the white list configured by the terminal 100 may include identities of 10 target terminals and serial numbers corresponding to the 10 target terminals. It can be understood that the whitelists set by different users may be different.
  • the whitelists shown in Table 3 above are only examples, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the identifiers and serial numbers of specific terminals in the whitelists.
  • the terminal 100 may set/update the whitelist through the network service operator of the cellular network.
  • the terminal 100 can set/update the whitelist in the following ways:
  • Mode 1 the terminal 100 can set/update the whitelist through SMS.
  • the terminal 100 may receive an input from the user to send a short message for adjusting the whitelist, and in response to the input, send a short message in a specified format to the operator server (referred to as the Beidou operation server) that provides Beidou communication services.
  • the Beidou operation server can store the adjusted white list and send it to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the Beidou operation server may also send the adjusted white list to the terminal 100, and the terminal 100 stores the adjusted white list.
  • the Beidou operation server may be the HLR/HSS server 28 or the short message center 25 mentioned above.
  • the terminal 100 displays a desktop 601 .
  • the desktop 601 may include a plurality of application icons, for example, an information application icon 602, a dial application icon 603, a Beidou setting application icon 604, and the like.
  • the information application icon 602 may be used to trigger the display of an information application interface (for example, the information application interface 610 shown in FIG. 6B below).
  • the dialing application icon 603 may be used to trigger the display of a dialing application interface (for example, the dialing application interface 701 shown in FIG. 7A below).
  • the Beidou setting application icon 604 can be used to trigger the display of the Beidou setting application interface (for example, the Beidou setting application interface 801 shown in FIG. 8A below).
  • the terminal 100 receives the user's input (for example, click) on the information application icon 602 , and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display the information application interface 610 as shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the information application interface 610 may include a new control 611, and the new control 611 may be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a contact selection interface (for example, the contact selection interface 620 shown in FIG. 6C below).
  • the information application interface 610 can also display historical contact entries, and the historical contact entries can display the information of the historical contacts and the latest message records of the historical contacts, and the historical contact entries can also be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display and The letter editing interface of this historical contact.
  • the terminal 100 receives the user's input (for example, click) on the new control 611 , and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display a contact selection interface 620 as shown in FIG. 6C .
  • the contact selection interface 620 may display a contact display area 621 .
  • the contact display area 621 can display a plurality of contact icons, such as a contact icon 621A, and the contact icon can be used to trigger the display of an information editing interface for communication with the contact corresponding to the contact icon (for example, the information shown in FIG. 6D below).
  • editing interface 630 is an operator (for example, China Mobile, China Unicom, China Telecom) that provides Beidou communication service.
  • the terminal 100 may receive a user's input (for example, click) on the contact icon 621A, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display the information editing interface 630 .
  • the information editing interface 630 may include, but is not limited to, an editing column 631 , a sending control 632 and the like.
  • the editing column 631 can be used to display the content of the text message input by the user.
  • the sending control 632 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to send the content of the text message displayed in the editing column 631 to the Beidou operation server.
  • the information editing interface 630 can also display a keyboard display area 633, and the keyboard display area 633 can be used to input text message content.
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the keyboard display area 633, and display the display instruction information (for example, "white list") input by the user in the edit column 631 shown in FIG. 6D.
  • the display instruction information may be used to trigger the Beidou operation server to return the white list information of the terminal 100 .
  • the terminal 100 may receive user input (for example, click) on the send control 632, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display an information box 641 as shown in FIG. 6E.
  • the information box 641 can be used to display the content in the editing column 631 sent by the user.
  • the Beidou operator server may send the whitelist information of the terminal 100 to the terminal 100 based on the instruction information.
  • the terminal 100 may display an information box 642 as shown in FIG. 6E.
  • the white list information of the terminal 100 is displayed in the information box 642 .
  • the white list information includes 10 white list quotas, among which the white list No. 1 to No. 9 has been set with the corresponding terminal identification, and the white list No. 10 has not yet set the corresponding terminal identification.
  • the terminal ID may be represented by the name of the user corresponding to the terminal ID in the terminal 100, for example, the terminal ID of No. 1 may be represented by "Dad".
  • the Beidou operator server can also send adjustment prompt information to the terminal 100.
  • the adjustment prompt information can be used to prompt the user of the terminal 100 to adjust the whitelist instruction, wherein the adjustment prompt information can include but not limited to add instructions, delete instructions and replace instruction. That is to say, adjusting the prompt information can prompt the user to add/update terminal IDs in the white list by adding instructions; delete terminal IDs in the white list by deleting commands; replace the serial numbers of two terminal IDs in the white list by replacing commands .
  • adjustment prompt information may also be displayed in the information box 642.
  • the terminal 100 may add/update the identifier in the whitelist through a text message in the format of '1+whitelist serial number+to-be-added mobile phone number', and pass ' A text message in the format of 2+whitelist serial number' deletes the identifiers in the whitelist, and a text message in the format of '3+serial number before adjustment+serial number after adjustment' replaces the serial numbers of the two whitelist identifiers.
  • the adjustment prompt information can be: "Add/replace whitelist: please send '1+ whitelist serial number + mobile phone number to be added'; delete whitelist: please send; adjust whitelist order: please send '3+ serial number before adjustment + Adjusted sequence number'.”
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the keyboard display area 633 , and display an adding instruction in the editing column 651 .
  • the adding instruction may be used to instruct the Beidou operation server to adjust the terminal identifier of the specified serial number in the white list of the terminal 100 .
  • the adding instruction can be: "1+9+13xxxxxxxx9". This adding command can be used to adjust the terminal corresponding to the No. 9 whitelist quota.
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the sending control 632 shown in FIG. 6F , and in response to the input, send the adding instruction displayed in the editing column 651 to the Beidou operation server.
  • the terminal 100 may also display an information box 661 shown in FIG. 6G , in which an adding instruction is displayed, and the information box 661 may be used to prompt the user terminal 100 to send the adding instruction to the Beidou operation server.
  • the Beidou operation server may update the white list of the terminal 100 based on the serial number and the terminal identifier in the adding instruction. After the Beidou operation server adjusts the white list of the terminal 100, it may also send adjustment prompt information to the terminal 100. The adjustment prompt information may be used to prompt the user terminal 100 that the whitelist adjustment is completed. The Beidou operation server may also send the adjusted white list of the terminal 100 to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the terminal 100 may display the adjustment prompt information. As shown in the information box 662 shown in FIG. 6G , the information box 662 may display the adjustment prompt information received by the terminal 100 .
  • the adjustment prompt information may be "configure the whitelist successfully".
  • the Beidou operation server may delete the terminal identifier corresponding to the serial number in the white list of the terminal 100 based on the serial number in the deletion instruction. For example, after receiving the deletion instruction of "2+9", the Beidou operation server may delete the terminal identifier corresponding to No. 9 whitelist in the whitelist of terminal 100 .
  • the identification corresponding to the No. 9 white list is "unassigned".
  • the Beidou operation server may change the terminal identifiers corresponding to the two serial numbers in the whitelist of the terminal 100 based on the serial numbers in the replacement instruction. For example, after receiving the "3+2+9" replacement instruction, the Beidou operation server can exchange the terminal ID corresponding to No. 2 white list and the terminal ID corresponding to No. 9 white list in the white list of terminal 100 . That is to say, after the Beidou operation server receives the "3+2+9" replacement command, it modifies the terminal ID corresponding to the No. 2 white list to "13xxxxxxxx8", and modifies the terminal ID corresponding to the No. 9 white list to "13xxxxxxxx1" .
  • the Beidou operation server may send a repeated prompt message to the terminal 100, and the repeated prompt message may remind the user This terminal ID already exists and cannot be added again.
  • Mode 2 the terminal 100 can set/update the whitelist through the phone.
  • the terminal 100 may broadcast prompt information by voice to prompt the user to input corresponding instructions to adjust the white list of the terminal 100 .
  • the terminal 100 may add/update an identifier in the whitelist through an add instruction, delete an identifier in the whitelist through a delete instruction, and exchange identifiers corresponding to two serial numbers in the whitelist through a replace instruction.
  • the terminal 100 may receive a user's input on the dialing application icon 603 shown in FIG. 6A , and in response to the input, display a dialing application interface 701 as shown in FIG. 7A .
  • the dialing application interface 701 may include a dialing keypad 702 , which may be used to receive user input, and may also trigger the terminal 100 to display a contact number input by the user through the dialing keypad 702 .
  • the dialing application interface 701 may also include a dialing control 703, and the dialing control 703 may be used to send a call request to an electronic device (for example, a Beidou operation server) corresponding to a designated contact number.
  • the dialing application interface 701 may also display call records between the terminal 100 and other terminals.
  • the terminal 100 may display contact information 711 as shown in FIG. 7B after receiving the user's input on the dial pad 702 shown in FIG. 7A .
  • the contact information 711 may include but not limited to a contact name and a contact number.
  • the contact information 711 includes the customer service number (for example, "1xxxx") of the operator providing the Beidou communication service, and the service name (for example, "Beidou communication").
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the dial control 703 shown in FIG. 7B , and in response to the input, send a call request to the Beidou operation server. After receiving the call request from the terminal 100, the Beidou operation server may agree to the request and establish a call connection with the terminal 100.
  • a call interface 720 as shown in FIG. 7C may be displayed.
  • a dial pad control 721 may be displayed on the call interface 720 .
  • the dial pad control 721 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display the dial pad.
  • the call time between the terminal 100 and the Beidou operation server can also be displayed in real time on the call interface 720 .
  • the Beidou operation server may send the first voice prompt information to the terminal 100 .
  • the first voice prompt information may be used to remind the user of the service provided by the Beidou operation server.
  • the terminal 100 may broadcast the first voice prompt information by voice.
  • the first voice prompt information may include: "Please press '9' for setting the white list”.
  • the terminal 100 may receive a user's input on the dial pad control 721, and in response to the input, display a dial pad 731 as shown in FIG. 7D.
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input for the key "9" on the dial keypad 731, and in response to the input, display instruction information 741 as shown in FIG. 7E.
  • the content displayed in the instruction information 741 is the content entered by the user through the dial keypad 731 .
  • the terminal 100 may also send the instruction information 741 to the Beidou operation server.
  • the Beidou operation server may send the second voice instruction to the terminal 100 after receiving the instruction information 741 .
  • the second voice instruction may prompt the user to select a way to adjust the whitelist.
  • the second voice command may be: "Press '1' to add or update the whitelist, press '2' to delete the whitelist, and press '3' to change the order of the whitelist".
  • the Beidou operation server After the Beidou operation server receives the instruction information of terminal 100 deleting the terminal identifier in the whitelist, it can send to terminal 100 a voice instruction including how to delete the whitelist (that is, a voice instruction including the instruction format of the above-mentioned deletion instruction). After the Beidou operation server receives the instruction information of terminal 100 to replace the whitelist, it can send to terminal 100 a voice instruction including how to replace the terminal identifier in the whitelist (that is, a voice instruction including the instruction format of the above-mentioned replacement instruction).
  • the second voice instruction may also include detailed whitelist information of the terminal 100, for example, a serial number in the whitelist and a corresponding user ID of the terminal.
  • the second voice instruction may also include all the places in the whitelist of the terminal 100, for example, the whitelists from serial number 01 to serial number 10 may be changed.
  • the terminal 100 may broadcast the second voice prompt information by voice.
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input for the key "1" on the dial keypad 731, and in response to the input, display instruction information 751 as shown in FIG. 7F.
  • the instruction information 751 includes the content entered by the user through the dial keypad 731 after the terminal 100 broadcasts the second voice instruction, that is, "1".
  • the terminal 100 may also send the instruction information 751 to the Beidou operation server.
  • the Beidou operation server may send the third voice instruction to the terminal 100 after receiving the instruction information 751 .
  • the third voice command may prompt the user to add or update the whitelist (the third voice command includes the format of the adding command).
  • the third voice command can be: "When adding or updating the white list, please first enter the serial number of the adjusted white list, then enter the set mobile phone number, and press the '#' key when the input is complete.”
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the dial keypad 731, and in response to the input, display instruction information 761 as shown in FIG. 7G.
  • the instruction information 761 includes the content entered by the user through the dial keypad 731 after the terminal 100 broadcasts the third voice instruction, that is, "10xxxxxxxx9#".
  • the terminal 100 may also send the instruction information 761 to the Beidou operation server.
  • the instruction information 761 may be used to instruct the Beidou operation server to add or update the terminal identifier of the specified serial number in the white list of the terminal 100 . For example, when the instruction information 751 is: "101xxxxxxxx9#", the Beidou operation server may modify the 10th identifier in the white list to "1xxxxxxxx9".
  • the Beidou operation server may also send a fourth voice prompt message to the terminal 100, and the fourth voice prompt message may be used to prompt the user that the whitelist adjustment is completed.
  • the terminal 100 may send the voice instruction input by the user to the Beidou operation server when the call connection is established with the Beidou operation server.
  • the Beidou operation server can adjust the white list of the terminal 100 based on the voice command.
  • the voice command can be: "add the number 13xxxxxxxx9 to the white list".
  • the Beidou operation server when the Beidou operation server receives the instruction information for terminal 100 to delete the terminal identification in the whitelist, it can send a voice instruction including how to delete the whitelist to terminal 100, and terminal 100 can delete the specified serial number through the deletion instruction. Terminal ID.
  • the Beidou operation server receives the instruction information for terminal 100 to replace the whitelist, it can send a voice instruction including how to replace the terminal identifier in the whitelist to terminal 100, and terminal 100 can replace the terminal identifier corresponding to the two specified serial numbers through the replacement instruction .
  • the Beidou operation server may send a repeated prompt message to the terminal 100, and the repeated prompt message may remind the user This terminal ID already exists and cannot be added again. After receiving the repeated prompt information, the terminal 100 may voice broadcast the repeated prompt information.
  • the terminal 100 can set/update the whitelist through the application program provided by the operator providing the Beidou communication service.
  • the terminal 100 may receive a user's input on the Beidou setting application icon 604 shown in FIG. 6A , and in response to the input, display the Beidou setting application interface 801 as shown in FIG. 8A .
  • the Beidou setting application interface 801 includes multiple functional controls provided by the Beidou setting application (for example, a whitelist setting control 802, a bill query control, etc.), and these multiple functional controls can be used to trigger the terminal 100.
  • the bill query control may trigger the terminal 100 to query the Beidou operation server for the bill information of the terminal 100, and the terminal 100 may also receive and display the bill information.
  • the whitelist setting control 802 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a whitelist setting interface, and the whitelist setting interface can be used to adjust the whitelist.
  • the terminal 100 may receive user input on the whitelist setting control 802, and in response to the input, display a whitelist setting interface 810 as shown in FIG. 8B.
  • the whitelist setting interface 810 may include a whitelist display area.
  • One or more (for example, 10) whitelist entries may be displayed in the whitelist display area.
  • Each whitelist entry may include the serial number of the entry and the user ID of the whitelisted terminal. It should be noted that, when no terminal identifier is set in the whitelist entry, only the serial number in the whitelist is displayed.
  • the whitelist entry 812 may include a serial number 812A and a terminal identification column 812B.
  • the serial number 812A indicates that the sequence of the terminal ID in the white list is the third.
  • a terminal identifier is displayed in the terminal identifier column 812B, which is used to indicate a corresponding terminal.
  • the whitelist entry 813 may include a serial number 813A and a terminal identification column 813B.
  • the sequence number 813A indicates that the sequence of the terminal ID in the white list is the 10th.
  • No terminal identifier is displayed in the terminal identifier column 813B, that is, no corresponding terminal has been configured for the white list quota.
  • the whitelist setting interface 810 may also include a save control 815, the save control 815 can be used to save the adjusted white list of the terminal 100, and is also used to send the adjusted white list of the terminal 100 to Beidou operation server.
  • the terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the terminal identification bar 813B, and display the keyboard display area.
  • the terminal 100 may receive the terminal identifier entered by the user through the keyboard display area, and display the terminal identifier entered by the user in the terminal identifier column 813B.
  • the terminal identification column 813B may display the terminal identification "13xxxxxxxx9" as shown in FIG. 8C.
  • the terminal 100 may send the adjusted white list of the terminal 100 to the Beidou operation server in response to the user's input to the saving control 815 shown in FIG. 8C , and save the adjusted white list.
  • the terminal 100 may detect whether the whitelist identifiers in the adjusted whitelist are duplicated.
  • the terminal 100 may display a duplicate prompt message, which may remind the user that the terminal identifier already exists and that the terminal identifier cannot be added again.
  • the terminal 100 may send the adjusted whitelist of the terminal 100 to the Beidou operation server, and save the adjusted whitelist.
  • the terminal 100 can also set/update the whitelist in other ways (for example, the user can subscribe to the Beidou communication service at the service provider of the operator and set the whitelist). It should be noted that the above method of setting/updating the whitelist is only an example and should not be construed as a specific limitation.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another white list control method in the Beidou communication system.
  • a white list may be configured in the terminal 100, and the white list includes identifiers of N terminals associated with the terminal 100 and serial numbers of the identifiers in the whitelist.
  • the white list configured by the terminal 100 may be stored in the Beidou network device 200 (for example, the Beidou short message integrated communication platform 24 ).
  • the Beidou network device 200 may receive the letter request sent by the terminal 100, and the letter request may include a sender ID field (for example, a white name unit map (bitmap) field, a target terminal ID field).
  • a sender ID field for example, a white name unit map (bitmap) field, a target terminal ID field.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can determine the short message sent by the terminal specified by the terminal 100 based on the stored white list of the terminal 100 and the sender ID field in the letter request, and send the short message sent by the specified terminal to the terminal 100 . In this way, the terminal 100 can download the short message of the specified terminal.
  • the profile request may also include a sender ID field, and the Beidou network device 200 may send a query result to the terminal 100, and the query result includes information on the number of short messages of the terminal indicated by the sender ID field.
  • the inbound application layer message of letter request or profile request may include but not limited to business type field, encryption indication field, compression indication field sender ID field, message ID field and so on. It can be understood that the specific fields contained in the summary request/letter request in the embodiment of the present application and the arrangement order of the fields are only examples, which are not limited by the present application. Wherein, the specific description of each field in the inbound application message shown in Table 2 may be shown in Table 3 below. Table 3 exemplarily shows the lengths corresponding to the fields in Table 2 and specific descriptions.
  • the service type field may be used to indicate that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a mail message download service or a mailbox profile query service.
  • the mail message downloading service includes downloading short message services of designated terminals in the white list, downloading short message services of all terminals, and downloading short message services of non-designated terminals in the white list.
  • Mailbox profile inquiry service includes the service of querying the number of short messages of specified terminals in the white list, the service of querying the number of short messages of all terminals, and the service of querying the number of short messages of terminals not in the white list.
  • identifiers of terminals in the whitelist exist in the whitelist, and identifiers of terminals not in the whitelist do not exist in the whitelist.
  • the length of the service type field may be 3 bits.
  • the service type field when the service type field is 000, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a general data message. It should be noted that when the service type field indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a general data message, each field of the inbound application layer message is different from the above inbound application layer message of the letter request/profile request , for example, includes a text message entered by the user and does not include a message ID field.
  • the service type field When the service type field is 001, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is the mailbox profile query service, and the inbound application layer message only inquires about the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals in the whitelist .
  • the service type field When the service type field is 010, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is the mailbox profile query service in the mailbox service, specifically to query all terminals (including terminals in the white list and terminals not in the white list) to send The number of short messages sent to the terminal 100.
  • the service type field When the service type field is 011, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a mailbox profile query service, specifically, it may be querying the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by a target terminal not in the white list.
  • the service type field When the service type field is 100, it indicates the service type letter message download service (also called letter download service) of the inbound application layer message. information.
  • the service type field When the service type field is 101, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a letter message download service, specifically, all terminals (including terminals in the whitelist and terminals not in the whitelist) can be downloaded and sent to the terminal user short message.
  • the service type field is 110, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a letter message download service, specifically downloading a short message sent to the terminal user by an individual non-whitelist user.
  • the value 111 of the business type field is a reserved field.
  • the mailbox profile query service and the letter message download service may be collectively referred to as the mailbox service.
  • the service type of the inbound application layer message includes, but not limited to, a mail message download service and a mailbox profile query service.
  • the mail message downloading service includes downloading short message services of terminals in the white list, downloading short message services of all terminals in the white list, and downloading short message services of terminals not specified in the white list.
  • Mailbox profile query service includes the service of querying the number of short messages of specified terminals in the white list, the service of querying the number of short messages of all terminals in the white list, and the service of querying the number of short messages of terminals not in the white list.
  • the service type field when the service type field is 010, it indicates that the inbound application layer message is to query the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by all terminals in the white list.
  • the service type field when the service type field is 101, it indicates that the inbound application layer message is a short message sent to the terminal 100 by all terminals in the download whitelist.
  • the encryption indication field may be used to indicate whether the inbound application layer message is encrypted, and the encryption algorithm used when encrypting the inbound application layer message.
  • the compression indication field may be used to indicate whether the inbound application layer message is encrypted, and the encryption algorithm used when encrypting the inbound application layer message.
  • the message ID field may be used to indicate that the terminal 100 has recently successfully received a Beidou short message.
  • the length of the message ID field may be 4 bits.
  • the sender ID field may be used to indicate the short message sent to the terminal 100 by the terminal 100 or the terminal identification of the number of short messages. If the terminal (also referred to as the target terminal) specified by the terminal 100 is in the white list configured by the terminal 100, the sender ID field is a white name unit map (bitmap) field, and the white name unit map field is used to indicate the white list of the target terminal serial number. If the target terminal is not in the white list configured by the terminal 100, then the sender ID field is the target terminal identification field, and the target terminal identification field includes the identification of the target terminal (for example, a mobile phone number).
  • the target terminal for example, a mobile phone number
  • the whitelist in the inbound application layer message may be displayed in the form of a whitelist unit map field, as shown in Table 4 or Table 5 below.
  • the length of the whitelist bitmap field may be 10 bits, where the serial number of each target terminal in the whitelist occupies 1 bit.
  • the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 1 in the whitelist may occupy the most significant bit (most significant bit, MSB) in 10 bits, that is, bit9.
  • the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 10 in the white list can occupy the least significant bit (least significant bit, LSB) in 10 bits, namely bit0.
  • the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 2 in the whitelist may occupy bit8 in 10 bits.
  • the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 8 in the whitelist may occupy bit 2 of the 10 bits.
  • the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 9 in the whitelist may occupy bit1 in 10 bits. For example, if the user wants to query the number of letters sent to the terminal 100 by the target terminal whose serial number is 1 in the whitelist, then the value of the whitelist bitmap filled in the sender ID field by the terminal 100 can be "1000000000". It can be understood that when the Beidou network device 200 can determine the serial number of the target terminal according to the field of the white name unit map, and then confirm the identity of the target terminal corresponding to the serial number from the stored white list of the terminal 100 according to the serial number of the target terminal.
  • the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 10 in the whitelist may occupy the MSB of 10 bits, that is, bit9. Then the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 1 in the white list may occupy the LSB of 10 bits, that is, bit0. The serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 9 in the white list may occupy bit8 in 10 bits. The serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 8 in the white list may occupy bit7 in 10 bits. By analogy, the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 3 in the whitelist may occupy bit 2 of the 10 bits. The serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 2 in the whitelist may occupy bit 1 of the 10 bits. For example, if the user wants to query the number of letters sent to the terminal 100 by the target terminal whose sequence number is 1 in the whitelist, then the value of the whitelist bitmap filled in the sender ID field by the terminal 100 can be "0000000001".
  • the target terminal identification field may be used to indicate an identification of a terminal not in the white list.
  • the length of the target terminal identification field may be 44 bits or 34 bits, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal 100 can encode the mobile phone number "13xxxxxxxx9" of the target terminal Fill in the 44bit binary data into the target terminal identification field.
  • the terminal 100 may also compress and encode the mobile phone number "13xxxxxxxx9" of the target terminal into 34-bit binary data and fill it into the target terminal identification field.
  • the sender ID field in the inbound application layer message is a white name unit map field.
  • the sender ID field in the inbound application layer message is the white name unit map field and the target terminal identification field.
  • the sender ID field in the inbound application layer message is the target terminal identification field.
  • the inbound application layer message when the inbound application layer message is to obtain all short messages or the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals, the inbound application layer message may not include the sender ID field .
  • the value of the service type field is 010 or 101 as shown in Table 3 above, and the inbound application layer message may not include the sender ID field.
  • the length of the above business type field, the specific value and the corresponding relationship between the business are only examples, and the length of the business type field, the corresponding relationship between the business type and the value of the business type field can also be other forms, for example, business
  • the length of the type can be more or less bits. For example, when the value of the service type field is 000, it can indicate that the service type of the application layer message is to download the short message service of all terminals, etc., the present application This does not constitute a specific limitation.
  • the terminal 100 can not only set/update the whitelist through the Beidou operation server in the manner described in Table 1 above, but also set/update the whitelist under the Beidou network. list. In this way, under the Beidou network, the terminal 100 can also update/set the white list. For example, the terminal 100 can set/update the whitelist under the Beidou network in the following ways:
  • Beidou network device 200 may add the identification of the designated terminal to the in the whitelist.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may add the identification of the terminal under the cellular network to the whitelist when receiving the Beidou short message sent by the terminal 100 to the terminal under the cellular network.
  • the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 can adjust the stored white list synchronously. Wherein, since the places in the white list are limited, for example, the terminal 100 may replace terminals in the white list through the following method.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can replace the terminal ID with the highest serial number.
  • the Beidou network device 200 and the terminal 100 can delete the terminal ID with the serial number 0, and move the subsequent terminal IDs forward, that is, write the terminal ID with the serial number 2 into the serial number 1, and then write the terminal ID with the serial number 3 Write the terminal ID of the serial number 2, and so on.
  • the white list of the terminal 100 is the white list shown in Table 1
  • the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 can delete the identification of the target terminal 1, move the identifications of other target terminals forward, and then add the identification of the target terminal 11 to the serial number 10.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can replace the terminal identifier with the last serial number.
  • the Beidou network device 200 and the terminal 100 can delete the terminal ID with the serial number 10, and move the previous terminal ID backward, that is, write the terminal ID with the serial number 9 into the serial number 10, and then write the terminal ID with the serial number 8 Write the terminal ID of the serial number 9, and so on.
  • the white list of the terminal 100 is the white list shown in Table 1
  • the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 can delete the identification of the target terminal 10, move the identifications of other target terminals backward, and then add the identification of the target terminal 11 to the sequence number 1.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can set the last N terminal identifiers in the whitelist to be replaced, where N is a positive integer.
  • the Beidou network device 200 and the terminal 100 can be set so that the quotas from serial number 8 to serial number 10 in the white list can be replaced, and the remaining quotas remain unchanged.
  • the Beidou network device 200 and the terminal 100 adjust the whitelist, they can adjust the terminal identifiers from signal 8 to sequence number 10 according to the above-mentioned embodiments (1) and (2).
  • the white list of the terminal 100 is the white list shown in Table 1, if the terminal 100 sends a download request for downloading the short message sent by the target terminal 11 to the Beidou network device 200, since the white list does not include the terminal 11 .
  • the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 can delete the ID of the target terminal 8, move the IDs of other target terminals forward, and then replace the target terminal
  • the logo of 11 is added to the serial number 10.
  • the Beidou network device 200 and the terminal 100 can also replace the identifier of the target terminal set recently, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the white list set by the terminal 100 is added with an emergency rescue number by default.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal 100 reports to reside on the Beidou network.
  • the terminal 100 When the terminal 100 enters the Beidou network, it may report to the cellular network device 400 (for example, the home location register/home subscriber server 28) that it has entered the Beidou network.
  • the cellular network device 400 for example, the home location register/home subscriber server 28
  • the terminal 300 sends the first short message to the short message center 25.
  • the terminal 300 may send the first short message to the short message center 25 in response to receiving an input from the user to send a short message to the user of the terminal 100 .
  • the first short message includes the identification of the terminal 100 (for example, the user ID of the terminal 100 ), and the identification can be used by the short message center 25 to determine the terminal 100 .
  • the first short message also includes the identifier of the terminal 300, that is, the user ID.
  • the short message center 25 queries the home location register/home subscriber server 28 for the network where the terminal 100 resides.
  • the HLR/HSSR server 28 feeds back to the short message center 25 that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
  • the short message center 25 sends the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300.
  • the terminal 300 sends confirmation information to the short message center 25.
  • the short message center 25 sends the first short message to the Beidou network device 200.
  • the short message center 25 can send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may store the first short message.
  • the short message center 25 may directly send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 without sending the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300 .
  • step S901-step S907 reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5A , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal 100 sends a letter request for downloading short messages of all terminals to the Beidou network device 200.
  • the terminal 100 may send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 in response to receiving the user's input of downloading Beidou short messages of all terminals.
  • the service type field of the letter request indicates that the service type of the letter request is a short message service for downloading all terminals.
  • the Beidou network device 200 sends a first Beidou short message to the terminal 100, where the first Beidou short message includes content of the first short message.
  • Beidou network equipment 200 stores short messages sent by all other terminals to terminals under the Beidou network.
  • the short messages (including the first short message) are sent to the terminal 100 . That is to say, the Beidou network device 200 can generate the first Beidou short message based on the message content of the first short message, and send the first Beidou short message to the terminal 100 .
  • Beidou network device 200 when Beidou network device 200 receives a letter request from terminal 100 whose service type is a specified terminal in the white list for downloading, if terminal 300 is a designated terminal in the white list of terminal 100, Beidou network device 200 can send the first The short message is sent to the terminal 100; if the terminal 300 is an unspecified terminal in the white list of the terminal 100 (that is, the terminal 300 is a terminal in the white list of the terminal 100, but the white name unit map field in the letter request does not indicate the serial number of the terminal 300 ), the Beidou network device 200 can send the short message of the terminals in the white list specified by the terminal 100 to the terminal 100.
  • the Beidou network device 200 can send the The first short message is sent to the terminal 100.
  • the service type of the letter request sent by the terminal 100 includes downloading the short message service of a specified terminal in the white list, downloading the short message service of all terminals in the white list, and downloading the short message service of a specified terminal not in the white list. message business.
  • the Beidou network device 200 After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request from the terminal 100 for downloading the short messages of all terminals in the white list, it can send all the short messages sent by the terminals in the white list to the terminal 100 .
  • the white list of the terminal 100 includes the identifier (message ID) of the terminal 300 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may send the first short message to the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may generate the first Beidou short message based on the message content of the first short message, and send the first Beidou short message including the message content of the first short message to the terminal 100 .
  • the white list of the terminal 100 does not include the identification (message ID) of the terminal 300 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 can generate and send a second Beidou short message to the terminal 100, and the second Beidou short message does not include the first short message.
  • the message content of the message is not included in the white list.
  • the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter message from the terminal 100, the service type is downloading the short message service of the specified terminal in the white list or downloading the short message service of the specified terminal not in the white list, the specific description can refer to the above figure The embodiment shown in 9 will not be repeated here.
  • Beidou The network device 200 may send first indication information to the terminal 100, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the short messages of the one or more terminals are not stored in the Beidou network device 200. It can be understood that the first indication information includes the identifiers of the one or more terminals.
  • the terminal 100 may display no mail prompt information, and the no mail prompt information is used to remind the user that there is no short message from the terminal indicated by the first indication information.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may not reply any message to the terminal 100 .
  • the situation that the Beidou network device 200 receives the profile request from the terminal 100 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment of the letter request shown in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the Beidou network device 200 only stores short messages sent by whitelist users.
  • the short message center 25 may forward the short message to the Beidou network device 200 after receiving the short message sent by other terminals to the terminal (such as the terminal 100 ) under the Beidou network.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may determine a whitelist of receivers (such as the terminal 100 ) based on the identifier of the receiver in the short message, and store the short message sent by the terminal indicated by the whitelist.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may reply a confirmation receipt message to the short message center 25, and the confirmation reception message may be used to indicate the stored short message.
  • the short message center 25 may delete the short message indicated by the confirmation receipt information.
  • the present application provides a white list control method in the Beidou communication system.
  • the Beidou network device After the Beidou network device receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal under the Beidou network, it can judge whether the white list of the first terminal includes the second terminal's message based on the stored white list of the first terminal. logo.
  • the Beidou network equipment determines that the white list of the first terminal includes the identifier of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment stores the first short message.
  • the Beidou network equipment determines that the white list of the first terminal does not include the identifier of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment discards the first short message.
  • the first terminal may be terminal 100
  • the second terminal may be terminal 300.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal 100 reports to reside on the Beidou network.
  • the terminal 100 When the terminal 100 enters the Beidou network, it may report to the cellular network device 400 (for example, the home location register/home subscriber server 28) that it has entered the Beidou network.
  • the cellular network device 400 for example, the home location register/home subscriber server 28
  • the terminal 300 sends the first short message to the short message center 25.
  • the terminal 300 may send the first short message to the short message center 25 in response to receiving an input from the user to send a short message to the user of the terminal 100 .
  • the first short message includes the identification of the terminal 100 (for example, the user ID of the terminal 100 ), and the identification can be used by the short message center 25 to determine the terminal 100 .
  • the first short message also includes the identification (user ID) of the terminal 300 .
  • the short message center 25 queries the home location register/home subscriber server 28 for the network where the terminal 100 resides.
  • the HLR/HSSR server 28 feeds back to the short message center 25 that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
  • the short message center 25 sends the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300.
  • the terminal 300 sends confirmation information to the short message center 25 .
  • the short message center 25 sends the first short message to the Beidou network device 200.
  • the short message center 25 can send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may store the first short message.
  • the short message center 25 may directly send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 without sending the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300 .
  • step S1001-step S1007 reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5A , which will not be repeated here.
  • the Beidou network device 200 judges whether the white list of the terminal 100 includes the user ID of the terminal 300 .
  • step S1009 can be performed; First short message.
  • the Beidou network device 200 stores the first short message.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may determine the whitelist of the recipient terminal 100 based on the recipient identifier in the short message, and after determining that the sender terminal 300 of the first short message is in the whitelist of the terminal 100, store the terminal 300 The first short message sent.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may also perform step S1010.
  • the Beidou network device 200 sends confirmation receipt information to the short message center 25 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may send confirmation receipt information to the short message center 25, and the confirmation reception information may be used to indicate the short message stored by the Beidou network device 200 in the short message center 25.
  • the short message center 25 may delete the short message indicated by the confirmation receipt information.
  • the terminal 100 sends a letter request for downloading short messages of all terminals to the Beidou network device 200.
  • the terminal 100 may send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 in response to receiving the user's input of downloading Beidou short messages of all terminals.
  • the service type requested by the letter is to download the short message service of all terminals.
  • a letter request with a value of 101 in the business type field is a letter request to download short messages from all terminals in the white list.
  • the Beidou network device 200 sends the first Beidou short message to the terminal 100.
  • the Beidou network device 200 After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request from the terminal 100 , it can send all the content of the short messages sent by the terminals in the white list to the terminal 100 . Wherein, since the white list of the terminal 100 includes the identification (message ID) of the terminal 300 . The Beidou network device 200 may generate the first Beidou short message based on the first short message. Wherein, the specific description of the Beidou network device 200 sending the first Beidou short message to the terminal 100 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment in FIG. 2C , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal 300 described here is only an example. After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request, it will judge whether the short messages sent by all other terminals to the terminal 100 are short messages sent by terminals in the white list. And send all the short messages sent by the terminals in the white list to the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may send all the content of the short messages sent by the terminals in the white list to the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 may use the message content of the short message sent by the terminal in the white list as the original data, and obtain the second Beidou short message based on the original data, and send the second Beidou short message to the terminal 100 .
  • the identification (message ID) of the terminal 300 is not included in the white list of the terminal 100.
  • the second Beidou short message generated by the Beidou network device 200 does not include the message content of the first short message.
  • the Beidou network device 200 may send the first indication information to the terminal 100, and the first indication information uses Yu indicates that the short message of the one or more terminals is not stored in the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the first indication information includes the identifiers of the one or more terminals. It can be understood that when the Beidou network device 200 only stores the short messages of some of the terminals indicated by the letter request, the Beidou network device 200 may send the second Beidou short message and the first indication information to the terminal 100 .
  • the terminal 100 may display a prompt message of no mail.
  • the no-mail prompt message can be used to prompt the user that there is no short message sent by the no-mail terminal.
  • the Beidou network device 200 receives a letter request from the terminal 100 to download a short message specifying the terminal 300 in the white list (indicates that the terminal 300 is downloaded through the white list unit map field). After the short message), the message content of the first short message can also be sent to the terminal 100.
  • the Beidou network device 200 does not store short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals not in the whitelist.
  • the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request for downloading the short message of the designated terminal 300 sent by the terminal 100 (indicating the download of the short message of the terminal 300 through the target terminal identification field)
  • the Beidou network The device 200 will return a second Beidou short message for indicating that the terminal 100 has no receivable Beidou short message.
  • the Beidou network device 200 when the terminal 100 adjusts the whitelist under the Beidou network, when the Beidou network device 200 receives a letter request from the terminal 100 to download the short message of the terminal 300 that is not in the whitelist, it can add the identification of the terminal 300 to the whitelist of the terminal 100. list. After the Beidou network device 200 adjusts the list of the terminal 100 and receives the short message from the terminal 300 to the terminal 100 sent by the short message center 25 again, the short message sent by the terminal 300 can be stored in the Beidou network device 200 . After the terminal 100 downloads the letter request of the short message of the terminal 300 again, the Beidou network device 200 may send the short message sent by the terminal 300 to the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network device 200 does not store short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals not in the whitelist.
  • Beidou network equipment 200 can send to The short message center 25 obtains the short message of the terminal 300 , and then sends the content of the short message to the terminal 100 .
  • the situation that the Beidou network device 200 receives the profile request from the terminal 100 can refer to the embodiment of the letter request shown in FIG. 10 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the short message center 25 stores a white list set by each terminal.
  • the short message center 25 may determine a white list of recipients (such as the terminal 100 ) based on the recipient identifier in the short message, and send short messages sent by terminals in the white list to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the short message center 25 stores short messages sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals.
  • the Beidou network device 200 obtains the short message from the short message center 25 based on the letter request and the white list.
  • the Beidou network device 200 acquires the quantity information of short messages from the short message center 25 based on the profile request and the white list. For example, when Beidou network device 200 receives a short message from terminal 100 downloading the terminal 10 in the white list, Beidou network device 200 can send the identification of target terminal 10 and the identification of terminal 100 to short message center 25, and short message center 25 is based on the target terminal The identification of 10 sends the short message sent by the target terminal 10 to the terminal 100 to the Beidou network device 200 . The Beidou network device 200 then sends the message content of the short message sent from the target terminal 10 to the terminal 100 to the terminal 100 .
  • the Beidou network equipment receives the Beidou short message sent by the third terminal under the Beidou network (for example, terminal 100) to the first terminal under the Beidou network
  • the Beidou network equipment It may be determined whether the white list of the first terminal includes the identifier of the third terminal. If the white list of the first terminal includes the identifier of the third terminal, the Beidou network equipment can store the Beidou short message. If the white list of the first terminal does not include the identifier of the third terminal, the Beidou network device may send the Beidou short message to the short message center 25 . After the first terminal returns to the cellular network, the short message center 25 can send the Beidou short message to the first terminal. In this way, Beidou network equipment can only store short messages sent by terminals in the white list, saving storage space. Moreover, Beidou network equipment can only send short messages of terminals in the white list to terminals under the Beidou network, saving air interface transmission resources.
  • the Beidou network device can send the Beidou short message sent by the third terminal under the Beidou network to the short message center 25.
  • the short message center 25 can determine whether the white list of the first terminal includes the first terminal. Three terminal logos. If the white list of the first terminal includes the identifier of the third terminal, the short message center 25 may discard the Beidou short message. If the white list of the first terminal does not include the identification of the third terminal, the short message center 25 can store the Beidou short message and send a non-white list indication message to the Beidou network equipment, and the non-white list indication message is used to indicate to send the Beidou short message. The terminal of the message is not a terminal in the whitelist. After receiving the non-white list indication message, the Beidou network device can delete the Beidou short message.
  • the terminal 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
  • the terminal 100 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a handheld computer, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a netbook, as well as a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant) assistant, PDA), augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, artificial intelligence (artificial intelligence, AI) device, wearable device, vehicle-mounted device, smart home device and/or smart For urban equipment, the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific type of the electronic equipment.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of a hardware structure provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 100 shown in FIG. 11 is only an example, and the terminal 100 may have more or fewer components than those shown in FIG. 11 , may combine two or more components, or may have Different component configurations.
  • the various components shown in Figure 11 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the terminal 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and A subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and the like.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal 100 .
  • the terminal 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural network processor neural-network processing unit, NPU
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the terminal 100 .
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input and output
  • subscriber identity module subscriber identity module
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL).
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the terminal 100 .
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 .
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding the analog signal.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 can be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 .
  • MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through a CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the terminal 100 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the terminal 100 .
  • the GPIO interface can be configured by software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193 , the display screen 194 , the wireless communication module 160 , the audio module 170 , the sensor module 180 and so on.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the terminal 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the terminal 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the terminal 100 .
  • the terminal 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also provide power for electronic devices through the power management module 141 .
  • the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the external memory, the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the terminal 100 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in terminal 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the terminal 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system, etc. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), satellite communication module, frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the satellite communication module can be used to communicate with satellite network equipment.
  • the satellite communication module can communicate with the Beidou network equipment 200, and the satellite communication module can support short message transmission with the Beidou network equipment 200 .
  • the antenna 1 of the terminal 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR techniques, etc.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • code division multiple access code division multiple access
  • CDMA broadband Code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • time division code division multiple access time-division code division multiple access
  • TD-SCDMA time-division code division multiple access
  • LTE long
  • the GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • Beidou navigation satellite system beidou navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the terminal 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194, and the application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc.
  • the terminal 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 .
  • the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also optimize the algorithm for image noise and brightness.
  • ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals.
  • the terminal 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the terminal 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • Terminal 100 may support one or more video codecs.
  • the terminal 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • the NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • Applications such as intelligent cognition of the terminal 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the terminal 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the terminal 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data. Wherein, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like.
  • the data storage area can store data created during the use of the terminal 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
  • the terminal 100 may implement an audio function through an audio module 170 , a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • Speaker 170A also referred to as a "horn" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. Terminal 100 can listen to music through speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.
  • Receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the receiver 170B can be placed close to the human ear to listen to the voice.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can put his mouth close to the microphone 170C to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the terminal 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C.
  • the terminal 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which may also implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals.
  • the terminal 100 can also be equipped with three, four or more microphones 170C to realize sound signal collection, noise reduction, identify sound sources, realize directional recording functions, and the like.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used for connecting wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D can be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 .
  • pressure sensors 180A such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, and capacitive pressure sensors.
  • a capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates with conductive material.
  • the terminal 100 determines the strength of the pressure from the change in capacitance.
  • the terminal 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the terminal 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to view short messages is executed. When a touch operation whose intensity is greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the icon of the short message application, the instruction of creating a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion posture of the terminal 100 .
  • the angular velocity of the terminal 100 around three axes ie, x, y and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
  • the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the terminal 100, and calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the terminal 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the terminal 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the terminal 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the terminal 100 when the terminal 100 is a clamshell machine, the terminal 100 can detect the opening and closing of the clamshell according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the terminal 100 in various directions (generally three axes).
  • the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the terminal 100 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
  • the distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance.
  • the terminal 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the terminal 100 may use the distance sensor 180F for distance measurement to achieve fast focusing.
  • Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes.
  • the light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes.
  • the terminal 100 emits infrared light through the light emitting diode.
  • the terminal 100 detects infrared reflected light from nearby objects using a photodiode. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the terminal 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the terminal 100 may determine that there is no object near the terminal 100 .
  • the terminal 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the terminal 100 close to the ear to make a call, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, automatic unlock and lock screen in pocket mode.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used for sensing ambient light brightness.
  • the terminal 100 may adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the terminal 100 is in the pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the terminal 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access to the application lock, take pictures with fingerprints, answer incoming calls with fingerprints, and so on.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the terminal 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to implement a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds the threshold, the terminal 100 executes reducing the performance of a processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the terminal 100 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the terminal 100 due to low temperature.
  • the terminal 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also known as "touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • Visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the terminal 100 , which is different from the position of the display screen 194 .
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure beating signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be disposed in the earphone, combined into a bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the vocal part acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the voice function.
  • the application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the heart rate detection function.
  • the keys 190 include a power key, a volume key and the like.
  • the key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
  • the terminal 100 may receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the terminal 100 .
  • the motor 191 can generate a vibrating reminder.
  • the motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration prompts, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications may correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • the motor 191 may also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations acting on different areas of the display screen 194 .
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 192 can be an indicator light, and can be used to indicate charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used for connecting a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be connected and separated from the terminal 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 .
  • the terminal 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards.
  • the terminal 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calling and data communication.
  • the terminal 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the terminal 100 and cannot be separated from the terminal 100 .
  • a white list control method in the Beidou communication system provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
  • Fig. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a whitelist in a Beidou communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the white list control method in the Beidou communication system includes the following steps:
  • the terminal 300 sends a first short message to the Beidou network device 200, where the first short message includes the identifier of the terminal 100.
  • the Beidou network device 200 determines whether the white list of the terminal 100 includes the identifier of the terminal 300.
  • the Beidou network device 200 determines that the white list of the terminal 100 includes the identification of the terminal 300, the Beidou network device 200 can perform step S1203; when the Beidou network device 200 determines that the white list of the terminal 100 does not include the identification of the terminal 300, the Beidou The network device 200 may discard the first short message.
  • the Beidou network device 200 stores the first short message.
  • the Beidou network device when the Beidou network device determines that the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal, the Beidou network device stores the first short message, and the method further includes:
  • the Beidou network device sends confirmation reception information to the cellular network device, and the confirmation reception information is used to instruct the cellular network device to delete the first short message.
  • the method further includes: the Beidou network equipment receives the first request from the first terminal ;
  • the first request is used to obtain a short message sent to the first terminal by one or more terminals, and the one or more terminals include the second terminal;
  • the Beidou network device sends the first short message to the first terminal;
  • the Beidou network equipment sends the first indication information to the first terminal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the Beidou network equipment does not store the short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal. information.
  • the method further includes: when the white list of the first terminal does not include the second terminal, the Beidou network device sends the second terminal is added to the whitelist of the first terminal.
  • the Beidou network device adds the second terminal to the whitelist of the first terminal, which specifically includes: when the number of terminal identifiers stored in the whitelist of the first terminal in the Beidou network device and the first When the maximum number of terminal identifiers stored in the terminal whitelist is the same, the Beidou network device replaces the identifier of the third terminal in the whitelist with the identifier of the second terminal.
  • the first request includes a service type field, and the service type field is used to indicate the service type of the first request; wherein, the service type of the first request includes downloading short messages sent by specified terminals in the whitelist Service, download the short message service sent by all terminals, download the short message service sent by the specified terminal not in the white list.
  • the first request when the service type of the first request is to download the short message service sent by the specified terminal in the white list, the first request also includes a white name unit map field, and the white name unit map field uses Indicates the serial number of the second terminal in the white list of the first terminal.
  • the first request when the service type of the first request is to download a short message service sent by a specified terminal not in the white list, the first request further includes a target terminal identification field, which is used for Indicates the identity of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sends a first request to the Beidou network device, the first request is used to obtain short messages sent to the first terminal by one or more terminals, and the one or more terminals include the second terminal ;
  • the first terminal receives the first short message from the second terminal sent by the Beidou network equipment;
  • the first terminal receives the first indication information sent by the Beidou network equipment, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the Beidou network equipment does not store the information sent by the second terminal to A short message from the first terminal.
  • the method further includes: when the service type of the first request is to download a short message service sent by a specified terminal not in the white list,
  • the first request also includes a target terminal identification field, which is used to indicate the identification of the second terminal; the first terminal adds the identification of the second terminal to the white list of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal adds the identifier of the second terminal to the whitelist of the first terminal, which specifically includes: when the number of terminal identifiers stored in the whitelist of the first terminal and the identifier of the first terminal When the maximum number of terminal identifications stored in the white list is the same, the first terminal replaces the identification of the third terminal in the white list with the identification of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal adjusts the white list of the first terminal through the Beidou operation server.
  • the above content elaborates the method provided by the present application in detail.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding devices or equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the terminal 100 into functional modules according to the above method example, for example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1300 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1300 may be the terminal 100 in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication device 1300 may be a chip/chip system, for example, a Beidou communication chip.
  • the communication device 1300 may include a transceiver unit 1310 and a processing unit 1320 .
  • the processing unit 1320 may be used to generate letter requests.
  • the transceiver unit 1310 is configured to send the letter request to the Beidou network device 200 .
  • the transceiver unit 1310 may also be configured to perform the functional steps related to sending and receiving performed by the terminal 100 in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 12 above.
  • processing unit 1320 may also be configured to execute functional steps related to protocol parsing and encapsulation and calculation determination performed by the terminal 100 in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 12 above.
  • the communication device 1400 in this design can correspondingly perform the method steps performed by the terminal 100 in the foregoing embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1400 may be the Beidou network device 200 in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication device 1400 can be a specific network element in the Beidou network equipment 200, for example, one or more network elements in the Beidou ground transceiver station 22, the Beidou central station 23, and the Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24 The combination.
  • the communication device 1400 may include a transceiver unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420 .
  • the transceiver unit 1410 may be configured to receive the first short message sent by the terminal 300 .
  • the transceiver unit 1410 is also configured to receive the mail request sent by the terminal 100 .
  • the processing unit 1420 may be configured to determine whether the white list of the terminal 100 includes the identifier of the terminal 300 .
  • the processing unit 1420 is further configured to generate a first Beidou short message and/or first indication information based on the letter request.
  • the transceiver unit 1410 may also be configured to perform the functional steps related to sending and receiving performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 12 above.
  • the processing unit 1420 may also be configured to perform functional steps related to protocol parsing and encapsulation and calculation determination performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 12 above.
  • the communication device 1400 in this design can correspondingly perform the method steps performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the foregoing embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 of the embodiment of the present application have been introduced above. It should be understood that any product of any form that has the functions of the terminal 100 described in FIG. Products of any form with functions fall within the scope of protection of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal 100 described in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a general bus architecture.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1500 may be the terminal 100, or a device therein.
  • the communication device 1500 includes a processor 1501 and a transceiver 1502 internally connected and communicating with the processor.
  • the processor 1501 is a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor or the like.
  • it may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit for satellite communications.
  • the baseband processor of satellite communication can be used to process satellite communication protocols and satellite communication data
  • the central processing unit can be used to control communication devices (such as baseband chips, terminals, terminal chips, etc.), execute computer programs, and process computer Program data.
  • the transceiver 1502 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., and is used to implement a transceiver function.
  • the transceiver 1502 may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver may be called a receiver or a receiving circuit, etc., for realizing a receiving function; the transmitter may be called a transmitter or a sending circuit, for realizing a sending function.
  • the communication device 1500 may further include an antenna 1503 and/or a radio frequency unit (not shown in the figure).
  • the antenna 1503 and/or the radio frequency unit may be located inside the communication device 1500, or may be separated from the communication device 1500, that is, the antenna 1503 and/or the radio frequency unit may be remote or distributed.
  • the communication device 1500 may include one or more memories 1504, on which instructions may be stored, the instructions may be computer programs, and the computer programs may be run on the communication device 1500, so that the communication device 1500 executes the above-mentioned Methods described in the Methods Examples.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 1504 .
  • the communication device 1500 and the memory 1504 can be set separately or integrated together.
  • the processor 1501, the transceiver 1502, and the memory 1504 may be connected through a communication bus.
  • the communication device 1500 can be used to execute the functions of the terminal 100 in the foregoing embodiments: the processor 1501 can be used to execute the functions related to protocol parsing and encapsulation and operation determination performed by the terminal 100 in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 13 Steps and/or other processes used in the technology described herein; the transceiver 1502 may be used to execute the functional steps related to the execution of sending and receiving performed by the terminal 100 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 and/or used in this article Other procedures for the techniques described.
  • the processor 1501 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver circuits, interfaces or interface circuits for realizing the functions of receiving and sending can be separated or integrated together.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for reading and writing code/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for signal transmission or transfer.
  • the processor 1501 may store instructions, and the instructions may be computer programs, and the computer programs run on the processor 1501 to enable the communication device 1500 to perform the method steps performed by the terminal 100 in the above method embodiments.
  • the computer program may be fixed in the processor 1501, and in this case, the processor 1501 may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication device 1500 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the function of sending or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processors and transceivers described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuits (integrated circuits, ICs), analog ICs, radio frequency integrated circuits (RFICs), mixed-signal ICs, application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), printed circuit boards ( printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc.
  • the processor and transceiver can also be fabricated using various IC process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (bipolar junction transistor, BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • NMOS nMetal-oxide-semiconductor
  • PMOS P-type Metal oxide semiconductor
  • BJT bipolar junction transistor
  • BiCMOS bipolar CMOS
  • SiGe silicon germanium
  • GaAs gallium arsenide
  • Communications apparatus 1500 may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device.
  • the communication device 1500 may be:
  • a set of one or more ICs may also include storage components for storing data and computer programs;
  • ASIC such as modem (Modem);
  • any network element for example, Beidou ground transceiver station 22, Beidou central station 23, Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24
  • Beidou network equipment 200 described in the embodiment of the application can Implemented by a generic bus architecture.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1600 may be the Beidou network device 200, or a device therein.
  • the communication device 1600 includes a processor 1601 and a transceiver 1602 internally connected and communicating with the processor.
  • the processor 1601 is a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor or the like.
  • it may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit for satellite communications.
  • the baseband processor of the satellite communication can be used to process the satellite communication protocol and satellite communication data
  • the central processing unit can be used to control the communication device (eg, baseband chip, etc.), execute the computer program, and process the data of the computer program.
  • the transceiver 1602 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., and is used to implement a transceiver function.
  • the transceiver 1602 may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver may be called a receiver or a receiving circuit for realizing a receiving function; the transmitter may be called a transmitter or a sending circuit for realizing a sending function.
  • the communication device 1600 may further include an antenna 1603 and/or a radio frequency unit (not shown in the figure).
  • the antenna 1603 and/or the radio frequency unit may be located inside the communication device 1600, or may be separated from the communication device 1600, that is, the antenna 1603 and/or the radio frequency unit may be remote or distributed.
  • the communication device 1600 may include one or more memories 1604, on which instructions may be stored.
  • the instructions may be computer programs, and the computer programs may be run on the communication device 1600, so that the communication device 1600 executes the above-mentioned Methods described in the Methods Examples.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 1604 .
  • the communication device 1600 and the memory 1604 can be set separately or integrated together.
  • processor 1601, the transceiver 1602, and the memory 1604 may be connected through a communication bus.
  • the communication device 1600 can be used to perform the functions of the Beidou network device 200 in the foregoing embodiments: the processor 1601 can be used to perform the related protocol parsing and encapsulation performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 and The functional steps determined by the calculation and/or other processes used in the technology described herein; the transceiver 1602 can be used to execute the functional steps related to the sending and receiving performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processor 1601 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver circuits, interfaces or interface circuits for realizing the functions of receiving and sending can be separated or integrated together.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for reading and writing code/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for signal transmission or transfer.
  • the processor 1601 may store instructions, which may be computer programs, and the computer programs run on the processor 1601 to enable the communication device 1600 to perform the method steps performed by the terminal 100 in the above method embodiments.
  • the computer program may be solidified in the processor 1601, and in this case, the processor 1601 may be implemented by hardware.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer program code is stored, and when the above-mentioned processor executes the computer program code, the electronic device executes the method in any one of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which, when the computer program product is run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method in any one of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which can exist in the product form of a chip.
  • the structure of the device includes a processor and an interface circuit.
  • the processor is used to communicate with other devices through a receiving circuit, so that the device performs the aforementioned The method in any of the examples.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a Beidou communication system, including a terminal 100 and a Beidou network device 200.
  • the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 can execute the method in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • This application fully introduces the communication function of short messages in the Beidou communication system. It is understandable that there may be communication functions supporting short messages in other satellite systems. Therefore, it is not limited to the Beidou communication system. If other satellite systems also support the short message communication function, the method introduced in this application is also applicable to the communication of other satellite systems.
  • the steps of the methods or algorithms described in connection with the disclosure of this application can be implemented in the form of hardware, or can be implemented in the form of a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable Programmable ROM, EPROM), electrically erasable Programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC may be located in the core network interface device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the core network interface device as discrete components.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer-readable storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application are a whitelist control method in a Beidou communication system and a related device. The present application relates to the field of satellite communication. Upon receiving a first short message sent by a second terminal to a first terminal in the Beidou network, a Beidou network device can determine, on the basis of a stored whitelist of the first terminal, whether the whitelist of the first terminal comprises the identifier of the second terminal; if the Beidou network device determines that the whitelist of the first terminal comprises the identifier of the second terminal, the Beidou network device stores the first short message; and if the Beidou network device determines that the whitelist of the first terminal does not comprise the identifier of the second terminal, the Beidou network device discards the first short message. In this way, the Beidou network device can only receive and forward the short message sent by the terminal in the whitelist, so that storage space and air interface transmission resources of a Beidou communication system are saved, and the power consumption of the first terminal for receiving the short message is reduced.

Description

一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法及相关装置White list control method and related device in Beidou communication system
本申请要求于2021年8月6日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110903235.1、申请名称为“一种北斗通信系统中的白名单控制方法及相关装置”,以及2021年10月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111278468.3、申请名称为“一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the China Patent Office on August 6, 2021, the application number is 202110903235.1, and the application name is "A White List Control Method and Related Devices in Beidou Communication System", and the Chinese patent was submitted on October 30, 2021 Bureau, application number 202111278468.3, application title "A White List Control Method and Related Devices in Beidou Communication System", the entire content of which is incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及卫星通信领域,尤其涉及一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法及相关装置。The present application relates to the field of satellite communication, and in particular to a white list control method and related devices in the Beidou communication system.
背景技术Background technique
北斗短报文通信业务是北斗卫星导航系统区别于全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS)等其它全球定位导航系统的特色之一,特别适用于在海洋、沙漠、草原、无人区等移动通信未覆盖、或覆盖不了、或通信系统被破坏的区域进行定位和通信。北斗短报文业务的通信系统对技术体制进行升级,将北斗短报文业务的通信系统一些必要的资源开放给民用,针对民用业务和设备特性,需要依据北斗短报文业务的通信系统的特性设计通信协议。The Beidou short message communication service is one of the characteristics of the Beidou satellite navigation system that is different from other global positioning and navigation systems such as the global positioning system (GPS) and the global navigation satellite system (GLONASS). It is used for positioning and communication in areas where mobile communication is not covered, or cannot be covered, or the communication system is destroyed, such as oceans, deserts, grasslands, and uninhabited areas. The communication system of the Beidou short message service upgrades the technical system, and opens some necessary resources of the communication system of the Beidou short message service to civilian use. According to the characteristics of the civil service and equipment, it needs to be based on the characteristics of the communication system of the Beidou short message service Design communication protocols.
目前,北斗网络设备如果收到第二终端发送给北斗网络下的第一终端的短消息时,会将该短消息发送给第一终端。但是,北斗网络设备会将一些不重要的短消息(例如,广告消息)也转发到第一终端。这样,会占用北斗通信系统中的空口传输资源,还增加第一终端接收短消息的功耗。At present, if a Beidou network device receives a short message sent by a second terminal to a first terminal under the Beidou network, it will send the short message to the first terminal. However, the Beidou network equipment will also forward some unimportant short messages (for example, advertisement messages) to the first terminal. In this way, air interface transmission resources in the Beidou communication system will be occupied, and power consumption of the first terminal for receiving short messages will also be increased.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法及相关装置。本申请涉及卫星通信领域。北斗网络设备接收到第二终端发送给北斗网络下的第一终端的第一短消息后,可以基于存储的第一终端的白名单,判断第一终端的白名单中是否包括有第二终端的标识。当北斗网络设备判定出第一终端的白名单中包括有第二终端的标识,北斗网络设备存储该第一短消息。当北斗网络设备判定出第一终端的白名单中不包括第二终端的标识,北斗网络设备丢弃该第一短消息。这样,北斗网络设备可以只接收并转发白名单中的终端发送的短消息,节约存储空间和北斗通信系统的空口传输资源,降低第一终端接收短消息的功耗。The present application provides a white list control method and a related device in the Beidou communication system. This application relates to the field of satellite communications. After the Beidou network device receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal under the Beidou network, it can judge whether the white list of the first terminal includes the second terminal's message based on the stored white list of the first terminal. logo. When the Beidou network equipment determines that the white list of the first terminal includes the identifier of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment stores the first short message. When the Beidou network equipment determines that the white list of the first terminal does not include the identifier of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment discards the first short message. In this way, Beidou network equipment can only receive and forward short messages sent by terminals in the white list, saving storage space and air interface transmission resources of the Beidou communication system, and reducing the power consumption of the first terminal receiving short messages.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法,包括:北斗网络设备通过蜂窝网络设备接收到第二终端发送至第一终端的第一短消息;当北斗网络设备确定出第一终端的白名单中包括有第二终端的标识时,北斗网络设备存储第一短消息;当北斗网络设备确定出第一终端的白名单中不包括第二终端的标识时,北斗网络设备丢弃第一短消息。In the first aspect, the present application provides a white list control method in the Beidou communication system, including: the Beidou network equipment receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal through the cellular network equipment; when the Beidou network equipment determines that When the white list of the first terminal includes the identification of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment stores the first short message; when the Beidou network equipment determines that the white list of the first terminal does not include the identification of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment Discard the first short message.
通过本申请提供的方法,节约北斗网络设备的存储空间,减少对北斗通信系统中空口传输资源的占用,降低第一终端接收来自北斗网络设备的北斗短消息的功耗。Through the method provided by this application, the storage space of the Beidou network equipment is saved, the occupation of air interface transmission resources in the Beidou communication system is reduced, and the power consumption of the first terminal receiving Beidou short messages from the Beidou network equipment is reduced.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当北斗网络设备确定出第一终端的白名单中包括有第二终端的标识时,北斗网络设备存储第一短消息,方法还包括:北斗网络设备向蜂窝网络设备发送确认接收信息,确认接收信息用于指示蜂窝网络设备删除第一短消息。In a possible implementation manner, when the Beidou network device determines that the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal, the Beidou network device stores the first short message, and the method further includes: sending the Beidou network device to the cellular network The device sends confirmation reception information, and the confirmation reception information is used to instruct the cellular network device to delete the first short message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在北斗网络设备通过蜂窝网络设备接收到第二终端发送至第 一终端的第一短消息之后,方法还包括:北斗网络设备接收到第一终端的第一请求;第一请求用于获取一个或多个终端发送至第一终端的短消息,一个或多个终端包括第二终端;当第一终端的白名单中包括第二终端时,北斗网络设备将第一短消息发送至第一终端;第一终端的白名单中不包括第二终端时,北斗网络设备向第一终端发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于表示北斗网络设备中未存储第二终端发送给第一终端的短消息。In a possible implementation, after the Beidou network equipment receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal through the cellular network equipment, the method further includes: the Beidou network equipment receives the first request from the first terminal ; The first request is used to obtain short messages sent to the first terminal by one or more terminals, and one or more terminals include the second terminal; when the white list of the first terminal includes the second terminal, the Beidou network device will A short message is sent to the first terminal; when the white list of the first terminal does not include the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment sends the first indication information to the first terminal, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the Beidou network equipment does not store the second terminal. A short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在北斗网络设备接收到第一终端的第一请求之后,方法还包括:当第一终端的白名单中不包括第二终端时,北斗网络设备将第二终端的标识添加至第一终端的白名单。In a possible implementation, after the Beidou network device receives the first request from the first terminal, the method further includes: when the white list of the first terminal does not include the second terminal, the Beidou network device sends the second terminal is added to the whitelist of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备将第二终端添加至第一终端的白名单,具体包括:当北斗网络设备中第一终端的白名单中已存储的终端标识的数量和第一终端的白名单中最多存储的终端标识的数量相同时,北斗网络设备将白名单中第三终端的标识替换为第二终端的标识。In a possible implementation manner, the Beidou network device adds the second terminal to the whitelist of the first terminal, which specifically includes: when the number of terminal identifiers stored in the whitelist of the first terminal in the Beidou network device and the first When the maximum number of terminal identifiers stored in the terminal whitelist is the same, the Beidou network device replaces the identifier of the third terminal in the whitelist with the identifier of the second terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求包括业务类型字段,业务类型字段用于指示第一请求的业务类型;其中,第一请求的业务类型包括下载白名单内的指定终端发送的短消息业务,下载所有终端发送的短消息业务,下载非白名单的指定终端发送的短消息业务。In a possible implementation, the first request includes a service type field, and the service type field is used to indicate the service type of the first request; wherein, the service type of the first request includes downloading short messages sent by specified terminals in the whitelist Service, download the short message service sent by all terminals, download the short message service sent by the specified terminal not in the white list.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当第一请求的业务类型为下载白名单内的指定终端发送的短消息业务时,第一请求中还包括有白名单位图字段,白名单位图字段用于指示第二终端在第一终端的白名单中的序号。In a possible implementation, when the service type of the first request is to download the short message service sent by the specified terminal in the white list, the first request also includes a white name unit map field, and the white name unit map field uses Indicates the serial number of the second terminal in the white list of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当第一请求的业务类型为下载非白名单内的指定终端发送的短消息业务时,第一请求中还包括有目标终端标识字段,目标终端标识字段用于指示第二终端的标识。In a possible implementation, when the service type of the first request is to download a short message service sent by a specified terminal not in the white list, the first request further includes a target terminal identification field, which is used for Indicates the identity of the second terminal.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法,包括:第一终端向北斗网络设备发送第一请求,第一请求用于获取一个或多个终端发送至第一终端的短消息,一个或多个终端包括第二终端;当第一终端的白名单中包括有第二终端的标识时,第一终端接收到北斗网络设备发送的来自第二终端的第一短消息;当第一终端的白名单中不包括第二终端的标识时,第一终端接收到北斗网络设备发送的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于表示北斗网络设备中未存储第二终端发送给第一终端的短消息。In a second aspect, the present application provides a whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system, including: the first terminal sends a first request to the Beidou network device, and the first request is used to obtain information sent by one or more terminals to the first terminal. Short message, one or more terminals include the second terminal; when the white list of the first terminal includes the identification of the second terminal, the first terminal receives the first short message from the second terminal sent by the Beidou network equipment; When the white list of the first terminal does not include the identity of the second terminal, the first terminal receives the first indication information sent by the Beidou network equipment, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the Beidou network equipment does not store the information sent by the second terminal to A short message from the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第一终端向北斗网络设备发送第一请求后,方法还包括:当第一请求的业务类型为下载非白名单内的指定终端发送的短消息业务时,第一请求中还包括有目标终端标识字段,目标终端标识字段用于指示第二终端的标识;第一终端将第二终端的标识添加至第一终端的白名单。In a possible implementation, after the first terminal sends the first request to the Beidou network device, the method further includes: when the service type of the first request is to download a short message service sent by a specified terminal not in the white list, The first request also includes a target terminal identification field, which is used to indicate the identification of the second terminal; the first terminal adds the identification of the second terminal to the white list of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一终端将第二终端的标识添加至第一终端的白名单,具体包括:当第一终端的白名单中已存储的终端标识的数量和第一终端的白名单中最多存储的终端标识的数量相同时,第一终端将白名单中第三终端的标识替换为第二终端的标识。In a possible implementation manner, the first terminal adds the identifier of the second terminal to the whitelist of the first terminal, which specifically includes: when the number of terminal identifiers stored in the whitelist of the first terminal and the identifier of the first terminal When the maximum number of terminal identifications stored in the white list is the same, the first terminal replaces the identification of the third terminal in the white list with the identification of the second terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一终端通过北斗运营服务器调整第一终端的白名单。In a possible implementation manner, the first terminal adjusts the white list of the first terminal through the Beidou operation server.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种北斗通信系统,包括:第一终端和北斗网络设备。其中,In a third aspect, the present application provides a Beidou communication system, including: a first terminal and Beidou network equipment. in,
北斗网络设备,用于接收第二终端发送至第一终端的第一短消息;Beidou network equipment, configured to receive the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal;
北斗网络设备,还用于当第一终端的白名单中包括有第二终端的标识时,存储第一短消息;当第一终端的白名单中不包括第二终端的标识时,丢弃第一短消息;The Beidou network device is further configured to store the first short message when the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal; and discard the first short message when the white list of the first terminal does not include the identity of the second terminal. short message;
第一终端,用于向北斗网络设备发送第一请求,第一请求用于获取一个或多个终端发送至第一终端的短消息,一个或多个终端包括第二终端;The first terminal is configured to send a first request to the Beidou network device, the first request is used to obtain a short message sent to the first terminal by one or more terminals, and the one or more terminals include a second terminal;
第一终端,还用于当第一终端的白名单中包括有第二终端的标识时,接收北斗网络设备发送的来自第二终端的第一短消息;当第一终端的白名单中不包括第二终端的标识时,接收北斗网络设备发送的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于表示北斗网络设备中未存储第二终端发送给第一终端的短消息。The first terminal is also used to receive the first short message from the second terminal sent by the Beidou network equipment when the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal; when the white list of the first terminal does not include When identifying the second terminal, the first indication information sent by the Beidou network equipment is received, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal is not stored in the Beidou network equipment.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括蜂窝网络设备和第二终端:该第二终端,用于向蜂窝网络设备发送第一短消息,其中,该第一短消息的接收方为第一终端;该蜂窝网络设备,用于在接收到该第一短消息之后,查询该第一终端当前驻留的网络;该蜂窝网络设备,还用于若该第一终端当前驻留的网络为北斗网络,发送北斗提示信息给该第二终端,该北斗提示信息用于通知该第二终端当前该第一终端处于该北斗网络;该第二终端,还用于在接收到该北斗提示信息后,显示第一提示,该第一提示用于提示用户当前该第一终端驻留在该北斗网络;该第二终端,还用于接收并响应于用户的第一输入,向该蜂窝网络设备发送确认信息,该确认信息用于确认将该第一短消息发送至驻留在该北斗网络下的该第一终端;该蜂窝网络设备,还用于在接收到该确认信息后,将该第一短消息发送给北斗网络设备,该北斗网络设备用于将第一短消息中的消息内容在北斗网络下发送给第一终端。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication system, which is characterized by including a cellular network device and a second terminal: the second terminal is configured to send a first short message to the cellular network device, wherein the first short message The receiver is the first terminal; the cellular network device is used to query the network where the first terminal currently resides after receiving the first short message; the cellular network device is also used to query the network where the first terminal currently resides The resident network is the Beidou network, sending Beidou prompt information to the second terminal, the Beidou prompt information is used to notify the second terminal that the first terminal is currently in the Beidou network; the second terminal is also used to receive After the Beidou prompt information, a first prompt is displayed, and the first prompt is used to prompt the user that the first terminal currently resides in the Beidou network; the second terminal is also used to receive and respond to the user's first input, and send The cellular network device sends confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to confirm that the first short message is sent to the first terminal residing under the Beidou network; the cellular network device is also used to, after receiving the confirmation information, , sending the first short message to a Beidou network device, and the Beidou network device is configured to send the message content in the first short message to the first terminal under the Beidou network.
由于蜂窝网络下的第二终端在向北斗网络下的第一终端发送消息时,由于无法识别第一终端是在北斗网络下还是在蜂窝网络下,而第一终端在北斗网络下时,处于蜂窝网络下的第二终端想要将短消息发送给第一终端,对第一终端的用户收费也比较昂贵。并且,不必要的短信也会占用北斗通信系统中卫星的下行信道资源。When the second terminal under the cellular network sends a message to the first terminal under the Beidou network, because it cannot identify whether the first terminal is under the Beidou network or under the cellular network, and when the first terminal is under the Beidou network, it is in the cellular network. If the second terminal under the network wants to send the short message to the first terminal, the user of the first terminal will be charged more expensively. Moreover, unnecessary short messages will also occupy the downlink channel resources of the satellites in the Beidou communication system.
因此,通过本申请提供了一种通信系统及其方法,蜂窝网络设备可以在接收到第二终端发送至第一终端的第一短消息时,查询第一终端驻留的网络,并在第一终端驻留的网络为北斗网络时,发送北斗提示给第二终端,提示第二终端当前第一终端驻留在北斗网络。若蜂窝网络设备接收到第二终端继续将第一短消息发送至驻留在北斗网络下第二终端的确认信息后,蜂窝网络设备可以通过北斗网络设备将第一短消息发送至第一终端。这样,可以避免第一终端的用户造成昂贵的通信费用,也可以尽量排除不必要通过北斗网络设备发送的短消息,减少对北斗通信系统中卫星的下行信道资源。Therefore, the present application provides a communication system and its method. When the cellular network device receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, it can inquire about the network where the first terminal resides, and at the first When the network where the terminal resides is the Beidou network, a Beidou reminder is sent to the second terminal to remind the second terminal that the first terminal currently resides on the Beidou network. If the cellular network device receives confirmation that the second terminal continues to send the first short message to the second terminal residing in the Beidou network, the cellular network device can send the first short message to the first terminal through the Beidou network device. In this way, it is possible to avoid expensive communication costs for the users of the first terminal, and it is also possible to eliminate unnecessary short messages sent through the Beidou network equipment as much as possible, and reduce downlink channel resources for satellites in the Beidou communication system.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该蜂窝网络设备,还用于在接收到该第一短消息之前,接收该第一终端上报的网络状态信息,该网络状态信息用于指示该第一终端将要驻留的网络。这样,可以方便蜂窝网络设备直接通过第一终端的网络状态上报,知晓第一终端的网络状态。In a possible implementation manner, the cellular network device is further configured to receive network status information reported by the first terminal before receiving the first short message, where the network status information is used to indicate that the first terminal will resident network. In this way, it is convenient for the cellular network device to know the network status of the first terminal directly by reporting the network status of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该蜂窝网络设备,还用于在接收到该第一短消息之前,接收该北斗网络设备上报的网络状态信息,该网络状态信息用于指示该第一终端驻留的网络。这样,可以方便蜂窝网络设备通过北斗网络设备对第一终端的网络状态间接上报,知晓第一终端的网络状态。In a possible implementation manner, the cellular network device is further configured to receive network status information reported by the Beidou network device before receiving the first short message, where the network status information is used to indicate that the first terminal is camped on network left. In this way, it is convenient for the cellular network device to indirectly report the network status of the first terminal through the Beidou network device, and know the network status of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该蜂窝网络设备,还用于在查询到该第一终端当前驻留的网络为蜂窝网络时,将该第一短消息发送给该第一终端。这样,可以通过第一终端可用蜂窝网 络时直接将第一短消息通过蜂窝网络发送给第一终端,节省了消息发送方和接收方的通信费用。In a possible implementation manner, the cellular network device is further configured to send the first short message to the first terminal when it is found that the network where the first terminal currently resides is a cellular network. In this way, the first short message can be directly sent to the first terminal through the cellular network when the first terminal can use the cellular network, which saves the communication costs of the message sender and the receiver.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二终端,还用于在显示该第一提示后,接收用户的第二输入;该第二终端,还用于响应于该第二输入,向该蜂窝网络设备发送拒绝信息,该拒绝信息用于取消将该第一短消息发送至处于该北斗网络下的该第一终端;该蜂窝网络设备,还用于存储该第一短消息。这样,可以节约第二终端的用户的通信费用。In a possible implementation manner, the second terminal is further configured to receive a second input from the user after the first prompt is displayed; the second terminal is also configured to send the cellular The network device sends rejection information, and the rejection information is used to cancel sending the first short message to the first terminal under the Beidou network; the cellular network device is also used to store the first short message. In this way, the communication fee of the user of the second terminal can be saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该蜂窝网络设备,还用于若在存储该第一短消息之后的预设时间内检测到该第一终端切换驻留至蜂窝网络,将存储的该第一短消息发送给该第一终端。这样,可以防止第一终端漏收短消息。In a possible implementation manner, the cellular network device is further configured to: if it is detected within a preset time after storing the first short message that the first terminal switches to camp on the cellular network, the stored first short message The short message is sent to the first terminal. In this way, it is possible to prevent the first terminal from missing short messages.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该蜂窝网络设备,还用于若在存储该第一短消息之后的预设时间内未检测到该第一终端切换驻留至该蜂窝网络,将该第一短消息删除。这样,可以节省蜂窝网络设备的存储空间。In a possible implementation manner, the cellular network device is further configured to: if it is not detected within a preset time after storing the first short message that the first terminal switches to camp on the cellular network, the first The short message is deleted. In this way, the storage space of the cellular network device can be saved.
第五方面,本申请提供了一种消息发送方法,包括:蜂窝网络设备在接收到第二终端发送至第一终端的第一短消息之后,查询第一终端当前驻留的网络;若第一终端当前驻留的网络为北斗网络,蜂窝网络设备发送北斗提示信息给第二终端,该北斗提示信息用于通知第二终端当前第一终端驻留在北斗网络;蜂窝网络设备接收所述第二终端发送的确认信息,该确认信息用于确认将第一短消息发送至驻留在北斗网络下的第一终端;蜂窝网络设备在接收到确认信息后,将第一短消息发送给北斗网络设备,该北斗网络设备用于将第一短消息中的消息内容在北斗网络下发送给第一终端。In the fifth aspect, the present application provides a message sending method, including: after receiving the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, the cellular network device queries the network where the first terminal currently resides; if the first The network where the terminal currently resides is the Beidou network, and the cellular network device sends Beidou prompt information to the second terminal, and the Beidou prompt information is used to notify the second terminal that the first terminal currently resides on the Beidou network; the cellular network device receives the second Confirmation information sent by the terminal, the confirmation information is used to confirm that the first short message is sent to the first terminal residing under the Beidou network; the cellular network device sends the first short message to the Beidou network device after receiving the confirmation information , the Beidou network device is used to send the message content in the first short message to the first terminal under the Beidou network.
通过本申请提供了一种通信系统及其方法,蜂窝网络设备可以在接收到第二终端发送至第一终端的第一短消息时,查询第一终端驻留的网络,并在第一终端驻留的网络为北斗网络时,发送北斗提示给第二终端,提示第二终端当前第一终端驻留在北斗网络。若蜂窝网络设备接收到第二终端继续将第一短消息发送至驻留在北斗网络下第二终端的确认信息后,蜂窝网络设备可以通过北斗网络设备将第一短消息发送至第一终端。这样,可以避免第一终端的用户造成昂贵的通信费用,也可以尽量排除不必要通过北斗网络设备发送的短消息,减少对北斗通信系统中卫星的下行信道资源。The present application provides a communication system and its method. When a cellular network device receives the first short message sent from the second terminal to the first terminal, it can inquire about the network where the first terminal resides, and when the first terminal resides When the remaining network is the Beidou network, a Beidou reminder is sent to the second terminal, reminding the second terminal that the first terminal currently resides in the Beidou network. If the cellular network device receives confirmation that the second terminal continues to send the first short message to the second terminal residing in the Beidou network, the cellular network device can send the first short message to the first terminal through the Beidou network device. In this way, it is possible to avoid expensive communication costs for the users of the first terminal, and it is also possible to eliminate unnecessary short messages sent through the Beidou network equipment as much as possible, and reduce downlink channel resources for satellites in the Beidou communication system.
在一种可能的实现方式中,蜂窝网络设备在接收到所述第一短消息之前,接收第一终端上报的网络状态信息,网络状态信息用于指示所述第一终端将要驻留的网络。这样,可以方便蜂窝网络设备直接通过第一终端的网络状态上报,知晓第一终端的网络状态。In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the first short message, the cellular network device receives network status information reported by the first terminal, where the network status information is used to indicate the network where the first terminal will camp. In this way, it is convenient for the cellular network device to know the network status of the first terminal directly by reporting the network status of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,蜂窝网络设备在接收到第一短消息之前,接收北斗网络设备上报的网络状态信息,该网络状态信息用于指示该第一终端驻留的网络。这样,可以方便蜂窝网络设备通过北斗网络设备对第一终端的网络状态间接上报,知晓第一终端的网络状态。In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the first short message, the cellular network device receives network status information reported by the Beidou network device, where the network status information is used to indicate the network where the first terminal resides. In this way, it is convenient for the cellular network device to indirectly report the network status of the first terminal through the Beidou network device, and know the network status of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,蜂窝网络设备在查询到所述第一终端当前驻留的网络为蜂窝网络时,将第一短消息发送给第一终端。这样,可以通过第一终端可用蜂窝网络时直接将第一短消息通过蜂窝网络发送给第一终端,节省了消息发送方和接收方的通信费用。In a possible implementation manner, the cellular network device sends the first short message to the first terminal when it is found that the network where the first terminal currently resides is a cellular network. In this way, when the cellular network is available to the first terminal, the first short message can be directly sent to the first terminal through the cellular network, which saves the communication cost of the message sender and the receiver.
在一种可能的实现方式中,蜂窝网络设备向第二终端发送北斗提示信息后,接收到第二终端发送的拒绝信息,该拒绝信息用于取消将第一短消息发送至处于北斗网络下的第一终端;蜂窝网络设备响应于该拒绝信息存储第一短消息。这样,可以节约第二终端的用户的通信费用。In a possible implementation manner, after the cellular network device sends the Beidou prompt information to the second terminal, it receives the rejection information sent by the second terminal, and the rejection information is used to cancel sending the first short message to the Beidou network. The first terminal; the cellular network device stores the first short message in response to the rejection information. In this way, the communication fee of the user of the second terminal can be saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,蜂窝网络设备若在存储第一短消息之后的预设时间内检测到第一终端切换驻留至蜂窝网络,将存储的第一短消息发送给第一终端。这样,可以防止第一终端漏收短消息。In a possible implementation manner, if the cellular network device detects that the first terminal switches to camp on the cellular network within a preset time after storing the first short message, it sends the stored first short message to the first terminal. In this way, it is possible to prevent the first terminal from missing short messages.
在一种可能的实现方式中,蜂窝网络设备若在存储第一短消息之后的预设时间内未检测到第一终端切换驻留至蜂窝网络,将第一短消息删除。这样,可以节省蜂窝网络设备的存储空间。In a possible implementation manner, if the cellular network device does not detect that the first terminal switches to camp on the cellular network within a preset time after storing the first short message, the first short message is deleted. In this way, the storage space of the cellular network device can be saved.
第六方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,包括一个或多个处理器、一个或多个存储器和收发器。收发器、该一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得通信装置执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, including one or more processors, one or more memories, and a transceiver. The transceiver, the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the The communication device executes the method in any possible implementation manner of any of the foregoing aspects.
其中,该通信装置可以为终端或其他产品形态的设备。Wherein, the communication device may be a terminal or other product form equipment.
第七方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,包括一个或多个处理器、一个或多个存储器和收发器。收发器、该一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得通信装置执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, including one or more processors, one or more memories, and a transceiver. The transceiver, the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the The communication device executes the method in any possible implementation manner of any of the foregoing aspects.
其中,该通信装置可以为北斗网络设备,或北斗网络设备中的任一网元或多个网元的组合。Wherein, the communication device may be Beidou network equipment, or any network element or a combination of multiple network elements in the Beidou network equipment.
或者,该通信装置可以为蜂窝网络设备,或蜂窝网络设备中的任一网元或多个网元的组合。Alternatively, the communication device may be a cellular network device, or any network element or a combination of multiple network elements in the cellular network device.
第八方面,本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.
第九方面,本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.
第十方面,本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.
第十一方面,本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.
第十二方面,本申请提供了一种芯片或芯片系统,应用于终端,包括处理电路和接口电路,接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理电路,处理电路用于运行所述代码指令以执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a chip or a chip system applied to a terminal, including a processing circuit and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processing circuit, and the processing circuit is used to run the code Instructions to execute the method in any possible implementation of any of the foregoing aspects.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2A为本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统的入站数据的协议封装架构示意图;FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of an inbound data protocol encapsulation framework of a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2B为本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统的入站数据的协议解析架构示意图;FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis framework for inbound data of a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2C为本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统的出站数据的协议封装架构示意图;FIG. 2C is a schematic diagram of a protocol encapsulation framework for outbound data of a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2D为本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统的出站数据的协议解析架构示意图;FIG. 2D is a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis framework for outbound data of a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3A-图3O为本申请实施例提供的一组北斗网络下的终端向处于蜂窝网络下的终端发送消息的操作流程示意图;3A-3O are schematic diagrams of the operation flow for a group of terminals under the Beidou network to send messages to terminals under the cellular network provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4A-图4K为本申请实施例提供的一组蜂窝网络下的终端向处于北斗网络下的终端发送消息的操作流程示意图;4A-4K are schematic diagrams of the operation flow for a group of terminals under the cellular network to send messages to terminals under the Beidou network provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5A为本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统中信件请求的流程示意图;FIG. 5A is a schematic flow diagram of a letter request in a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5B为本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5B is a schematic flow diagram of a whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6A-图6G为本申请实施例提供的一组界面示意图;6A-6G are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7A-图7G为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;7A-7G are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8A-图8C为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;8A-8C are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种硬件结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法的流程示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、详尽地描述。其中,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;文本中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described clearly and in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Among them, in the description of the embodiments of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or means, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in the text is only a description of associated objects The association relationship of indicates that there may be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently.
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为暗示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined as "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the "multiple" The meaning is two or more.
在一些实施例中,第一终端处于北斗网络下时,第一终端可以向北斗网络设备发送信箱概况查询请求(又称为概况请求),该概况请求可以用于指示北斗网络设备向第一终端发送查询结果,查询结果包括其他终端发送给第一终端的短消息的数量,例如,第一终端可以查询 是否有来自第二终端的短消息,返回的查询结果为第二终端发送的短消息的数量。第一终端还可以向北斗网络设备发送信件消息下载请求(又称为信件请求),该信件请求可以用于指示北斗网络设备向第一终端发送下载结果,下载结果包括其他终端发送给第一终端的短消息的内容。这样,即使第一终端处于北斗网络下,未驻留到蜂窝网络,例如,第一终端处于没有蜂窝网络覆盖的地区,第一终端也可以查询到是否有蜂窝网络下的其他终端给第一终端发送信件,并且可以获知蜂窝网络下的其他终端发送给第一终端的信件的数量及内容。其中,第一终端处于北斗网络下,即第一终端中的北斗通信模块开启,第一终端未驻留在蜂窝网络下。In some embodiments, when the first terminal is under the Beidou network, the first terminal can send a mailbox profile query request (also called a profile request) to the Beidou network equipment, and the profile request can be used to instruct the Beidou network equipment to send the first terminal Send query results, query results include the number of short messages sent by other terminals to the first terminal, for example, the first terminal can query whether there is a short message from the second terminal, and the query result returned is the number of short messages sent by the second terminal quantity. The first terminal can also send a letter message download request (also called a letter request) to the Beidou network equipment. The letter request can be used to instruct the Beidou network equipment to send the download result to the first terminal. The download result includes other terminals sent to the first terminal. content of the short message. In this way, even if the first terminal is under the Beidou network and does not reside in the cellular network, for example, the first terminal is in an area without cellular network coverage, the first terminal can also inquire whether there are other terminals under the cellular network for the first terminal. Sending letters, and knowing the quantity and content of letters sent to the first terminal by other terminals under the cellular network. Wherein, the first terminal is under the Beidou network, that is, the Beidou communication module in the first terminal is turned on, and the first terminal does not reside under the cellular network.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统10。A Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
图1示出了本申请实施例中的一种北斗通信系统10的架构示意图。FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a Beidou communication system 10 in an embodiment of the present application.
如图1所示,在北斗通信系统10中,北斗通信系统10可以包括但不限于终端100、北斗短报文卫星21、北斗网络设备200、蜂窝网络设备400、终端300等等。As shown in FIG. 1, in the Beidou communication system 10, the Beidou communication system 10 may include but not limited to a terminal 100, a Beidou short message satellite 21, a Beidou network device 200, a cellular network device 400, a terminal 300, and the like.
其中,终端100处于北斗网络下,终端100可以通过北斗网络设备200查询驻留在蜂窝网络的一个或多个终端(例如,图1中示出的终端300)发送给终端100的短消息的数量。终端100还可以通过北斗网络设备200下载驻留在蜂窝网络的一个或多个终端(例如,终端300)发送给终端100的短消息的消息内容。Where the terminal 100 is under the Beidou network, the terminal 100 can query the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by one or more terminals residing in the cellular network (for example, the terminal 300 shown in FIG. 1 ) through the Beidou network device 200 . The terminal 100 can also download the message content of the short message sent to the terminal 100 by one or more terminals (for example, the terminal 300 ) residing in the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200 .
具体地,终端100可以向北斗网络设备200发送信箱概况查询请求(又称为概况请求),北斗网络设备200收到概况请求后,基于该概况请求,可以获取其他终端发给终端100的信件的数量。然后,北斗网络设备200可以向终端100回复查询结果,即终端100接收到的信件的数量。Specifically, the terminal 100 can send a mailbox overview query request (also called an overview request) to the Beidou network device 200. After the Beidou network device 200 receives the overview request, based on the overview request, it can obtain the information of the letters sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals. quantity. Then, the Beidou network device 200 can reply the query result to the terminal 100 , that is, the number of letters received by the terminal 100 .
终端100可以向北斗网络设备200发送信件消息下载请求(又称为信件请求),北斗网络设备200收到信件请求后,基于该信件请求,可以获取其他终端发给终端100的信件的内容。然后,北斗网络设备200可以向终端100回复下载结果,即终端100接收到的信件的内容。The terminal 100 can send a letter message download request (also called a letter request) to the Beidou network device 200. After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request, based on the letter request, it can obtain the content of the letter sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals. Then, the Beidou network device 200 can reply the download result to the terminal 100 , that is, the content of the letter received by the terminal 100 .
其中,北斗网络设备200可以包括但不限于北斗地面收发站22、北斗中心站23以及北斗短报文融合通信平台24。其中,北斗地面收发站22可以包括分别具有发送功能的一个或多个设备和具有接收功能的一个或多个设备,或者可以包括具有发送功能和接收功能的一个或多个设备,此处不作限定。北斗地面收发站22可用于北斗网络设备200在物理层(physical layer protocol,PHY)对数据的处理功能。北斗中心站23可用于北斗网络设备200在卫星链路控制层(satellite link control protocol,SLC)和消息数据汇聚层(message data convergence protocol,MDCP)对数据的处理功能。北斗短报文融合通信平台24可用于在应用层(application layer protocol,APP)对数据的处理功能。Wherein, the Beidou network device 200 may include, but not limited to, the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 , the Beidou central station 23 and the Beidou short message integrated communication platform 24 . Wherein, the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 may include one or more devices with a sending function and one or more devices with a receiving function, or may include one or more devices with a sending function and a receiving function, which is not limited herein . The Beidou ground transceiver station 22 can be used for the data processing function of the Beidou network equipment 200 in the physical layer (physical layer protocol, PHY). The Beidou central station 23 can be used for the Beidou network equipment 200 to process data in the satellite link control layer (satellite link control protocol, SLC) and message data convergence layer (message data convergence protocol, MDCP). The Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24 can be used to process data at the application layer (application layer protocol, APP).
其中,蜂窝网络设备400可以包括但不限于短消息中心(short message service center,SMSC)25,归属位置寄存器(home location register,HLR)/归属签约用户服务器(home subscriber server,HSS)28。其中,短消息中心25可用于存储转发短消息,即短消息中心25可以将北斗网络下的终端通过北斗网络设备200发送的数据转发至蜂窝网络下的终端,也可以用于将蜂窝网络下的终端发送的数据通过北斗网络设备200发送至北斗网络下的终端。HLR/HSS28可用于记录终端驻留的网络(例如,北斗网络、蜂窝网络)。Wherein, the cellular network device 400 may include but not limited to a short message center (short message service center, SMSC) 25, a home location register (home location register, HLR)/home subscriber server (home subscriber server, HSS) 28. Among them, the short message center 25 can be used to store and forward short messages, that is, the short message center 25 can forward the data sent by the terminal under the Beidou network to the terminal under the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200, and can also be used to transfer the data sent by the terminal under the cellular network to the terminal under the cellular network. The data sent by the terminal is sent to the terminal under the Beidou network through the Beidou network equipment 200. HLR/HSS28 can be used to record the network (for example, Beidou network, cellular network) where the terminal resides.
在一些实施例中,北斗网络的终端100可以向蜂窝网络的终端300发送北斗短消息。具体的,终端100可以先发送北斗短消息给北斗短报文卫星21,北斗短报文卫星21只进行中继,可以直接将终端100发送的北斗短消息转发给地面的北斗网络设备200。北斗网络设备200可以根据北斗通信协议解析卫星转发的北斗短消息,并将从北斗短消息中解析出的报文 内容转发给蜂窝网络设备400。蜂窝网络设备400可以通过传统的蜂窝通信网络,将报文内容转发给终端300。In some embodiments, the terminal 100 of the Beidou network can send a Beidou short message to the terminal 300 of the cellular network. Specifically, the terminal 100 can first send the Beidou short message to the Beidou short message satellite 21, and the Beidou short message satellite 21 only relays, and can directly forward the Beidou short message sent by the terminal 100 to the Beidou network device 200 on the ground. The Beidou network device 200 can analyze the Beidou short message forwarded by the satellite according to the Beidou communication protocol, and forward the message content parsed from the Beidou short message to the cellular network device 400. The cellular network device 400 can forward the content of the message to the terminal 300 through a traditional cellular communication network.
蜂窝网络的终端300也可以向北斗网络的终端100发送短消息。具体的,终端300可以通过传统的蜂窝通信网络,将短消息发送给短消息中心25。短消息中心25可以将终端300的短消息转发给北斗网络设备200。北斗网络设备200可以将终端300的短消息的内容封装为北斗短消息,并通过北斗短报文卫星21中继发送给终端100。The terminal 300 of the cellular network can also send a short message to the terminal 100 of the Beidou network. Specifically, the terminal 300 may send the short message to the short message center 25 through a traditional cellular communication network. The short message center 25 can forward the short message of the terminal 300 to the Beidou network device 200 . The Beidou network device 200 can encapsulate the content of the short message of the terminal 300 into a Beidou short message, and send it to the terminal 100 via the Beidou short message satellite 21 relay.
可选的,该北斗通信系统10还可以包括国家紧急救援平台、国家紧急救援中心。北斗网络设备200可以将终端100发送的紧急救援类型的报文,通过国家紧急救援平台发送给国家紧急救援中心。Optionally, the Beidou communication system 10 may also include a national emergency rescue platform and a national emergency rescue center. The Beidou network device 200 can send the emergency rescue message sent by the terminal 100 to the national emergency rescue center through the national emergency rescue platform.
需要说明的是,在北斗通信系统中,终端100向北斗网络设备200发送数据的过程为入站。北斗网络设备200向终端100发送数据的过程为出站。在本申请实施例中,可以将发送给终端100的数据,例如消息,或者短消息、或者短信、邮件等等称为信件。It should be noted that in the Beidou communication system, the process of sending data from the terminal 100 to the Beidou network device 200 is inbound. The process of the Beidou network device 200 sending data to the terminal 100 is outbound. In this embodiment of the present application, the data sent to the terminal 100, such as a message, or a short message, or a short message, or an email, may be called a letter.
接下来介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的入站数据的协议架构。Next, a protocol framework for inbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
图2A示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的入站数据的协议封装架构示意图。FIG. 2A shows a schematic diagram of a protocol encapsulation architecture of inbound data of a Beidou communication system 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
如图2A所示,终端100上的北斗报文传输协议层可以分为应用层、消息数据汇聚层、卫星链路控制层和物理层。As shown in FIG. 2A , the Beidou message transmission protocol layer on the terminal 100 can be divided into an application layer, a message data aggregation layer, a satellite link control layer and a physical layer.
终端100发送数据给北斗网络设备200时,终端100上的北斗报文传输协议的工作流程可以如下:When the terminal 100 sends data to the Beidou network device 200, the workflow of the Beidou message transmission protocol on the terminal 100 can be as follows:
在APP层,终端100可以基于原始数据生成应用层报文。具体的,终端100可以在原始数据前添加报文头信息,得到应用层报文。其中,报文头信息可以包括但不限于业务类型字段等等。业务类型字段可以用于指示终端100生成的应用层报文的业务类型,例如,报文通信业务(又称为通用数据业务)、信箱概况查询业务、信件消息下载业务等等。At the APP layer, the terminal 100 can generate an application layer message based on the original data. Specifically, the terminal 100 may add packet header information before the original data to obtain the application layer packet. Wherein, the message header information may include but not limited to a service type field and the like. The service type field may be used to indicate the service type of the application layer message generated by the terminal 100, for example, message communication service (also known as general data service), mailbox profile query service, mail message download service and so on.
需要说明的是,当业务类型字段指示应用层报文的业务为报文通信业务时,应用层报文的原始数据中可以包括但不限于用户输入的文本信息、语音、图像、动画、接收方ID等。终端100可以通过报文通信业务的应用层报文向接收方ID指示的终端发送北斗短消息。It should be noted that when the service type field indicates that the service of the application layer message is a message communication service, the original data of the application layer message may include but not limited to text information, voice, image, animation, recipient ID etc. The terminal 100 may send the Beidou short message to the terminal indicated by the receiver ID through the application layer message of the message communication service.
当业务类型字段指示应用层报文的业务为信箱概况查询业务/信件消息下载业务时,应用层报文可以不包括原始数据。当北斗网络设备200收到信箱概况查询业务的应用层报文(即,上述概况请求)后,可以向终端100发送上述查询结果。当北斗网络设备200收到新建消息下载业务的应用层报文(即,上述信件请求)后,可以向终端100发送上述下载结果。When the service type field indicates that the service of the application layer message is mailbox profile query service/letter message download service, the application layer message may not include original data. After the Beidou network device 200 receives the application layer message of the mailbox profile query service (that is, the profile request), it may send the query result to the terminal 100 . After the Beidou network device 200 receives the application layer message of the new message download service (that is, the above-mentioned letter request), it may send the above-mentioned download result to the terminal 100 .
可选的,概况请求和信件请求可以包括原始数据,原始数据中可以包括消息ID,消息ID可用于指示终端100最近接收的北斗短消息。这样,北斗网络设备200可以基于消息ID确定出最近发送给终端100的北斗短消息,便于北斗网络设备200向终端100发送终端100未接收到的北斗短报文。当终端100还未开始接收北斗短消息时,可以将消息ID的值置为预设初始值。Optionally, the overview request and letter request may include original data, and the original data may include a message ID, and the message ID may be used to indicate the Beidou short message recently received by the terminal 100 . In this way, the Beidou network device 200 can determine the latest Beidou short message sent to the terminal 100 based on the message ID, so that the Beidou network device 200 can send the Beidou short message not received by the terminal 100 to the terminal 100 . When the terminal 100 has not started to receive the Beidou short message, the value of the message ID can be set as a preset initial value.
可选的,终端100可以加密原始数据,并在报文头信息中添加加密指示字段,加密指示字段可以用于指示终端100加密数据使用的加密算法。可选的,在终端100加密原始数据之前,终端100可以先压缩原始数据。可以理解的是,报文头中还可以包括压缩指示字段。压缩指示字段可用于指示终端100压缩数据使用的压缩算法类型。进一步可选的,终端100可以压缩原始数据,得到压缩数据。终端100可以在压缩数据前添加上述压缩指示字段。再使 用密钥加密添加了压缩指示字段的压缩数据,得到加密后数据。Optionally, the terminal 100 may encrypt the original data, and add an encryption indication field in the packet header information, and the encryption indication field may be used to indicate the encryption algorithm used by the terminal 100 to encrypt the data. Optionally, before the terminal 100 encrypts the original data, the terminal 100 may first compress the original data. It can be understood that the packet header may also include a compression indication field. The compression indication field may be used to indicate the type of compression algorithm used by the terminal 100 to compress data. Further optionally, the terminal 100 may compress the original data to obtain compressed data. The terminal 100 may add the above-mentioned compression indication field before the compressed data. Then use the key to encrypt the compressed data with the compression indication field added to obtain the encrypted data.
还需要说明的是,加密指示字段的值为指定数值(例如,0)时,可以用于指示终端100未加密原始数据。压缩指示字段的值为指定数值(例如,0)时,可以用于指示终端100未压缩原始数据。It should also be noted that when the value of the encryption indication field is a specified value (for example, 0), it may be used to indicate that the terminal 100 does not encrypt the original data. When the value of the compression indication field is a specified value (for example, 0), it can be used to indicate that the terminal 100 does not compress the original data.
在MDCP层,终端100可以通过层间接口获取到APP层下发的应用层报文,并将应用层报文作为一个MDCP SDU。在MDCP层,终端100可字段以在MDCP SDU的尾部添加填充数据(padding)至指定长度,并给MDCP SDU添加冗余长度指示字段。该冗余长度指示字段可用于表示该填充数据的长度。终端100可以将填充数据以及增加冗余长度指示字段之后的MDCP SDU,拆分成一个或多个固定长度的MDCP分段数据(M_segment),并在每个MDCP分段数据的头部添加后继指示字段,得到MDCP PDU。即MDCP PDU包括M_segment和后继指示字段。其中,后继指示字段可用于表示当前的MDCP PDU在同一个MDCP SDU中的多个MDCP PDU中的顺序,或者当前MDCP PDU为MDCP SDU的唯一一个MDCP PDU。At the MDCP layer, the terminal 100 can obtain the application layer message sent by the APP layer through the interlayer interface, and use the application layer message as an MDCP SDU. At the MDCP layer, the terminal 100 can add padding to a specified length at the end of the MDCP SDU, and add a redundant length indication field to the MDCP SDU. The redundant length indication field may be used to indicate the length of the padding data. The terminal 100 can split the padding data and the MDCP SDU after adding the redundant length indication field into one or more fixed-length MDCP segment data (M_segment), and add a follow-up indication to the header of each MDCP segment data field to get the MDCP PDU. That is, the MDCP PDU includes M_segment and successor indication fields. Among them, the successor indication field can be used to indicate the order of the current MDCP PDU in multiple MDCP PDUs in the same MDCP SDU, or the current MDCP PDU is the only MDCP PDU of the MDCP SDU.
在SLC层,终端100可以通过层间接口获取到MDCP层下发的MDCP PDU,作为SLC SDU。在SLC层,终端100可以将SLC SDU分段成一个或多个(例如,4个)固定长度的SLC分段数据(S_segment),并在每个S_segment头部添加帧头信息(又称为帧格式指示信息),得到SLC PDU。其中,帧头信息中可以包括但不限于用户ID字段、帧总数字段和帧序号字段。其中,用户ID字段可用于表示生成该SLC PDU的终端(例如,终端100)。帧总数字段,可用于表示该SLC PDU所属的SLC SDU中包括SLC PDU的总数量。帧序号字段,可用于表示该SLC PDU在所属的SLC SDU中的序号。At the SLC layer, the terminal 100 can obtain the MDCP PDU sent by the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC SDU. At the SLC layer, the terminal 100 can segment the SLC SDU into one or more (for example, 4) fixed-length SLC segment data (S_segment), and add frame header information (also known as frame header) to each S_segment header. Format indication information) to get the SLC PDU. Wherein, the frame header information may include but not limited to a user ID field, a frame total number field and a frame sequence number field. Wherein, the user ID field can be used to indicate the terminal (for example, terminal 100) that generates the SLC PDU. The total number of frames field can be used to indicate the total number of SLC PDUs included in the SLC SDU to which the SLC PDU belongs. The frame sequence number field can be used to indicate the sequence number of the SLC PDU in the SLC SDU to which it belongs.
在PHY层,终端100可以通过层间接口获取到SLC层下发的SLC PDU。终端100可以对其进行入站物理层处理(例如,编码调制扩频等操作)得到入站数据。然后,终端100可以将入站数据发送给北斗短报文卫星21,经由北斗短报文卫星21中继转发给北斗网络设备200。At the PHY layer, the terminal 100 can obtain the SLC PDU delivered by the SLC layer through the interlayer interface. The terminal 100 may perform inbound physical layer processing (for example, operations such as coding, modulation, and spread spectrum) on the inbound data to obtain the inbound data. Then, the terminal 100 can send the inbound data to the Beidou short message satellite 21 , and forward it to the Beidou network device 200 via the Beidou short message satellite 21 .
图2B示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的入站数据的协议解析架构示意图。FIG. 2B shows a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis architecture of inbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
如图2B所示,北斗网络设备200上的北斗报文传输协议层可以分为应用层、消息数据汇聚层、卫星链路控制层和物理层。其中,北斗网络设备200可以包括但不限于北斗地面收发站22、北斗中心站23和北斗短报文融合通信平台24。北斗地面收发站22可用于负责PHY层的协议处理。北斗中心站23可用于负责SLC层和MDCP层的协议处理。北斗短报文融合通信平台24可用于负责APP层的协议处理。As shown in FIG. 2B , the Beidou message transmission protocol layer on the Beidou network device 200 can be divided into an application layer, a message data aggregation layer, a satellite link control layer and a physical layer. Wherein, the Beidou network device 200 may include, but not limited to, the Beidou ground transceiver station 22 , the Beidou central station 23 and the Beidou short message integrated communication platform 24 . The Beidou ground transceiver station 22 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the PHY layer. The Beidou central station 23 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the SLC layer and the MDCP layer. The Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24 can be used to be responsible for the protocol processing of the APP layer.
北斗网络设备200接收终端100发送的数据时,北斗网络设备200上的北斗报文传输协议的工作流程可以如下:When the Beidou network device 200 receives the data sent by the terminal 100, the workflow of the Beidou message transmission protocol on the Beidou network device 200 can be as follows:
在PHY层,北斗网络设备200可以获取终端100发送的入站数据。北斗网络设备200针对入站数据进行入站物理层处理(例如,解扩解调解码等操作)后可以通过层间接口将其呈递给SLC层,作为SLC层的SLC PDU。At the PHY layer, the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the inbound data sent by the terminal 100 . After the Beidou network device 200 performs inbound physical layer processing (for example, operations such as despreading, demodulation, and decoding) on the inbound data, it can present it to the SLC layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC PDU of the SLC layer.
在SLC层,北斗网络设备200可以基于SLC PDU的帧头信息,将属于同一个终端的同一个SLC SDU的SLC PDU拼接成一个SLC SDU。北斗网络设备200可以将SLC SDU通过层间接口呈递给MDCP层,作为MDCP层的MDCP PDU。At the SLC layer, the Beidou network device 200 can splice the SLC PDUs of the same SLC SDU belonging to the same terminal into one SLC SDU based on the frame header information of the SLC PDU. The Beidou network device 200 can present the SLC SDU to the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the MDCP PDU of the MDCP layer.
在MDCP层,北斗网络设备200可以将属于同一个MDCP SDU的所有MDCP PDU按照接收时间拼接在一起,并将拼接后的MDCP PDU的填充数据和冗余长度指示字段去除得到 MDCP SDU。北斗网络设备200可以将MDCP SDU通过层间接口呈递到APP层,作为APP层接收到的应用层报文。可选的,北斗网络设备200可以在收到MDCP SDU的第一个MDCP PDU时,将接收到该第一个MDCP PDU的时间点作为接收时间,并将接收时间上传至APP层。At the MDCP layer, the Beidou network device 200 can splice together all MDCP PDUs belonging to the same MDCP SDU according to the receiving time, and remove the padding data and redundant length indication fields of the spliced MDCP PDUs to obtain the MDCP SDU. The Beidou network device 200 can present the MDCP SDU to the APP layer through the interlayer interface as an application layer message received by the APP layer. Optionally, when receiving the first MDCP PDU of the MDCP SDU, the Beidou network device 200 may use the time point of receiving the first MDCP PDU as the receiving time, and upload the receiving time to the APP layer.
在APP层,北斗网络设备200可以基于应用层报文的报文头中的加密指示字段确定出是否解密。北斗网络设备200还可以基于业务类型字段确定出应用层报文的类型。At the APP layer, the Beidou network device 200 can determine whether to decrypt based on the encryption indication field in the header of the application layer message. The Beidou network device 200 can also determine the type of the application layer packet based on the service type field.
其中,当应用层报文的业务类型为报文通信业务时,北斗网络设备200可以将应用层报文的内容发送至接收方ID指示的终端。可选的,北斗网络设备200对加密后数据进行解密后,可以得到压缩数据。北斗网络设备200对压缩数据进行解压缩后,得到鉴权码和原始数据。Wherein, when the service type of the application layer message is a message communication service, the Beidou network device 200 may send the content of the application layer message to the terminal indicated by the recipient ID. Optionally, after the Beidou network device 200 decrypts the encrypted data, compressed data can be obtained. After the Beidou network device 200 decompresses the compressed data, an authentication code and original data are obtained.
当应用层报文的业务类型为信箱概况查询业务(即,应用层报文为上述概况请求)时,北斗网络设备200可以基于其他终端发送给终端100的短消息,确定出不同终端发送给终端100的短消息的数量。北斗网络设备200可以基于其他终端的标识和其他终端发送的短消息的数量生成查询结果,并将查询结果发送至终端100。其中,查询结果为包括其他终端的标识和其他终端发送给终端100的短消息的数量的北斗短报文。其中,终端的标识可以为终端的用户ID,例如,可以是终端的手机号码,登录号码、国际移动设备识别码(international mobile equipment identity,IMEI)、国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification number,IMSI)、移动用户国际综合业务数字网号码(mobile subscriber international integrated service digital network number,MSISDN)等等。下文以终端的标识为手机号码为例进行阐述。When the service type of the application layer message is the mailbox profile query service (that is, the application layer message is the above profile request), the Beidou network device 200 can determine the short message sent to the terminal by a different terminal based on the short message sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals. 100 for the number of short messages. Beidou network device 200 may generate query results based on the identifiers of other terminals and the number of short messages sent by other terminals, and send the query results to terminal 100 . Wherein, the query result is a Beidou short message including the identifier of the other terminal and the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by the other terminal. Wherein, the identifier of the terminal can be the user ID of the terminal, for example, it can be the mobile phone number of the terminal, the login number, the international mobile equipment identity (international mobile equipment identity, IMEI), the international mobile subscriber identification number (international mobile subscriber identification number, IMSI), mobile subscriber international integrated service digital network number (mobile subscriber international integrated service digital network number, MSISDN) and so on. The following takes the mobile phone number as an example to describe the identification of the terminal.
当应用层报文的业务类型为信件消息下载业务(即,应用层报文为上述信件请求)时,北斗网络设备200可以基于其他终端发送给终端100的短消息,生成下载结果,并将下载结果发送至终端100。其中,下载结果为包括其他终端的标识和其他终端发送给终端100的短消息的内容的北斗短报文。When the service type of the application layer message is the letter message download service (that is, the application layer message is the above-mentioned letter request), the Beidou network device 200 can generate a download result based on the short message sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals, and download the The result is sent to the terminal 100 . Wherein, the download result is a Beidou short message including the identification of other terminals and the content of the short message sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals.
可选的,北斗网络设备200收到的应用层报文中可以包括消息ID字段,消息ID字段可用于指示终端100最近接收的北斗短消息的消息ID的值。北斗网络设备200可以基于消息ID字段确定出已经发送给终端100的北斗短消息,并向终端100发送未发送的短消息的内容。可选的,北斗网络设备200可以删除消息ID指示的北斗短消息。Optionally, the application layer message received by the Beidou network device 200 may include a message ID field, and the message ID field may be used to indicate the value of the message ID of the Beidou short message recently received by the terminal 100 . The Beidou network device 200 can determine the Beidou short message that has been sent to the terminal 100 based on the message ID field, and send the content of the unsent short message to the terminal 100 . Optionally, the Beidou network device 200 may delete the Beidou short message indicated by the message ID.
可选的,北斗网络设备200中的短消息中还可以包括有消息原始发送时间信息。消息原始发送时间信息可以用于指示其他终端向北斗网络设备200发送该短消息的时间。Optionally, the short message in the Beidou network device 200 may also include the original sending time information of the message. The original sending time information of the message may be used to indicate the time when other terminals sent the short message to the Beidou network device 200 .
可选的,应用层报文中包括有加密后数据。北斗网络设备200可以基于加密指示字段解密该加密后数据。可选的,应用层报文中包括有压缩数据,北斗网络设备100可以基于压缩指示字段解压缩该压缩数据,得到原始数据。Optionally, the application layer message includes encrypted data. The Beidou network device 200 may decrypt the encrypted data based on the encryption indication field. Optionally, the application layer message includes compressed data, and the Beidou network device 100 may decompress the compressed data based on the compression indication field to obtain the original data.
本申请实施例中,上述协议处理过程仅为示例说明,本申请对协议处理的具体操作不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing protocol processing process is only an example for illustration, and the present application does not limit the specific operation of the protocol processing.
接下来介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的出站数据的协议架构。Next, a protocol framework for outbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
图2C示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的出站数据的协议封装架构示意图。FIG. 2C shows a schematic diagram of a protocol encapsulation architecture of outbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
如图2C所示,北斗网络设备200上的北斗报文传输协议层可以分为应用层、消息数据汇聚层、卫星链路控制层和物理层。As shown in FIG. 2C , the Beidou message transmission protocol layer on the Beidou network device 200 can be divided into an application layer, a message data aggregation layer, a satellite link control layer and a physical layer.
北斗网络设备200发送数据给终端100时,北斗网络设备200上的北斗报文传输协议的工作流程可以如下:When the Beidou network device 200 sends data to the terminal 100, the workflow of the Beidou message transmission protocol on the Beidou network device 200 can be as follows:
在APP层,北斗网络设备200可以基于原始数据生成应用层报文。具体的,北斗网络设备200可以在原始数据前添加报文头信息,得到应用层报文。其中,报文头信息可以包括但不限于消息类型指示字段等等。消息类型指示字段可以用于指示北斗网络设备200生成的应用层报文的业务类型,例如,信箱概况查询业务、信件消息下载业务等等。At the APP layer, Beidou network device 200 can generate application layer messages based on raw data. Specifically, the Beidou network device 200 may add packet header information before the original data to obtain an application layer packet. Wherein, the packet header information may include but not limited to a message type indication field and the like. The message type indication field may be used to indicate the service type of the application layer message generated by the Beidou network device 200, for example, mailbox profile query service, mail message download service and so on.
其中,当应用层报文的业务类型为信箱概况查询业务时,应用层报文的原始数据可以包括但不限于其他终端发送给终端100的短消息的数量,及其他终端的标识。在此,北斗网络设备200生成的业务类型为信箱概况查询业务的应用层报文可以称为查询结果。Wherein, when the service type of the application layer message is mailbox profile query service, the original data of the application layer message may include but not limited to the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals, and the identification of other terminals. Here, the application layer message whose service type is mailbox profile query service generated by the Beidou network device 200 may be referred to as a query result.
其中,当应用层报文的业务类型为信件消息下载业务时,应用层报文的原始数据可以包括但不限于其他终端发送给终端100的短消息的消息内容(例如,消息文本、旗语、语音、图像、动画等),及其他终端的标识。在此,北斗网络设备200生成的业务类型为信件消息下载业务的应用层报文可以称为下载结果。Wherein, when the service type of the application layer message is the letter message download service, the original data of the application layer message may include but not limited to the message content (for example, message text, semaphore, voice message) sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals. , images, animations, etc.), and other terminal logos. Here, the application layer message whose service type is the letter message download service generated by the Beidou network device 200 may be referred to as a download result.
可选的,应用层报文中还可以包括有消息ID字段。消息ID字段可用于指示该应用层报文。Optionally, the application layer message may also include a message ID field. The message ID field can be used to indicate the application layer message.
可选的,北斗网络设备200可以加密原始数据,并在报文头信息中添加加密指示字段,加密指示字段可以用于指示北斗网络设备200加密数据使用的加密算法。可选的,在北斗网络设备200加密原始数据之前,可以先压缩原始数据。可以理解的是,报文头中还可以包括压缩指示字段。压缩指示字段可用于指示北斗网络设备200压缩数据使用的压缩算法类型。进一步可选的,北斗网络设备200可以压缩原始数据,得到压缩数据。北斗网络设备200可以在压缩数据前添加上述压缩指示字段,再使用密钥加密添加了压缩指示字段的压缩数据,得到加密后数据。还需要说明的是,加密指示字段的值为指定数值(例如,0)时,可以用于指示北斗网络设备200未加密原始数据。压缩指示字段的值为指定数值(例如,0)时,可以用于指示北斗网络设备200未压缩原始数据。Optionally, the Beidou network device 200 may encrypt the original data, and add an encryption indication field in the packet header information, and the encryption indication field may be used to indicate the encryption algorithm used by the Beidou network device 200 to encrypt the data. Optionally, before the Beidou network device 200 encrypts the original data, the original data may be compressed first. It can be understood that the packet header may also include a compression indication field. The compression indication field may be used to indicate the type of compression algorithm used by the Beidou network device 200 to compress data. Further optionally, the Beidou network device 200 may compress the original data to obtain compressed data. The Beidou network device 200 may add the above-mentioned compression indication field before the compressed data, and then use a key to encrypt the compressed data with the compression indication field added to obtain encrypted data. It should also be noted that when the value of the encryption indication field is a specified value (for example, 0), it can be used to indicate that the Beidou network device 200 does not encrypt the original data. When the value of the compression indication field is a specified value (for example, 0), it can be used to indicate that the Beidou network device 200 does not compress the original data.
在MDCP层,北斗网络设备200可以通过层间接口获取到APP层下发的应用层报文,并将应用层报文作为一个MDCP SDU。北斗网络设备200可以将MDCP SDU拆分成一个或多个固定长度的MDCP分段数据(M_segment),并在每个MDCP分段数据的头部添加后继指示字段,得到MDCP PDU,即MDCP PDU包括M_segment和后继指示字段。其中,后继指示字段可用于表示当前的MDCP PDU在同一个MDCP SDU中的顺序。At the MDCP layer, the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the application layer message sent by the APP layer through the interlayer interface, and use the application layer message as an MDCP SDU. The Beidou network device 200 can split the MDCP SDU into one or more fixed-length MDCP segment data (M_segment), and add a follow-up indication field to the header of each MDCP segment data to obtain the MDCP PDU, that is, the MDCP PDU includes M_segment and successor indication fields. Among them, the successor indication field can be used to indicate the sequence of the current MDCP PDU in the same MDCP SDU.
在SLC层,北斗网络设备200可以通过层间接口获取到MDCP层下发的MDCP PDU,作为SLC SDU。北斗网络设备200可以将SLC SDU分段成一个或多个(例如,4个)固定长度的SLC分段数据(S_segment),并在每个S_segment头部添加帧头信息,得到SLC PDU。其中,帧头信息可以包括但不限于用户ID字段、帧总数字段、帧序号字段。其中,用户ID字段可以用于标识接收设备(例如终端100),用户ID字段的值为接收设备的ID号。其中,帧总数字段和帧序号字段的详细描述可以参见上述3A所述实施例,在此不再赘述。At the SLC layer, the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the MDCP PDU sent by the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the SLC SDU. The Beidou network device 200 can segment the SLC SDU into one or more (for example, 4) fixed-length SLC segment data (S_segment), and add frame header information to the header of each S_segment to obtain the SLC PDU. Wherein, the frame header information may include but not limited to a user ID field, a frame total number field, and a frame sequence number field. Wherein, the user ID field may be used to identify the receiving device (such as the terminal 100), and the value of the user ID field is the ID number of the receiving device. Wherein, the detailed description of the frame total number field and the frame sequence number field can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment in 3A, which will not be repeated here.
在PHY层,北斗网络设备200可以通过层间接口获取到SLC层下发的SLC PDU,作为用户帧。北斗网络设备200可以将多个用户或者一个用户的用户帧(又称为数据帧)拼接在一起,再加上帧头(例如版本号)和校验位得到得到物理帧。北斗网络设备200可以将物理帧进行编码调制扩频等操作后得到电文支路(S2C-d支路)的编码数据。北斗网络设备200可以将S2C-d支路的编码数据和导频支路(S2C-p支路)的导频数据(又称为副码)组成导频编码数据,即出站数据。并将出站数据发送给北斗短报文卫星21,经由北斗短报文卫星21中继转发给一个或多个终端。可以理解的是,S2C-p支路的导频数据与卫星波束相关。当卫星波束为已知信息时,S2C-p支路的导频数据也是已知的,无需解码。而S2C-d支路的编码 数据是需要解码的。At the PHY layer, the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the SLC PDU delivered by the SLC layer through the interlayer interface as a user frame. The Beidou network device 200 can splice user frames (also called data frames) of multiple users or one user together, and add a frame header (such as a version number) and a check digit to obtain a physical frame. The Beidou network device 200 can perform operations such as encoding, modulation, and spreading on the physical frame to obtain encoded data of the text branch (S2C-d branch). The Beidou network device 200 can combine the coded data of the S2C-d branch and the pilot data (also called secondary code) of the pilot branch (S2C-p branch) to form pilot coded data, that is, outbound data. And the outbound data is sent to the Beidou short message satellite 21, and relayed to one or more terminals via the Beidou short message satellite 21. It can be understood that the pilot data of the S2C-p branch is related to the satellite beam. When the satellite beam is known information, the pilot data of the S2C-p branch is also known without decoding. The coded data of the S2C-d branch needs to be decoded.
图2D示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统10的出站数据的协议解析架构示意图。FIG. 2D shows a schematic diagram of a protocol analysis framework for outbound data of the Beidou communication system 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
如图2D所示,终端100上的北斗报文传输协议层可以分为应用层、消息数据汇聚层、卫星链路控制层和物理层。As shown in FIG. 2D , the Beidou message transmission protocol layer on the terminal 100 can be divided into an application layer, a message data aggregation layer, a satellite link control layer and a physical layer.
在PHY层,终端100可以基于北斗网络设备200发送的S2C-p支路的副码,捕获到将S2C-d支路的编码数据。终端100在捕获到S2C-d支路的编码数据后,可以对S2C-d支路的编码数据进行解扩、解调、解码等操作,得到物理帧。终端100可以从物理帧中提取出属于终端100的用户帧。终端100可以将用户帧通过层间接口呈递给SLC层,作为SLC层的SLC PDU。At the PHY layer, the terminal 100 can capture the coded data of the S2C-d branch based on the secondary code of the S2C-p branch sent by the Beidou network device 200 . After capturing the coded data of the S2C-d branch, the terminal 100 may perform operations such as despreading, demodulation, and decoding on the coded data of the S2C-d branch to obtain a physical frame. The terminal 100 may extract user frames belonging to the terminal 100 from the physical frames. The terminal 100 can present the user frame to the SLC layer through the interlayer interface as an SLC PDU of the SLC layer.
在SLC层,当终端100收到的用户帧为通用数据帧时,终端100可以将属于同一个SLC SDU的SLC PDU拼接成一个SLC SDU。终端100可以将SLC SDU通过层间接口呈递给MDCP层,作为MDCP层的MDCP PDU。当终端100收到的用户帧为ACK帧时,终端100可以基于bitmap字段的值,重传数据/发送下一个SLC SDU。At the SLC layer, when the user frame received by the terminal 100 is a general data frame, the terminal 100 can splice the SLC PDUs belonging to the same SLC SDU into one SLC SDU. The terminal 100 can present the SLC SDU to the MDCP layer through the interlayer interface as the MDCP PDU of the MDCP layer. When the user frame received by the terminal 100 is an ACK frame, the terminal 100 can retransmit data/send the next SLC SDU based on the value of the bitmap field.
在MDCP层,终端100可以将一个或多个MDCP PDU拼接成一个MDCP SDU。终端100可以将MDCP SDU通过层间接口呈递到APP层,作为APP层接收到的应用层报文。At the MDCP layer, the terminal 100 can splice one or more MDCP PDUs into one MDCP SDU. The terminal 100 can present the MDCP SDU to the APP layer through the interlayer interface as an application layer message received by the APP layer.
在APP层,终端100可以基于接收的应用层报文中的消息类型指示字段确定出应用层报文为查询结果时,终端100可以显示信件概况信息。信件概况信息包括有查询结果中其他终端的标识指示的联系人名称,以及该联系人发送的短消息数量。例如,查询结果中包括有标识“13xxxxxxxx9”,以及标识系对应的消息数量信息为2。标识指示的联系人为“Lily”,那么,信息概况信息可以提示用户有两封来自联系人“Lily”信件待接收。At the APP layer, when the terminal 100 can determine that the application layer message is the query result based on the message type indication field in the received application layer message, the terminal 100 can display the general information of the letter. The letter general information includes the name of the contact indicated by the identifiers of other terminals in the query result, and the number of short messages sent by the contact. For example, the query result includes the identifier "13xxxxxxxx9", and the number of messages corresponding to the identifier is 2. If the indicated contact is "Lily", then the information profile information may prompt the user that two letters from the contact "Lily" are waiting to be received.
终端100可以基于接收的应用层报文中的消息类型指示字段确定出应用层报文为下载结果时,终端100可以显示接收提示信息,该接收提示信息可以用于提示用户收到该下载结果中其他终端的标识指示的联系人向终端100发送的短消息。例如,下载结果中包括有标识“13xxxxxxxx9”,以及标识系对应的短消息内容。标识指示的联系人为“Lily”,那么,接收提示信息可以提示用户已接收到来自联系人“Lily”信件。在一些实施例中,终端100可以响应于用户针对接收提示信息的输入,显示下载结果中的短消息内容。可选的,终端100的接收提示信息中还可以包括联系人发送的短消息的数量。可选的,终端100可以直接显示联系人名称及该联系人发送的短消息的内容。When the terminal 100 can determine that the application layer message is a download result based on the message type indication field in the received application layer message, the terminal 100 can display the receiving prompt information, and the receiving prompt information can be used to prompt the user to receive the download result in the download result. A short message sent to the terminal 100 by the contact indicated by the identifier of the other terminal. For example, the download result includes the identifier "13xxxxxxxx9" and the content of the short message corresponding to the identifier. The contact indicated by the identification is "Lily", then receiving the prompt information may prompt the user that a letter from the contact "Lily" has been received. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may display the content of the short message in the download result in response to the user's input for receiving the prompt information. Optionally, the receiving prompt information of the terminal 100 may also include the number of short messages sent by the contact. Optionally, the terminal 100 may directly display the name of the contact and the content of the short message sent by the contact.
本申请实施例中,上述协议处理过程仅为示例说明,本申请对协议处理的具体操作不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing protocol processing process is only an example for illustration, and the present application does not limit the specific operation of the protocol processing.
下面介绍本申请实施例中处于北斗网络下的终端100与处于蜂窝网络下的终端300互发消息的操作流程。The following describes the operation process of sending messages between the terminal 100 under the Beidou network and the terminal 300 under the cellular network in the embodiment of the present application.
图3A-图3O示出了本申请实施例中北斗网络下的终端100向处于蜂窝网络下的终端300发送消息的操作流程示意图。Fig. 3A- Fig. 3O show a schematic diagram of an operation flow for sending a message from a terminal 100 under the Beidou network to a terminal 300 under the cellular network in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,如图3A所示,终端100可以显示桌面3010。其中,该桌面3010中显示了一个放置有应用图标的页面,该页面包括多个应用图标(例如,天气应用图标、股票应用图标、计算器应用图标、设置应用图标、邮件应用图标、图库应用图标、音乐应用图标、视频应用图标、浏览器应用图标、聊天应用图标3013等等)。多个应用图标下方还显示包括有页面指 示符,以表明当前显示的页面与其他页面的位置关系。页面指示符的下方有多个托盘图标(例如拨号应用图标、信息应用图标3012、联系人应用图标、相机应用图标),托盘图标在页面切换时保持显示。在一些实施例中,上述页面也可以包括多个应用图标和页面指示符,页面指示符可以不是页面的一部分,单独存在,上述图片图标也是可选的,本申请实施例对此不作限制。在该桌面3010的上方部分区域显示有状态栏3011,该状态栏3011可以包括:移动通信信号(又可称为蜂窝信号)的一个或多个信号强度指示符,电池状态指示符,时间指示符,Wi-Fi信号指示符等等。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3A , the terminal 100 may display a desktop 3010 . Wherein, the desktop 3010 displays a page on which application icons are placed, and the page includes a plurality of application icons (for example, a weather application icon, a stock application icon, a calculator application icon, a setting application icon, a mail application icon, a gallery application icon , music application icon, video application icon, browser application icon, chat application icon 3013, etc.). A page indicator is also displayed under the multiple application icons to indicate the positional relationship between the currently displayed page and other pages. There are multiple tray icons below the page indicator (such as a dialer application icon, a message application icon 3012, a contact application icon, and a camera application icon), and the tray icons are kept displayed when the page is switched. In some embodiments, the above-mentioned page may also include multiple application icons and page indicators, and the page indicator may not be a part of the page, but exists independently. The above-mentioned picture icons are also optional, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. A status bar 3011 is displayed on the upper portion of the desktop 3010, and the status bar 3011 may include: one or more signal strength indicators of a mobile communication signal (also called a cellular signal), a battery status indicator, and a time indicator , Wi-Fi signal indicator and more.
终端100可以接收用户对状态栏3011的操作(例如向下滑动),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图3B所示的菜单窗口3020。The terminal 100 may receive a user's operation on the status bar 3011 (for example, sliding down), and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display a menu window 3020 as shown in FIG. 3B .
如图3B所示,该菜单窗口3020中可以显示有一些功能的开关控件(例如,无线局域网(WLAN)开关控件、蓝牙开关控件、移动数据开关控件、北斗通信开关控件3021、响铃开关控件、华为分享(Huawei Share)开关控件、飞行模式开关控件、自动旋转开关控件、位置服务开关控件,截屏开关控件、护眼模式开关控件、热点开关控件、屏幕录制开关控件、投屏开关控件,NFC开关控件,等等)。如图3B所示,终端100当前驻留在蜂窝网络下且也连接有Wi-Fi。因此,无线局域网开关控件、移动数据开关控件都处于开关状态,北斗通信开关控件处于关闭状态。As shown in Figure 3B, switch controls with some functions can be displayed in the menu window 3020 (for example, wireless local area network (WLAN) switch control, Bluetooth switch control, mobile data switch control, Beidou communication switch control 3021, ringing switch control, Huawei Share switch control, flight mode switch control, automatic rotation switch control, location service switch control, screen capture switch control, eye protection mode switch control, hotspot switch control, screen recording switch control, screen projection switch control, NFC switch controls, etc.). As shown in FIG. 3B , the terminal 100 currently resides under the cellular network and is also connected to Wi-Fi. Therefore, both the wireless LAN switch control and the mobile data switch control are in the on-off state, and the Beidou communication switch control is in the off state.
由于终端100上的射频器件等硬件以及功耗的限制,终端100无法同时驻留在蜂窝网络和北斗通信网络下。因此,当终端100接收用户对该北斗通信开关控件3021的输入(例如单击)时,终端100可以关闭蜂窝通信功能以及无线局域网通信功能,并开启北斗通信功能。Due to limitations of hardware such as radio frequency devices and power consumption on the terminal 100, the terminal 100 cannot reside in the cellular network and the Beidou communication network at the same time. Therefore, when the terminal 100 receives the user's input (such as clicking) on the Beidou communication switch control 3021, the terminal 100 can turn off the cellular communication function and the wireless LAN communication function, and turn on the Beidou communication function.
如图3C所示,终端100在关闭蜂窝通信功能以及无线局域网通信功能并开启北斗通信功能后,可以将菜单窗口3020中移动数据开关控件以及无线局域网开关控件的状态切换为关闭状态,将北斗通信开关控件的状态切换为开启状态。并且,终端100还可以在状态栏3011中显示蜂窝网络“无服务”的提示,该提示用于提示用户终端100已无法搜索到蜂窝网络信号。可选的,终端100还可以在开启北斗通信功能并搜索到北斗卫星的信号后,在状态栏3011中显示北斗网络标记3022,该北斗网络标记3022可用于提示用户该终端100已驻留到北斗网络下。As shown in FIG. 3C, after the terminal 100 turns off the cellular communication function and the wireless LAN communication function and turns on the Beidou communication function, the state of the mobile data switch control and the wireless LAN switch control in the menu window 3020 can be switched to the off state, and the Beidou communication switch can be turned on and off. The state of the control is toggled to the on state. In addition, the terminal 100 may also display a prompt of "no service" of the cellular network in the status bar 3011, and the prompt is used to prompt the user terminal 100 that the cellular network signal cannot be found. Optionally, the terminal 100 can also display the Beidou network mark 3022 in the status bar 3011 after turning on the Beidou communication function and searching for the signal of the Beidou satellite. The Beidou network mark 3022 can be used to remind the user that the terminal 100 has resided in Beidou under the network.
终端100可以接收用户对该菜单3020的输入(例如,向上滑动),响应于该输入,终端100可以关闭该菜单窗口3020,并显示如图3D所示的桌面3010。针对该桌面3010可以参考前述图3A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。The terminal 100 may receive a user's input to the menu 3020 (eg, slide up), and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may close the menu window 3020 and display a desktop 3010 as shown in FIG. 3D . For the desktop 3010, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 3A , which will not be repeated here.
如图3D所示,终端100可以接收用户对聊天应用图标3013的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以显示如图3E所示的聊天应用界面3030。As shown in FIG. 3D , the terminal 100 may receive user input (for example, click) on the chat application icon 3013 , and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display the chat application interface 3030 as shown in FIG. 3E .
如图3E所示,该聊天应用界面3030可以包括搜索控件3031、添加控件3022、我的信息控件3033、一个或多个消息对话栏(例如,北斗卫星消息对话栏3037、联系人“Alice”的对话栏、联系人“Bob”的对话栏,等等)、拨号控件3034、消息控件3035、联系人控件3036,等等。其中,该搜索控件3031可以用于触发终端100搜索联系人的对话栏。该添加控件3022可用于添加新的联系人对话栏。我的信息控件3033可用于触发终端100显示该聊天应用的登录账户的账户信息和/或账户设置项。如图3E所示,当前消息控件3035处于选中状态,终端100显示该聊天应用界面3030。该拨号控件3034可用于触发终端100显示拨号页面,该拨号页面可用于接收用户输入或选择的联系人,并拨打电话给该联系人。该联系人控件3036可用于触发终端100显示该聊天应用的登录账户中已添加的联系人信息。As shown in FIG. 3E, the chat application interface 3030 may include a search control 3031, an add control 3022, a my information control 3033, one or more message dialogue columns (for example, a Beidou satellite message dialogue column 3037, a contact "Alice" conversation bar, conversation bar for contact "Bob", etc.), dial control 3034, message control 3035, contact control 3036, and so on. Wherein, the search control 3031 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to search the dialog box of the contact. The add control 3022 can be used to add a new contact dialog box. My information control 3033 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display the account information and/or account setting items of the login account of the chat application. As shown in FIG. 3E , the message control 3035 is currently selected, and the terminal 100 displays the chat application interface 3030 . The dialing control 3034 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a dialing page, and the dialing page can be used to receive a contact input or selected by the user, and dial a call to the contact. The contact control 3036 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display the contact information added in the login account of the chat application.
终端100可以接收用户对该北斗卫星消息对话栏3037的输入(例如单击),响应于该输 入,终端100可以显示如图3F所示的北斗卫星消息界面3040。The terminal 100 may receive the user's input (for example, click) on the Beidou satellite message dialog box 3037, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 as shown in FIG. 3F.
如图3F所示,该北斗卫星消息界面3040中包括有返回控件3041、消息接收控件3042、新建消息控件3046、更多信息控件3047。其中,该返回控件3041可用于触发终端100返回显示上述聊天应用界面3030。该消息接收控件3042可用于触发终端100从北斗网络设备200上下载发送给终端100的北斗短消息。该新建消息3046可用于触发终端100新建消息并通过北斗网络设备200发送给用户指定的联系人。该了解更多控件3047可用于触发终端100显示北斗卫星通信的使用指导、常见问题、额度说明等信息。可选的,在终端100首次或每隔一定时间或每隔一定次数打开该北斗卫星消息界面3040时,终端100可以在该北斗卫星消息界面3040上显示北斗卫星通信的相关介绍卡片(例如,使用指导卡片3043、常见问题卡片3044、额度说明卡片3045等等)。其中,该使用指导卡片3043中可以显示使用指导信息,例如,“用于无移动数据网络和Wi-Fi下进行紧急通信”。该使用指导卡片3043可用于响应用户的输入触发终端100显示使用指导的详情页面。该常见问题卡片3044可用于响应用户的输入触发终端100显示常见问题的详情页面。该额度说明卡片3045上可以显示北斗卫星通信功能的额度信息,例如,“北斗卫星消息服务体验期、注册首月您享有20条免费发送额度,后续每月10条,跨月不累计。”该额度说明卡片3045可用于响应用户的输入触发终端100显示额度信息的详情页面。As shown in FIG. 3F , the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 includes a return control 3041 , a message receiving control 3042 , a new message control 3046 , and a more information control 3047 . Wherein, the return control 3041 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to return to display the above chat application interface 3030 . The message receiving control 3042 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to download the Beidou short message sent to the terminal 100 from the Beidou network device 200 . The new message 3046 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to create a new message and send it to the contact designated by the user through the Beidou network device 200 . The learn more control 3047 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display information such as the use guide of Beidou satellite communication, frequently asked questions, and quota description. Optionally, when the terminal 100 opens the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 for the first time or every certain time or every certain number of times, the terminal 100 can display a related introduction card of Beidou satellite communication on the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 (for example, use Guidance card 3043, frequently asked questions card 3044, quota explanation card 3045, etc.). Wherein, the usage guidance card 3043 may display usage guidance information, for example, "for emergency communication without mobile data network and Wi-Fi". The usage guide card 3043 may be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a detailed page of usage guide in response to a user's input. The FAQ card 3044 may be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a detailed page of FAQs in response to user input. The quota description card 3045 can display the quota information of the Beidou satellite communication function, for example, "Beidou satellite news service experience period, you can enjoy 20 free sending quotas in the first month of registration, and 10 in subsequent months, no accumulation across months." The quota description card 3045 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display the detailed page of the quota information in response to the user's input.
终端100可以接收用户对上述新建消息控件3046的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以显示如图3G所示的新建消息界面3050。The terminal 100 may receive a user's input (for example, click) on the above-mentioned new message control 3046, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display a new message interface 3050 as shown in FIG. 3G.
如图3G所示,该新建消息界面3050可以包括返回控件3051、接收方展示框3052、联系人控件3053、提示信息3054、携带位置控件3055、快捷求助控件3056、消息输入框3057、发送控件3058和虚拟键盘3069。其中,该返回控件3051可用于触发终端100返回至上述图3F所示的北斗卫星消息界面3040。该接收方展示框3052可用于显示终端100选定作为接收方的联系人信息。联系人控件3053可用于触发终端100选择接收消息的联系人。该提示信息3054可用于提示用户北斗卫星消息的发送规则,例如,“1.已选联系人占用卫星消息字数;最多发送给4位联系人。2.遇险时,建议提供位置和身份信息,简要描述所处环境、身体情况、人员数量,以便对方组织救援工作”。该携带位置控件3055可用于触发终端100在发送的北斗卫星消息中携带终端100的位置信息。该快捷求助控件3056可用于触发终端100快速发送求助信息给紧急救援中心。消息输入框3057可用于显示用户输入的消息内容。该发送控件3058可用于触发终端100将消息输入框3057中的消息内容,携带在北斗卫星消息中,并发送给用户指定的联系人。该虚拟键盘3069可用于接收用户的输入,生成消息内容。As shown in FIG. 3G , the newly created message interface 3050 may include a return control 3051, a receiver display box 3052, a contact control 3053, a prompt message 3054, a carrying location control 3055, a quick help control 3056, a message input box 3057, and a sending control 3058 and virtual keyboard 3069. Wherein, the return control 3051 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to return to the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 shown in FIG. 3F above. The receiver display frame 3052 may be used to display contact information selected by the terminal 100 as a receiver. The contact control 3053 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to select a contact to receive the message. The prompt information 3054 can be used to remind the user of the sending rules of the Beidou satellite message, for example, "1. The number of words in the satellite message is occupied by the selected contact; send to a maximum of 4 contacts. 2. In case of distress, it is recommended to provide location and identity information, briefly Describe the environment, physical condition, and number of people so that the other party can organize rescue work.” The carry location control 3055 may be used to trigger the terminal 100 to carry the location information of the terminal 100 in the Beidou satellite message sent. The quick help-seeking control 3056 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to quickly send a help-seeking message to an emergency rescue center. The message input box 3057 can be used to display the content of the message input by the user. The sending control 3058 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to carry the message content in the message input box 3057 into the Beidou satellite message and send it to the contact person designated by the user. The virtual keyboard 3069 can be used to receive user input and generate message content.
终端100可以接收用户对联系人控件3053的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以显示如图3H所示的联系人选择界面3060。The terminal 100 may receive user input (for example, click) on the contact control 3053, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display a contact selection interface 3060 as shown in FIG. 3H.
如图3H所示,该联系人选择界面3060可以包括返回控件3061、联系人搜索框3065、确认控件3062、一个或多个已选择联系人选项、联系人展示区域3066。该返回控件3061可用于触发终端100返回显示上述图3G所示的新建消息界面3050。该联系人搜索框3065可用于触发终端100接收用户输入的搜索信息搜索联系人。该确认控件3062可用于触发终端100将已选择联系人选项确定为北斗卫星消息的接收方。其中,该联系人展示区域3066可以包括已与聊天应用登录账户关联的一个或多个联系人选项(例如,“Alice”联系人选项3067、“Amy”联系人选项、“Bell”联系人选项、“Bobby”联系人选项、“Candy”联系人选项、“Cindy”联系人选项,等等)。其中,联系人选项中包括有联系人的名称、联系电话号码和选择控件,例如,“Alice”联系人选项3067上显示有联系人名称“Alice”、联系电话号码 “13211112222”、选择控件3068。当终端100接收用户点击该选择控件3068时,终端100可以在联系人选择界面上显示已选择联系人选项3063,其中,该已选择联系人选项3063上显示有联系人“Alice”的名称、联系电话号码(例如,13211112222)和删除控件3064。其中,该删除控件3064可用于触发终端100将该已选择联系人“Alice”修改为未选定状态。As shown in FIG. 3H , the contact selection interface 3060 may include a return control 3061 , a contact search box 3065 , a confirmation control 3062 , one or more selected contact options, and a contact display area 3066 . The return control 3061 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to return to display the new message interface 3050 shown in FIG. 3G above. The contact search box 3065 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to receive search information input by the user to search for contacts. The confirmation control 3062 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to determine the selected contact option as the receiver of the Beidou satellite message. Wherein, the contact display area 3066 may include one or more contact options associated with the chat application login account (for example, "Alice" contact option 3067, "Amy" contact option, "Bell" contact option, "Bobby" contact option, "Candy" contact option, "Cindy" contact option, etc.). Wherein, the contact option includes the name of the contact, a contact phone number and a selection control, for example, the "Alice" contact option 3067 displays a contact name "Alice", a contact phone number "13211112222", and a selection control 3068. When the terminal 100 receives the user's click on the selection control 3068, the terminal 100 can display the selected contact option 3063 on the contact selection interface, wherein the selected contact option 3063 displays the name of the contact "Alice", contact Phone number (eg, 13211112222) and delete control 3064. Wherein, the delete control 3064 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to modify the selected contact "Alice" to an unselected state.
终端100可以接收用户在该联系人搜索框3065中输入的搜索信息(例如输入数字“18”),响应于该输入,如图3I所示,终端100可以基于该搜索信息搜索出与该搜索信息相关的联系人,将上述联系人展示区域3066替换显示为搜索联系人显示区域3070。The terminal 100 may receive the search information input by the user in the contact search box 3065 (for example, enter the number "18"), and in response to the input, as shown in FIG. For related contacts, replace and display the above-mentioned contact display area 3066 with a search contact display area 3070 .
如图3I所示,该搜索联系人显示区域3070中包括有一个或多个与上述搜索信息相关的联系人的选项(例如,联系人“Daniel”选项3071、联系人“Kiki”选项、电话号码为“18866661111”的联系人的选项,等等)。其中,当搜索的联系人是与聊天应用上登录账户关联的联系人时,该搜索的联系人的选项上可以显示有该联系人的联系人名称、联系人电话号码和选择控件,例如,联系人“Daniel”选项3071上显示有联系人名称“Daniel”、联系人电话号码“18633336666”和选择控件3072。当搜索的联系人未与聊天应用上登录账户关联的联系人(例如最近打过给该联系人但并未存储该联系人的名称)时,该搜索的联系人的选项上可以显示有该联系人的电话号码和选择控件。其中,该选择控件可用于触发终端100选定该选项对应的联系人。当终端100接收用户点击该选择控件3072时,终端100可以在联系人选择界面上显示已选择联系人选项3073,其中,该已选择联系人选项3073上显示有联系人“Alice”的名称、联系电话号码(例如,18633336666)和删除控件3074。As shown in FIG. 3I , the search contact display area 3070 includes one or more contact options related to the above-mentioned search information (for example, contact "Daniel" option 3071, contact "Kiki" option, phone number options for contacts who are "18866661111", etc.). Wherein, when the searched contact is a contact associated with the login account on the chat application, the contact name, contact phone number and selection control of the contact may be displayed on the options of the searched contact, for example, contact The person "Daniel" option 3071 has a contact name "Daniel", a contact phone number "18633336666" and a selection control 3072 displayed. When the searched contact is not a contact associated with the login account on the chat application (for example, the contact has been called recently but the contact's name is not stored), the contact can be displayed in the options of the searched contact Person's phone number and selection controls. Wherein, the selection control can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to select the contact corresponding to the option. When the terminal 100 receives the user's click on the selection control 3072, the terminal 100 can display the selected contact option 3073 on the contact selection interface, wherein the selected contact option 3073 displays the name of the contact "Alice", contact Phone number (for example, 18633336666) and delete control 3074.
如图3J所示,终端100可以接收用户对于上述确认控件3062的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以显示如图3K所示的新建消息界面3050。As shown in FIG. 3J , the terminal 100 may receive user input (for example, click) on the confirmation control 3062, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display a new message interface 3050 as shown in FIG. 3K .
如图3K所示,终端100可以将选定的联系人信息(例如,联系人信息3074和联系人信息3075)显示在新建消息界面3050的接收方展示框3052中。As shown in FIG. 3K , the terminal 100 may display the selected contact information (for example, contact information 3074 and contact information 3075 ) in the recipient presentation box 3052 of the new message interface 3050 .
终端100可以接收用户在消息输入框3057中输入的消息内容(例如,“我去野外徒步了”)。在用户在消息输入框3057中输入消息内容之后,终端100可以接收用户针对该发送控件3058的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以通过北斗网络设备200发送短报文消息给用户选定的联系人对应的终端(例如,终端300),其中,该短报文消息中包括有用户在消息输入框3057中输入的消息内容。具体有关终端100将消息内容作为原始数据进行协议处理的流程可以参考上述图2A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。The terminal 100 may receive the message content input by the user in the message input box 3057 (for example, "I went hiking in the wild"). After the user enters the message content in the message input box 3057, the terminal 100 can receive the user's input (for example, click) on the send control 3058, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 can send a short message message to The terminal (eg, terminal 300 ) corresponding to the contact selected by the user, wherein the short message includes the message content input by the user in the message input box 3057 . For details about the process of the terminal 100 performing protocol processing on the message content as the original data, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 2A , which will not be repeated here.
如图3L所示,在终端100将用户输入的消息内容通过北斗网络设备200发送给蜂窝网络下的联系人(例如“Alice”和“Daniel”)之后,终端100可以在北斗卫星消息界面3040上显示消息框3081和接收方信息3082(例如,文字信息“发送给:Alice、Daniel”),其中,该消息框3081中包括有终端100已发送的短报文消息的消息内容(“例如,我去野外徒步了”)。该消息框3081的周围区域还可以显示有该短报文消息的发送时间(例如,“2022/6/12 08:08”)。As shown in FIG. 3L , after the terminal 100 sends the content of the message input by the user to the contacts under the cellular network (such as "Alice" and "Daniel") through the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can display the information on the Beidou satellite message interface 3040. Display message box 3081 and recipient information 3082 (for example, text information "sent to: Alice, Daniel"), wherein, the message content of the short message message that terminal 100 has been included in this message box 3081 ("For example, I off to the wilds for a hike"). The area around the message box 3081 can also display the sending time of the short message (for example, "2022/6/12 08:08").
在一种可能的实现方式中,如图3M所示,终端100可以显示聊天应用界面3033,此时,终端100还驻留在蜂窝网络下。终端100可以接收用户对该北斗卫星消息对话栏3037的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以关闭蜂窝通信功能以及无线局域网通信功能,开启北斗通信功能,驻留在北斗通信网络下,并显示如图3N所示的北斗卫星消息界面3040。针对该北斗卫星消息界面3040的文字描述可以参考上述图3E所示实施例,在此不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 3M , the terminal 100 may display a chat application interface 3033 , and at this time, the terminal 100 is still under the cellular network. The terminal 100 can receive the user's input (for example, click) on the Beidou satellite message dialog box 3037. In response to the input, the terminal 100 can turn off the cellular communication function and the wireless LAN communication function, turn on the Beidou communication function, and reside in the Beidou communication network. , and display the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 as shown in FIG. 3N . For the textual description of the Beidou satellite message interface 3040, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3E , which will not be repeated here.
如图3N所示,终端100可以关闭蜂窝通信功能以及无线局域网通信功能,开启北斗通 信功能之后,终端100可以在状态栏3011中显示蜂窝网络“无服务的提示,该提示用于提示用户终端100已无法搜索到蜂窝网络信号。可选的,终端100还可以在开启北斗通信功能并搜索到北斗卫星的信号后,在状态栏3011中显示北斗网络标记3022,该北斗网络标记3022可用于提示用户该终端100已驻留到北斗网络下。As shown in Figure 3N, the terminal 100 can turn off the cellular communication function and the wireless local area network communication function, and after turning on the Beidou communication function, the terminal 100 can display a prompt of "no service in the cellular network" in the status bar 3011, which is used to remind the user terminal 100 The cellular network signal has been unable to be searched. Optionally, the terminal 100 can also display the Beidou network mark 3022 in the status bar 3011 after the Beidou communication function is turned on and the signal of the Beidou satellite is searched, and the Beidou network mark 3022 can be used to prompt the user The terminal 100 has resided under the Beidou network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在终端100将用户输入的消息内容通过蜂窝网络设备和北斗网络设备200发送给指定联系人(例如“Alice”和“Daniel”)之后,终端100可以在指定联系人的消息对话界面中显示终端100已发送的该消息内容。In a possible implementation, after the terminal 100 sends the content of the message input by the user to the designated contacts (such as "Alice" and "Daniel") through the cellular network device and the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can The content of the message sent by the terminal 100 is displayed in the person's message dialog interface.
示例性的,如图3O所示,在终端100将用户输入的消息内容通过北斗网络设备200发送给蜂窝网络下的联系人“Alice”和“Daniel”之后,终端100可以接收并响应于用户的操作,显示联系人“Alice”对应的消息对话界面3091。其中,该消息对话界面3091包括对话方名称“Alice”、返回控件3091、对话方消息框3092、己方消息框3093、附件添加控件3095、消息输入框3096、表情添加控件3097和发送控件3098。其中,该对话方消息框3092中可以包括有该联系人“Alice”发送的消息的内容(例如,“OK,想法很棒!”),该对话方消息框3092的周围可以显示有终端100接收该联系人“Alice”发送的消息的时间(例如“2022/6/1115:31”)。己方消息框3093中可以包括有终端100发送的消息内容(例如,“我去野外徒步了”),该己方消息框3093的周围可以显示有终端100发送该己方消息框3093中消息内容的时间(例如,“2022/6/12 08:08”)。由于该己方消息框3093中的消息内容为终端100通过北斗网络设备200发送给蜂窝网络下的联系人“Alice”,因此,终端100可以在该己方消息框3093周围显示标记3094,该标记3094可用于提示用户该己方消息框3093中的消息内容是通过北斗网络设备200发送给蜂窝网络下的联系人。该附件添加控件3095可用于触发终端300添加图片、语音、视频、链接等一个或多个附件到待发送给对话方的消息中。该消息输入框3096可用于显示用户输入的消息内容。该表情添加控件3097可用于触发终端100在用户输入的消息内容中添加表情符。该发送控件3098可用于触发终端100将用户输入的消息内容发送给对话方(例如,联系人“Alice”的终端300)。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3O, after the terminal 100 sends the content of the message input by the user to contacts "Alice" and "Daniel" under the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can receive and respond to the user's message content. Operation, display the message dialogue interface 3091 corresponding to the contact "Alice". Wherein, the message dialogue interface 3091 includes the interlocutor name "Alice", return control 3091, interlocutor message box 3092, own message box 3093, attachment adding control 3095, message input box 3096, expression adding control 3097 and sending control 3098. Wherein, the interlocutor message box 3092 may include the content of the message sent by the contact "Alice" (for example, "OK, the idea is great!"), and the terminal 100 may display messages received around the interlocutor message box 3092. The time of the message sent by the contact "Alice" (for example, "2022/6/1115:31"). The own message box 3093 may include the message content sent by the terminal 100 (for example, "I went hiking in the wild"), and the time when the terminal 100 sent the message content in the own message box 3093 may be displayed around the own message box 3093 ( For example, "2022/6/12 08:08"). Since the content of the message in the own message box 3093 is sent by the terminal 100 to the contact "Alice" under the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can display a mark 3094 around the own message frame 3093, and the mark 3094 can be used The content of the message in the own message box 3093 is used to remind the user that the Beidou network device 200 sends it to contacts under the cellular network. The attachment adding control 3095 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to add one or more attachments such as picture, voice, video, link, etc. to the message to be sent to the conversation party. The message input box 3096 can be used to display the content of the message input by the user. The emoticon adding control 3097 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to add emoticons to the content of the message input by the user. The sending control 3098 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to send the content of the message input by the user to the dialogue party (for example, the terminal 300 of the contact "Alice").
在一种可能的实现方式中,在终端100处于北斗网络下时,终端100可以在指定联系人的消息对话界面(例如,图3O所示的消息对话界面3090)中接收用户在输入框输入的消息内容,在用户确认发送该消息内容后,将该消息内容通过北斗网络设备200发送给蜂窝网络下的指定联系人。在终端100将消息内容通过北斗网络设备200发送给蜂窝网络下的指定联系人后,终端100可以在该指定联系人的消息对话界面中显示包括有该消息内容的己方消息框(例如,图3O所示的己方消息框4065)。In a possible implementation, when the terminal 100 is under the Beidou network, the terminal 100 can receive the user input in the input box in the message dialogue interface of the designated contact (for example, the message dialogue interface 3090 shown in FIG. 30 ). The content of the message, after the user confirms sending the content of the message, sends the content of the message to the designated contact under the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200 . After the terminal 100 sends the message content to the designated contact under the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can display a message box containing the message content in the message dialogue interface of the designated contact (for example, FIG. 3O Shown own message box 4065).
图4A-图4K示出了本申请实施例中蜂窝网络下的终端300向处于北斗网络下的终端100发送消息的操作流程示意图。4A-4K show a schematic diagram of an operation flow for a terminal 300 under the cellular network to send a message to the terminal 100 under the Beidou network in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,如图4A所示,终端300可以显示桌面4010。其中,该桌面4010中显示了一个放置有应用图标的页面,该页面包括多个应用图标(例如,天气应用图标、股票应用图标、计算器应用图标、设置应用图标、邮件应用图标、图库应用图标、音乐应用图标、视频应用图标、浏览器应用图标等等)。多个应用图标下方还显示包括有页面指示符,以表明当前显示的页面与其他页面的位置关系。页面指示符的下方有多个托盘图标(例如拨号应用图标、信息应用图标4011、联系人应用图标、相机应用图标),托盘图标在页面切换时保持显示。在一些实施例中,上述页面也可以包括多个应用图标和页面指示符,页面指示符可以不是页面 的一部分,单独存在,上述图片图标也是可选的,本申请实施例对此不作限制。在该桌面4010的上方部分区域显示有状态栏,该状态栏可以包括:移动通信信号(又可称为蜂窝信号)的一个或多个信号强度指示符,电池状态指示符,时间指示符,Wi-Fi信号指示符等等。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4A , the terminal 300 may display a desktop 4010 . Wherein, the desktop 4010 displays a page on which application icons are placed, and the page includes a plurality of application icons (for example, a weather application icon, a stock application icon, a calculator application icon, a setting application icon, a mail application icon, a gallery application icon , music app icon, video app icon, browser app icon, etc.). A page indicator is also displayed under the multiple application icons to indicate the positional relationship between the currently displayed page and other pages. There are multiple tray icons below the page indicator (for example, a dialer application icon, a message application icon 4011, a contact application icon, and a camera application icon), and the tray icons are kept displayed when the page is switched. In some embodiments, the above-mentioned page may also include multiple application icons and page indicators, and the page indicator may not be a part of the page, but exists independently. The above-mentioned picture icons are also optional, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. A status bar is displayed on the upper portion of the desktop 4010, and the status bar may include: one or more signal strength indicators of a mobile communication signal (also referred to as a cellular signal), a battery status indicator, a time indicator, Wi -Fi signal indicator and more.
终端300可以接收用户针对该信息应用图标4011的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端300可以显示如图4B所示的信息应用界面4020。 Terminal 300 may receive a user's input (for example, click) on the information application icon 4011 , and in response to the input, terminal 300 may display an information application interface 4020 as shown in FIG. 4B .
如图4B所示,信息应用界面4020可以包括新建消息控件4021、一个或多个消息对话栏(例如,消息对话栏4022,等等)以及信息搜索框。其中,该新建消息控件4021可用于触发终端300新建消息并通过蜂窝网络设备发送给用户指定的联系人。该信息搜索框可用于根据用户输入的搜索信息,搜索与搜索信息相关的消息。该消息对话栏中显示有消息发送方的名称或电话号码,该消息的接收时间,以及该消息的部分或全部内容。例如,消息对话栏4022上显示有终端100对应用户的名称“Mark”,消息内容“我去野外徒步了”,接收时间“2022/6/12”。As shown in FIG. 4B, the information application interface 4020 may include a new message control 4021, one or more message dialog boxes (eg, message dialog box 4022, etc.), and an information search box. Wherein, the new message control 4021 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to create a new message and send it to a contact designated by the user through the cellular network device. The information search box can be used to search for information related to the search information according to the search information input by the user. The name or phone number of the sender of the message, the receiving time of the message, and part or all of the content of the message are displayed in the message dialog column. For example, the message dialogue column 4022 displays the name "Mark" corresponding to the user of the terminal 100, the message content "I went hiking in the wild", and the receiving time "2022/6/12".
终端300可以接收用户针对该消息对话栏4022的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端300可以显示如图4C所示的消息对话界面4030。The terminal 300 may receive user input (for example, click) on the message dialogue bar 4022, and in response to the input, the terminal 300 may display a message dialogue interface 4030 as shown in FIG. 4C.
如图4C所示,该消息对话界面4030可以包括返回控件4031、对话方名称(例如“Mark”)和/或对话方电话号码、对话方消息框4032、附件添加控件4033、消息输入框4034、表情添加控件4035和发送控件4036。其中,该对话方消息框4032中可以包括有对话方发送的消息的内容(例如,“我去野外徒步了”),该对话方消息框4032的周围可以显示有终端300接收该消息的时间(例如“2022/6/12 08:08”)。该附件添加控件4033可用于触发终端300添加图片、语音、视频、链接等一个或多个附件到待发送给对话方的消息中。该消息输入框4034可用于显示用户输入的消息内容。该表情添加控件4035可用于触发终端300在用户输入的消息内容中添加表情符。该发送控件4036可用于触发终端300将用户输入的消息内容发送给对话方(例如,终端100)。As shown in Figure 4C, the message dialogue interface 4030 may include a return control 4031, a dialogue party name (such as "Mark") and/or a dialogue party phone number, a dialogue party message box 4032, an attachment adding control 4033, a message input box 4034, Emoticon adding control 4035 and sending control 4036 . Wherein, the dialogue party message box 4032 may include the content of the message sent by the dialogue party (for example, "I went hiking in the wild"), and the time when the terminal 300 receives the message may be displayed around the dialogue party message box 4032 ( For example "2022/6/12 08:08"). The attachment adding control 4033 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to add one or more attachments such as picture, voice, video, link, etc. to the message to be sent to the conversation party. The message input box 4034 can be used to display the content of the message input by the user. The emoticon adding control 4035 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to add emoticons to the content of the message input by the user. The send control 4036 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to send the content of the message input by the user to the dialogue party (for example, the terminal 100).
如图4D所示,在终端300接收到用户在消息输入框4034中输入的消息内容(例如,文字内容“今天天气不好,注意安全啊”)后,终端300可以接收用户对发送控件4036的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端300可以用户输入的消息内容以及接收方的电话号码(例如终端100的电话号码)携带在第一短消息中,并将第一短消息发送给蜂窝网络设备(例如,具体可以为蜂窝网络设备中的短消息中心)。As shown in FIG. 4D , after the terminal 300 receives the message content input by the user in the message input box 4034 (for example, the text content "the weather is bad today, please be careful"), the terminal 300 can receive the user's request to the send control 4036. Input (for example, click), in response to the input, the terminal 300 can carry the message content input by the user and the phone number of the recipient (such as the phone number of the terminal 100) in the first short message, and send the first short message to A cellular network device (for example, it may specifically be a short message center in the cellular network device).
其中,蜂窝网络设备在接收到终端300的第一短消息后,若确定出该第一短消息的接收方(例如终端100)当前在处于北斗网络下,蜂窝网络设备可以发送北斗提示信息给终端300,该北斗提示信息用于表示当前第一短消息的接收方(例如终端100)处于北斗网络下。Wherein, after the cellular network device receives the first short message from the terminal 300, if it determines that the receiver of the first short message (for example, the terminal 100) is currently under the Beidou network, the cellular network device may send a Beidou prompt message to the terminal 300. The Beidou prompt information is used to indicate that the recipient of the first short message (such as the terminal 100) is currently under the Beidou network.
如图4E所示,终端300在将第一短消息发送给蜂窝网络设备后,终端300可以在消息对话界面4030上显示己方消息框4041。其中,该己方消息框4041中可以包括终端300发送的第一短消息中的消息内容,己方消息框4041的周围可以显示有终端300发送第一短消息的时间(例如“2022/6/12 09:08”)。终端300接收到蜂窝网络设备发送的北斗提示信息后,可以显示提示信息4042、确认控件4043和取消控件4044。该提示信息4042可用于提示用户当前第一短消息的接收方(例如,“终端100”)处于北斗网络,其中,该提示信息4042可以文字提示(例如,“对方当前处于北斗网络下,无法及时接收该消息,是否在北斗网络下发送该消息给对方?(需要额外收取费用0.5元/条)”)、图片提示、动画提示,等等。该确认控件4043可用于触发终端300指示蜂窝网络设备将第一短消息发送给处于北斗网络下的终端100。该取消控件4044可用于触发终端300指示蜂窝网络设备取消将第一短消息发送给处于北斗网络 设备下的终端100。As shown in FIG. 4E , after the terminal 300 sends the first short message to the cellular network device, the terminal 300 may display its own message box 4041 on the message dialog interface 4030 . Wherein, the message content in the first short message sent by the terminal 300 may be included in the own message box 4041, and the time when the terminal 300 sends the first short message (such as "2022/6/12 09") may be displayed around the own message box 4041 :08"). After receiving the Beidou prompt information sent by the cellular network device, the terminal 300 may display prompt information 4042 , confirmation control 4043 and cancel control 4044 . The prompt information 4042 can be used to prompt the user that the recipient of the first short message (for example, "terminal 100") is currently in the Beidou network, wherein the prompt information 4042 can be a text prompt (for example, "the other party is currently under the Beidou network and cannot timely After receiving the message, do you want to send the message to the other party under the Beidou network? (An additional fee of 0.5 yuan/piece is required)"), picture prompts, animation prompts, etc. The confirmation control 4043 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to instruct the cellular network device to send the first short message to the terminal 100 under the Beidou network. The cancel control 4044 can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to instruct the cellular network equipment to cancel sending the first short message to the terminal 100 under the Beidou network equipment.
终端300可以接收用户对该确认控件4043的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端300可以向蜂窝网络设备(例如,短消息中心)发送确认信息,该确认信息用于确认将第一短消息通过北斗网络设备200发送给接收方(例如,终端100)。蜂窝网络设备(例如,短消息中心)在接收到该确认信息后,可以将第一短消息发送给北斗网络设备200,北斗网络设备200在接收到该第一短消息之后,可以在接收到终端100的下载请求后,将第一短消息中的消息内容通过第一北斗短消息发送给终端100。The terminal 300 may receive the user's input (for example, click) on the confirmation control 4043, and in response to the input, the terminal 300 may send confirmation information to the cellular network device (for example, a short message center), and the confirmation information is used to confirm that the first The short message is sent to the recipient (for example, the terminal 100) through the Beidou network device 200 . After receiving the confirmation information, the cellular network device (for example, the short message center) can send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200, and after receiving the first short message, the Beidou network device 200 can receive the terminal After the download request of 100, the message content in the first short message is sent to the terminal 100 through the first Beidou short message.
可选的,如图4F所示,在终端300向蜂窝网络设备发送上述确认信息后,终端300可以在己方消息框4041周围显示北斗标记4045,该北斗标记4045用于提示用户,该己方消息框4041中的消息内容已发往处于北斗网络下的接收方(例如,终端100)。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 4F, after the terminal 300 sends the above confirmation information to the cellular network device, the terminal 300 may display a Beidou mark 4045 around its own message box 4041, and the Beidou mark 4045 is used to remind the user that the own message box The content of the message in 4041 has been sent to the recipient (for example, terminal 100) under the Beidou network.
如图4G所示,终端100可以显示出北斗卫星消息界面4050。其中,该北斗卫星消息界面4050与上述图3L所示北斗卫星消息界面3040相同,因此,针对该北斗卫星消息界面4050的文字说明,可以参考上述图3L所示实施例,在此不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 4G , the terminal 100 may display a Beidou satellite message interface 4050 . Wherein, the Beidou satellite message interface 4050 is the same as the Beidou satellite message interface 3040 shown in FIG. 3L above. Therefore, for the text description of the Beidou satellite message interface 4050, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3L , which will not be repeated here.
终端100可以接收用户对消息接收控件4052的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以向北斗网络设备200发送信件请求。北斗网络设备200在接收到终端100发送的信件请求后,可以将接收方为终端100的短消息的消息内容发送给终端100。其中,接收方为终端100的短消息可以包括上述第一短消息。The terminal 100 may receive the user's input (for example, click) on the message receiving control 4052 , and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 . After receiving the letter request sent by the terminal 100 , the Beidou network device 200 may send the message content of the short message whose recipient is the terminal 100 to the terminal 100 . Wherein, the short message whose recipient is the terminal 100 may include the above-mentioned first short message.
如图4H所示,在终端100从北斗网络设备200下载了短消息的消息内容后,终端100可以将下载的短消息的消息内容显示在北斗卫星消息界面4050中。例如,终端100从北斗网络设备200下载的短消息可以包括联系人“Alice”(即,终端100)发送的第一短消息和联系人“Daniel”发送的短消息。终端100可以在北斗卫星消息界面4050中显示对话框4057和对话框4059,其中,该对话框4057中显示有联系人“Alice”发送的第一短消息的消息内容(例如,“今天天气不好,注意安全”)。该对话框4058中显示有联系人“Daniel”发送的短消息的消息内容(例如,“假期愉快”)。As shown in FIG. 4H , after the terminal 100 downloads the content of the short message from the Beidou network device 200 , the terminal 100 may display the content of the downloaded short message on the Beidou satellite message interface 4050 . For example, the short message downloaded by the terminal 100 from the Beidou network device 200 may include the first short message sent by the contact "Alice" (ie, the terminal 100) and the short message sent by the contact "Daniel". The terminal 100 may display a dialog box 4057 and a dialog box 4059 in the Beidou satellite message interface 4050, wherein the dialog box 4057 displays the message content of the first short message sent by the contact "Alice" (for example, "The weather is not good today ,be safe"). The dialog box 4058 displays the content of the short message sent by the contact "Daniel" (for example, "happy holiday").
在一种可能的实现方式中,在终端100从北斗网络设备200上下载了短消息的消息内容后,终端100可以将下载的短消息的消息内容,显示在该短消息的发送方联系人对应的消息对话界面中。In a possible implementation, after the terminal 100 downloads the message content of the short message from the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can display the message content of the downloaded short message on the contact person corresponding to the sender of the short message. in the message dialog interface.
示例性的,如图4I所示,终端100从北斗网络设备200下载的短消息可以包括联系人“Alice”(即,终端100)发送的第一短消息。终端100可以接收并响应于用户的输入,显示联系人“Alice”的消息对话界面4060。其中,该消息对话界面4060包括对话方名称“Alice”、返回控件4061、己方消息框4062、对话方消息框4064、附件添加控件、消息输入框、表情添加控件和发送控件。其中,己方消息框4062中可以包括有终端100已发送给联系人“Alice”的消息内容(例如,“我去野外徒步了”),该己方消息框4062的周围可以显示有终端100发送该己方消息框4062中消息内容的时间(例如,“2022/6/12 08:08”)。由于该己方消息框4062中的消息内容为终端100通过北斗网络设备200发送给蜂窝网络下的联系人“Alice”,因此,终端100可以在该己方消息框4062周围显示标记4063,该标记4063可用于提示用户该己方消息框4062中的消息内容是通过北斗网络设备200发送给蜂窝网络下的联系人。该对话方消息框4064中可以包括有联系人“Alice”发送的消息的内容(例如,“OK,想法很棒!”),该对话方消息框4064的周围可以显示有终端100接收该联系人“Alice”发送的消息的时间(例如“2022/6/12 9:08”)。由于该对话方消息框4064中的消息内容是终端100从北斗网络设备 200上下载的,因此,终端100可以在该对话方消息框4064周围显示标记4065,该标记4065可用于提示用户该对话方消息框4064中的消息内容是终端100通过北斗网络设备200接收的。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4I , the short message downloaded by the terminal 100 from the Beidou network device 200 may include the first short message sent by the contact "Alice" (ie, the terminal 100 ). The terminal 100 may receive and respond to the user's input, and display the message dialogue interface 4060 of the contact "Alice". Wherein, the message dialogue interface 4060 includes the dialogue party name "Alice", return control 4061, own message box 4062, dialogue party message box 4064, attachment adding control, message input box, emoticon adding control and sending control. Among them, the own message box 4062 may include the content of the message that the terminal 100 has sent to the contact "Alice" (for example, "I went hiking in the wild"), and the terminal 100 may display the message sent by the own message box 4062 around the own message box 4062. The time of the message content in the message box 4062 (for example, "2022/6/12 08:08"). Since the content of the message in the own message box 4062 is sent by the terminal 100 to the contact "Alice" under the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can display a mark 4063 around the own message box 4062, and the mark 4063 can be used The content of the message in the own message box 4062 is used to remind the user that the Beidou network device 200 sends it to contacts under the cellular network. The dialogue party message box 4064 may include the content of the message sent by the contact "Alice" (for example, "OK, the idea is great!"), and the terminal 100 may receive the contact person's message around the dialogue party message box 4064. The time of the message sent by "Alice" (eg "2022/6/12 9:08"). Since the message content in the dialogue party message box 4064 is downloaded by the terminal 100 from the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can display a mark 4065 around the dialogue party message box 4064, and the mark 4065 can be used to prompt the user that the dialogue party The message content in the message box 4064 is received by the terminal 100 through the Beidou network device 200 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100可以接收并响应于用户对指定联系人的消息对话界面中消息接收控件的输入,从北斗网络设备200下载接收方为该指定联系人的短消息。在从北斗网络设备200下载接收方为该指定联系人的短消息后,终端100可以将该短消息的消息内容,显示在该指定联系人的消息对话界面中。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal 100 may receive and respond to the user's input to the message receiving control in the message dialogue interface of the designated contact, and download the short message whose recipient is the designated contact from the Beidou network device 200 . After downloading the short message whose recipient is the designated contact from the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can display the message content of the short message in the message dialogue interface of the designated contact.
示例性的,如图4J所示,终端100切换到北斗网络下,并显示联系人“Alice”的消息对话界面4070。其中,该消息对话界面4070包括对话方名称“Alice”、返回控件4071、己方消息框4072、消息接收控件4076、附件添加控件、消息输入框、表情添加控件和发送控件。其中,己方消息框4072中可以包括有终端100已发送给联系人“Alice”的消息内容(例如,“我去野外徒步了”),该己方消息框4072的周围可以显示有终端100发送该己方消息框4072中消息内容的时间(例如,“2022/6/12 08:08”)。由于该己方消息框4072中的消息内容为终端100通过北斗网络设备200发送给蜂窝网络下的联系人“Alice”,因此,终端100可以在该己方消息框4072周围显示标记4073,该标记4073可用于提示用户该己方消息框4072中的消息内容是通过北斗网络设备200发送给蜂窝网络下的联系人。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4J , the terminal 100 switches to the Beidou network, and displays a message dialogue interface 4070 of the contact "Alice". Wherein, the message dialogue interface 4070 includes the dialogue party name "Alice", return control 4071, own message box 4072, message receiving control 4076, attachment adding control, message input box, emoticon adding control and sending control. Among them, the own message box 4072 may include the content of the message that the terminal 100 has sent to the contact "Alice" (for example, "I went hiking in the wild"), and the message box 4072 may display that the terminal 100 sent the message content of the own message box 4072. The time of the message content in the message box 4072 (for example, "2022/6/12 08:08"). Since the content of the message in the own message box 4072 is sent by the terminal 100 to the contact "Alice" under the cellular network through the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can display a mark 4073 around the own message frame 4072, and the mark 4073 can be used The content of the message in the own message box 4072 is used to remind the user that the Beidou network device 200 sends it to contacts under the cellular network.
终端100可以接收用户对该消息接收控件4076的输入(例如,单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以从北斗网络设备200上下载接收方为联系人“Alice”的短消息。The terminal 100 may receive user input (for example, click) on the message receiving control 4076, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may download the short message whose recipient is the contact "Alice" from the Beidou network device 200 .
如图4K所示,在终端100从北斗网络设备200上下载了接收方为联系人“Alice”的短消息后,终端100可以在该消息对话界面4070中显示对话方消息框4074。该对话方消息框4074中可以包括有联系人“Alice”发送的消息的内容(例如,“OK,想法很棒!”),该对话方消息框4074的周围可以显示有终端100接收该联系人“Alice”发送的消息的时间(例如“2022/6/12 9:08”)。由于该对话方消息框4074中的消息内容是终端100从北斗网络设备200上下载的,因此,终端100可以在该对话方消息框4074周围显示标记4075,该标记4075可用于提示用户该对话方消息框4074中的消息内容是终端100通过北斗网络设备200接收的。As shown in FIG. 4K , after the terminal 100 downloads the short message whose recipient is the contact "Alice" from the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 may display a message box 4074 of the dialogue party in the message dialogue interface 4070. The dialogue party message box 4074 may include the content of the message sent by the contact "Alice" (for example, "OK, the idea is great!"), and the terminal 100 may receive the contact person's message around the dialogue party message box 4074. The time of the message sent by "Alice" (eg "2022/6/12 9:08"). Since the message content in the dialogue party message box 4074 is downloaded by the terminal 100 from the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 can display a mark 4075 around the dialogue party message box 4074, and the mark 4075 can be used to prompt the user that the dialogue party The message content in the message box 4074 is received by the terminal 100 through the Beidou network device 200 .
上述示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现本申请的方案时,上述界面上可以包括更多或更少的界面元素。The above examples are only used to explain the present application, and should not be construed as limitations. When implementing the solution of the present application, the above interface may include more or less interface elements.
接下来介绍本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统中信件请求的流程示意图。Next, a schematic flowchart of a letter request in the Beidou communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
示例性的,如图5A所示,该方法包括:Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 5A, the method includes:
S401,终端100上报驻留北斗网络。S401. The terminal 100 reports to reside on the Beidou network.
终端100在进入北斗网络时,可以向蜂窝网络设备400上报进入北斗网络。例如,终端100可以在离开蜂窝网络(即,检测不到蜂窝网络信号)时,主动向北斗网络设备200发送一条上报消息,用于指示终端100进入北斗网络,北斗网络设备200收到该上报消息后,可以通知蜂窝网络设备400终端100驻留北斗网络。再例如,蜂窝网络设备400可以在预设时间(例如1分钟)内都未检测到终端100发送的交互信令时,确认终端100处于北斗网络下。When the terminal 100 enters the Beidou network, it may report to the cellular network device 400 that it has entered the Beidou network. For example, when the terminal 100 leaves the cellular network (that is, no cellular network signal is detected), it can actively send a report message to the Beidou network device 200, which is used to instruct the terminal 100 to enter the Beidou network, and the Beidou network device 200 receives the report message Afterwards, the cellular network device 400 may be notified that the terminal 100 resides on the Beidou network. For another example, the cellular network device 400 may confirm that the terminal 100 is under the Beidou network when no interaction signaling sent by the terminal 100 is detected within a preset time (for example, 1 minute).
再例如,终端100可以在接收到用户向北斗网络设备200发送北斗短消息的输入后,响应于该输入,向北斗网络设备200发送北斗短消息,北斗网络设备200收到该北斗短消息后,确认终端100处于北斗网络,并通知蜂窝网络设备400终端100驻留北斗网络。For another example, after receiving an input from the user to send a Beidou short message to the Beidou network device 200, the terminal 100 may respond to the input and send a Beidou short message to the Beidou network device 200. After the Beidou network device 200 receives the Beidou short message, Confirm that the terminal 100 is in the Beidou network, and notify the cellular network device 400 that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
再例如,终端100可以在接收到用户开启北斗通信功能的输入(例如,如上述图3B所示用户针对北斗通信开关控件3021的开启输入,或者,如上述图3M所示用户针对北斗卫星消息对话栏3037的打开输入)后,响应于该输入,向北斗网络设备200发送一条上报消息,用于指示终端100进入北斗网络,北斗网络设备200收到该上报消息后,可以通知蜂窝网络设备400终端100驻留北斗网络。以上示出了多种终端100上报驻留北斗网络的可能的实现方式,不仅限于上述示例,终端100还可以通过其他方法上报驻留北斗网络。For another example, the terminal 100 may receive the user's input to enable the Beidou communication function (for example, the user's activation input for the Beidou communication switch control 3021 as shown in FIG. column 3037), in response to the input, send a report message to the Beidou network device 200, which is used to instruct the terminal 100 to enter the Beidou network. After receiving the report message, the Beidou network device 200 can notify the cellular network device 400 terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network. The above shows a variety of possible implementations for the terminal 100 to report that it resides on the Beidou network, and it is not limited to the above example, and the terminal 100 may also report that it resides on the Beidou network through other methods.
当终端100在向蜂窝网络注册时,蜂窝网络设备400可以确定终端100驻留在蜂窝网络下。又例如,终端100可以在接收到用户关闭北斗通信功能的输入(例如,如上述图3B所示用户针对北斗通信开关控件3021的关闭输入,或者,用户关闭上述图3N所示的北斗卫星消息界面3040的输入)后,响应于该输入,向北斗网络设备200发送一条上报消息,用于指示终端100退出北斗网络。北斗网络设备200收到该上报消息后,可以通知蜂窝网络设备400终端100将要驻留蜂窝网络。When the terminal 100 is registering with the cellular network, the cellular network device 400 may determine that the terminal 100 resides under the cellular network. For another example, the terminal 100 may receive the user's input to turn off the Beidou communication function (for example, the user's turn off input for the Beidou communication switch control 3021 as shown in FIG. 3040), in response to the input, send a report message to the Beidou network device 200, which is used to instruct the terminal 100 to withdraw from the Beidou network. After receiving the report message, the Beidou network device 200 may notify the cellular network device 400 that the terminal 100 will camp on the cellular network.
S402,终端300向短消息中心25发送第一短消息。S402, the terminal 300 sends the first short message to the short message center 25.
终端300可以在接收到用户向终端100的用户发送短消息的输入,响应于该输入,向短消息中心25发送该第一短消息。其中,第一短消息中包括有终端100的标识(例如,终端100的用户ID),该标识可以用于短消息中心25确定出终端100。The terminal 300 may send the first short message to the short message center 25 in response to receiving an input from the user to send a short message to the user of the terminal 100 . Wherein, the first short message includes the identification of the terminal 100 (for example, the user ID of the terminal 100 ), and the identification can be used by the short message center 25 to determine the terminal 100 .
S403,短消息中心25向归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28查询终端100驻留的网络。S403, the short message center 25 queries the home location register/home subscriber server 28 for the network where the terminal 100 resides.
短消息中心25在收到发送给终端100的第一短消息后,可以向归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28发送查询信息,查询信息中包括有终端100的标识,可以用于查询终端100驻留的网络。After the short message center 25 receives the first short message sent to the terminal 100, it can send query information to the home location register/home subscriber server 28. The query information includes the identification of the terminal 100, which can be used to query the location of the terminal 100. network left.
S404,归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28向短消息中心反馈终端100驻留北斗网络。S404, the HLR/HSSR server 28 feeds back to the short message center that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28中存储有已开通蜂窝网络服务的终端驻留的网络等信息。归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28在收到短消息中心25发送的查询信息后,可以基于存储终端100驻留网络信息,给短消息中心25发送终端100驻留网络信息(例如,驻留蜂窝网络、驻留北斗网络等等)。The home location register/home subscriber server 28 stores information such as the network where the terminal that has subscribed to the cellular network service resides. After receiving the query information sent by the short message center 25, the home location register/home subscriber server 28 can send the terminal 100 resident network information (for example, resident cellular network, resident Beidou network, etc.).
在此,归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28向短消息中心25反馈终端100驻留北斗网络。Here, the HLR/HSS server 28 feeds back to the short message center 25 that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
S405,短消息中心25向终端300发送北斗提示信息。S405, the short message center 25 sends the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300.
短消息中心25在确定出第一短消息的接收设备终端100处于北斗网络下时,可以向终端300发送北斗提示信息,该北斗提示信息可以用于提示终端300的用户第一短消息为卫星消息。When the short message center 25 determines that the receiving device terminal 100 of the first short message is under the Beidou network, it can send the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300, and the Beidou prompt information can be used to remind the user of the terminal 300 that the first short message is a satellite message .
S406,终端300向短消息中心25发送确认信息。S406, the terminal 300 sends confirmation information to the short message center 25.
终端300在收到北斗提示信息后,可以显示该北斗提示信息。其中,终端300可以以文字、图片、语音等形式显示该北斗提示信息。例如,终端300显示的北斗提示信息可以为文字类提示信息:“您发送的短消息的接收方处于北斗网络下,是否确认发送该卫星消息?”。终端300在显示有该北斗提示信息时,还可以显示确认控件和取消控件。其中,确认控件可以用于触发终端300向短消息中心25发送确认信息,用于指示短消息中心25将第一短消息发送至终端100。其中,取消控件可以用于触发终端300向短消息中心25发送取消信息,用于指示短消息中心25取消发送第一短消息。在此,以终端300向短消息中心25发送确认信 息的情形进行后续描述。After receiving the Beidou prompt information, the terminal 300 may display the Beidou prompt information. Wherein, the terminal 300 can display the Beidou prompt information in the form of text, picture, voice and so on. For example, the Beidou prompt information displayed by the terminal 300 may be a text type prompt information: "The recipient of the short message you sent is under the Beidou network. Are you sure to send the satellite message?". When the terminal 300 displays the Beidou prompt information, it may also display a confirmation control and a cancel control. Wherein, the confirmation control can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to send confirmation information to the short message center 25 , to instruct the short message center 25 to send the first short message to the terminal 100 . Wherein, the cancel control can be used to trigger the terminal 300 to send cancel information to the short message center 25, and is used to instruct the short message center 25 to cancel sending the first short message. Here, follow-up description will be made with the situation that the terminal 300 sends confirmation information to the short message center 25.
S407,短消息中心25向北斗网络设备200发送第一短消息。S407, the short message center 25 sends the first short message to the Beidou network device 200.
短消息中心25在接收到确认信息后,可以向北斗网络设备200发送第一短消息。其中,北斗网络设备200收到第一短消息后,可以存储该第一短消息。After receiving the confirmation information, the short message center 25 can send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 . Wherein, after receiving the first short message, the Beidou network device 200 may store the first short message.
可选的,短消息中心25可以不向终端300发送上述北斗提示信息,直接将第一短消息发送至北斗网络设备200。Optionally, the short message center 25 may directly send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 without sending the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300 .
S408,终端100向北斗网络设备200发送信件请求。S408, the terminal 100 sends a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 .
终端100可以在接收到用户下载北斗短消息的输入,响应于该输入,向北斗网络设备200发送信件请求。或者,终端100可以相隔预设时间(例如,30分钟)向北斗网络设备200发送信件请求。例如,用户下载北斗短消息的输入可以为针对终端100提供的收取北斗短消息的功能控件的输入,或者,指示终端100下载北斗短消息的语音指令等等。The terminal 100 may, upon receiving the user's input of downloading the Beidou short message, send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 in response to the input. Alternatively, the terminal 100 may send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 at intervals of a preset time (for example, 30 minutes). For example, the user's input for downloading Beidou short messages may be an input for the terminal 100 to receive a Beidou short message function control, or a voice instruction instructing the terminal 100 to download Beidou short messages, and the like.
S409,北斗网络设备200向终端100发送第一北斗短消息(包括第一短消息的消息内容)。S409, the Beidou network device 200 sends the first Beidou short message (including the message content of the first short message) to the terminal 100 .
北斗网络设备200收到终端100的信件请求后,可以基于第一短消息生成第一北斗短消息。其中,第一北斗短消息中包括有第一短消息中的终端300的用户输入的消息内容、终端300的标识和终端100的标识。其中,北斗网络设备200可以将第一短消息的消息内容作为原始数据,得到第一北斗短消息,具体描述可以参见上述图2C所述实施例,在此不再赘述。After receiving the letter request from the terminal 100, the Beidou network device 200 may generate a first Beidou short message based on the first short message. Wherein, the first Beidou short message includes the message content input by the user of the terminal 300 , the identification of the terminal 300 and the identification of the terminal 100 in the first short message. Wherein, the Beidou network device 200 may use the message content of the first short message as the original data to obtain the first Beidou short message. For a specific description, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment in FIG. 2C , which will not be repeated here.
可以理解的是,终端100向北斗网络设备200发送的概况请求时,北斗网络设备200可以基于存储的发送给终端100的短消息得到查询结果,并发送至终端100。It can be understood that when the terminal 100 sends an overview request to the Beidou network device 200 , the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the query result based on the stored short message sent to the terminal 100 and send it to the terminal 100 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,短消息中心25可以存储发送至北斗网络下的终端的短消息(例如,第一短消息),当北斗网络设备200收到终端100的信件请求后,可以从短消息中心25获取终端100的短消息,并发送至终端100。这样,可以节约北斗网络设备200的存储空间。可以理解的是,终端100向北斗网络设备200发送的概况请求时,北斗网络设备200可以从短消息25处获取发送给终端100的短消息的标识和数量信息,并得到查询结果,并发送至终端100。In a possible implementation, the short message center 25 can store the short message (for example, the first short message) sent to the terminal under the Beidou network, and when the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request from the terminal 100, it can send The short message center 25 acquires the short message of the terminal 100 and sends it to the terminal 100 . In this way, the storage space of the Beidou network device 200 can be saved. It can be understood that when the terminal 100 sends an overview request to the Beidou network device 200, the Beidou network device 200 can obtain the identification and quantity information of the short message sent to the terminal 100 from the short message 25, obtain the query result, and send it to Terminal 100.
可以理解的是,终端100收到第一北斗短消息后,可以显示接收提示信息,该接收提示信息可以用于提示用户收到其他终端向终端100发送的短消息。在一些实施例中,终端100可以响应于用户针对接收提示信息的输入,显示下载结果中的短消息内容。可选的,终端100的接收提示信息中还可以包括联系人发送的短消息的数量。可选的,终端100可以直接显示联系人名称及该联系人发送的短消息的内容。It can be understood that after receiving the first Beidou short message, the terminal 100 may display receiving prompt information, and the receiving prompt information may be used to prompt the user to receive short messages sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may display the content of the short message in the download result in response to the user's input for receiving the prompt information. Optionally, the receiving prompt information of the terminal 100 may also include the number of short messages sent by the contact. Optionally, the terminal 100 may directly display the name of the contact and the content of the short message sent by the contact.
需要说明的是,第一北斗短消息只是代指,北斗网络设备200可以在收到信件请求后,将其他终端发送给终端100的短消息的消息内容都封装为北斗短消息并发送至终端100,这里北斗短消息的数量不受限制。It should be noted that the first Beidou short message only refers to that the Beidou network device 200 can encapsulate the message content of the short message sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals as a Beidou short message and send it to the terminal 100 after receiving the letter request. , the number of Beidou short messages here is not limited.
这样,北斗网络下的终端100可以接收到其他终端发送的短消息。但是,终端100通过信件请求下载了所有其他终端发送的短消息,对于一些不重要的短消息(例如,广告短信等等),终端100下载这些不重要的短消息既占用了北斗通信系统的传输空口资源,还消耗了终端100的电量。In this way, the terminal 100 under the Beidou network can receive short messages sent by other terminals. However, terminal 100 downloaded all the short messages sent by other terminals through letter requests. For some unimportant short messages (for example, advertising short messages, etc.), downloading these unimportant short messages by terminal 100 occupied the transmission capacity of the Beidou communication system. The air interface resource also consumes the power of the terminal 100 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端300在打开显示指定联系人的消息对话界面时,可以先向蜂窝网络设备400发送网络状态查询请求,该网络状态查询请求可用于请求蜂窝网络设备400查询该指定联系人对应的终端100的网络状态。蜂窝网络设备400在接收到该网络状态查询请求后,会将终端100的网络状态发送给终端300。In a possible implementation, when the terminal 300 opens the message dialog interface displaying the specified contact, it may first send a network status query request to the cellular network device 400, and the network status query request may be used to request the cellular network device 400 to query the The network status of the terminal 100 corresponding to the specified contact. After receiving the network status query request, the cellular network device 400 will send the network status of the terminal 100 to the terminal 300 .
若终端100当前驻留在北斗网络下,终端300输出网络状态提示,该网络状态提示用于提示用户该终端100当期驻留在北斗网络下。若用户想要通过终端300发送短消息给处于北斗网络下的终端100,用户可以在终端300上编辑第一短消息的消息内容,并触发终端300将第一短消息发送给蜂窝网络设备400的短消息中心25。短消息中心25在接收到终端300发送的第一短消息后,可以将第一短消息转发给北斗网络设备200。北斗网络设备200在接收到终端100的下载请求后,可以将该第一短消息的消息内容发送给终端100。If the terminal 100 is currently residing under the Beidou network, the terminal 300 outputs a network status prompt, which is used to remind the user that the terminal 100 is currently residing under the Beidou network. If the user wants to send a short message to the terminal 100 under the Beidou network through the terminal 300, the user can edit the message content of the first short message on the terminal 300, and trigger the terminal 300 to send the first short message to the cellular network device 400. Short Message Center 25. After receiving the first short message sent by the terminal 300, the short message center 25 may forward the first short message to the Beidou network device 200. After receiving the download request from the terminal 100, the Beidou network device 200 may send the message content of the first short message to the terminal 100.
若终端100当前驻留在蜂窝网络下,终端300可以不输出上述网络状态提示,或者输出用于提示用户终端100当前处于蜂窝网络下的提示信息。用户可以在终端300上编辑第一短消息的消息内容,并触发终端300将第一短消息发送给蜂窝网络设备400的短消息中心25。短消息中心25在接收到终端300发送的第一短消息后,可以将第一短消息的消息内容在蜂窝网络下发送给终端100。If the terminal 100 is currently camping on the cellular network, the terminal 300 may not output the above-mentioned network status prompt, or may output prompt information for reminding the user that the terminal 100 is currently under the cellular network. The user can edit the message content of the first short message on the terminal 300 and trigger the terminal 300 to send the first short message to the short message center 25 of the cellular network device 400 . After receiving the first short message sent by the terminal 300, the short message center 25 may send the message content of the first short message to the terminal 100 under the cellular network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端300可以在显示指定联系人的消息对话界面后,接收用户输入的第一短消息的消息内容。终端300接收并响应于用户针对指定联系人的消息对话界面中发送控件的输入,可以先向蜂窝网络设备400发送网络状态查询请求,该网络状态查询请求可用于请求蜂窝网络设备400查询该指定联系人对应的终端100的网络状态。蜂窝网络设备400在接收到该网络状态查询请求后,会将终端100的网络状态发送给终端300。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal 300 may receive the message content of the first short message input by the user after displaying the message dialogue interface of the designated contact. The terminal 300 receives and responds to the user's input of the send control in the message dialogue interface for the designated contact, and may first send a network status query request to the cellular network device 400, and the network status query request can be used to request the cellular network device 400 to query the designated contact. The network status of the terminal 100 corresponding to the person. After receiving the network status query request, the cellular network device 400 will send the network status of the terminal 100 to the terminal 300 .
若终端100当前驻留在北斗网络下,终端300显示网络状态提示、北斗发送选项、蜂窝发送选项以及取消选项,该网络状态提示用于提示用户该终端100当期驻留在北斗网络下。If the terminal 100 is currently residing under the Beidou network, the terminal 300 displays a network status prompt, Beidou transmission options, cellular transmission options and cancel options. The network status prompt is used to remind the user that the terminal 100 is currently residing under the Beidou network.
若用户想要通过终端300发送已编辑好的第一短消息给处于北斗网络下的终端100,用户可以选择北斗发送选项以触发终端300将第一短消息发送给蜂窝网络设备400的短消息中心25,并指示短消息中心25将第一短消息转发给北斗网络设备200。北斗网络设备200在接收到终端100的下载请求后,可以将该第一短消息的消息内容发送给终端100。If the user wants to send the edited first short message to the terminal 100 under the Beidou network through the terminal 300, the user can select the Beidou sending option to trigger the terminal 300 to send the first short message to the short message center of the cellular network device 400 25, and instruct the short message center 25 to forward the first short message to the Beidou network device 200. After receiving the download request from the terminal 100, the Beidou network device 200 may send the message content of the first short message to the terminal 100.
若用户想要将该已编辑好的第一短消息给在终端100切换回蜂窝网络时发送给终端100,用户可以选择蜂窝发送选项以触发终端300将第一短消息发送给蜂窝网络设备400的短消息中心25,并指示短消息中心25在检测到终端100切换回蜂窝网络时将该第一短消息发送给终端100。If the user wants to send the edited first short message to the terminal 100 when the terminal 100 switches back to the cellular network, the user can select the cellular sending option to trigger the terminal 300 to send the first short message to the cellular network device 400 The short message center 25, and instruct the short message center 25 to send the first short message to the terminal 100 when detecting that the terminal 100 switches back to the cellular network.
若用户不想将已编辑好的第一短消息发送给在终端100,用户可以选择取消选项以触发终端300取消将第一短消息发送给蜂窝网络设备400的短消息中心25。If the user does not want to send the edited first short message to the terminal 100, the user can select the cancel option to trigger the terminal 300 to cancel sending the first short message to the short message center 25 of the cellular network device 400.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在短消息中心25接收到终端300发送的第一短消息,并接收到终端300不通过北斗网络将第一短消息发送给终端100的指示信息后,短消息中心25可以存储该第一短消息,若终端100在超时前(例如,短消息中心25接收到第一短消息后的72小时之内)驻留到蜂窝网络,短消息中心25可以将第一短消息在蜂窝网络下发送给终端100。若终端100在超时后(例如,短消息中心25接收到第一短消息后的72小时之后)仍然未驻留到蜂窝网络,短消息中心25可以将第一短消息删除。In a possible implementation, after the short message center 25 receives the first short message sent by the terminal 300 and receives the indication information that the terminal 300 does not send the first short message to the terminal 100 through the Beidou network, the short message The center 25 can store the first short message. If the terminal 100 resides on the cellular network before timeout (for example, within 72 hours after the short message center 25 receives the first short message), the short message center 25 can send the first short message to the cellular network. The short message is sent to the terminal 100 under the cellular network. If the terminal 100 has not camped on the cellular network after timeout (for example, 72 hours after the short message center 25 receives the first short message), the short message center 25 can delete the first short message.
本申请实施例提供了一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法。终端100中可以配置有白名单,该白名单包括与终端100相关联的N个终端的标识和该标识在白名单中的序号。其中,N个终端的标识可以是N个终端中每个终端的用户ID(例如,手机号码)。北斗网络设备200(例如,北斗短报文融合通信平台24)中可以存储有终端100配置的白名单。当北斗网络设 备200收到终端100发送的信件请求后,可以基于存储的终端100的白名单确定出白名单中的终端发送的短消息,并将白名单中的终端发送的短消息发送至终端100。这样,终端100可以只接收白名单中的终端发送的短消息。可以理解的是,北斗网络设备200收到终端100的概况请求后,可以向终端100发送查询结果,查询结果中包括有白名单中的终端发送给终端100的短消息的数量信息。可选的,查询结果中还可以包括非白名单内的终端发送给终端100的短消息的数量信息。An embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling a whitelist in a Beidou communication system. A white list may be configured in the terminal 100, and the white list includes identifiers of N terminals associated with the terminal 100 and serial numbers of the identifiers in the whitelist. Wherein, the identification of the N terminals may be a user ID (for example, a mobile phone number) of each terminal in the N terminals. The white list configured by the terminal 100 may be stored in the Beidou network device 200 (for example, the Beidou short message integrated communication platform 24 ). When the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request sent by the terminal 100, it can determine the short message sent by the terminal in the white list based on the stored white list of the terminal 100, and send the short message sent by the terminal in the white list to the terminal 100. In this way, terminal 100 can only receive short messages sent by terminals in the white list. It can be understood that, after receiving the overview request from the terminal 100, the Beidou network device 200 may send a query result to the terminal 100, and the query result includes information on the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals in the white list. Optionally, the query result may also include information on the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals not in the white list.
接下来介绍本申请实施例提供的一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法的流程示意图。Next, a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a whitelist in a Beidou communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application is introduced.
示例性的,如图5B所示,该方法包括:Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 5B, the method includes:
S501,终端100上报驻留北斗网络。S501. The terminal 100 reports to reside on the Beidou network.
终端100在进入北斗网络时,可以向蜂窝网络设备400(例如,归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28)上报进入北斗网络。When the terminal 100 enters the Beidou network, it may report to the cellular network device 400 (for example, the home location register/home subscriber server 28) that it has entered the Beidou network.
S502,终端300向短消息中心25发送第一短消息。S502, the terminal 300 sends the first short message to the short message center 25.
终端300可以在接收到用户向终端100的用户发送短消息的输入,响应于该输入,向短消息中心25发送该第一短消息。其中,第一短消息中包括有终端100的标识(例如,终端100的用户ID),该标识可以用于短消息中心25确定出终端100。The terminal 300 may send the first short message to the short message center 25 in response to receiving an input from the user to send a short message to the user of the terminal 100 . Wherein, the first short message includes the identification of the terminal 100 (for example, the user ID of the terminal 100 ), and the identification can be used by the short message center 25 to determine the terminal 100 .
需要说明的是,第一短消息中还包括有终端300的标识,即用户ID。It should be noted that the first short message also includes the identifier of the terminal 300, that is, the user ID.
S503,短消息中心25向归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28查询终端100驻留的网络。S503, the short message center 25 queries the home location register/home subscriber server 28 for the network where the terminal 100 resides.
S504,归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28向短消息中心25反馈终端100驻留北斗网络。S504, the HLR/HSSR server 28 feeds back to the short message center 25 that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
S505,短消息中心25向终端300发送北斗提示信息。S505, the short message center 25 sends the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300.
S506,终端300向短消息中心25发送确认信息。S506, the terminal 300 sends confirmation information to the short message center 25.
S507,短消息中心25向北斗网络设备200发送第一短消息。S507, the short message center 25 sends the first short message to the Beidou network device 200.
短消息中心25在接收到确认信息后,可以向北斗网络设备200发送第一短消息。其中,北斗网络设备200收到第一短消息后,可以存储该第一短消息。After receiving the confirmation information, the short message center 25 can send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 . Wherein, after receiving the first short message, the Beidou network device 200 may store the first short message.
可选的,短消息中心25可以不向终端300发送上述北斗提示信息,直接将第一短消息发送至北斗网络设备200。Optionally, the short message center 25 may directly send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 without sending the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300 .
S508,终端100向北斗网络设备200发送信件请求。S508, the terminal 100 sends a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 .
终端100可以在接收到用户下载北斗短消息的输入,响应于该输入,向北斗网络设备200发送信件请求。或者,终端100可以相隔预设时间(例如,30分钟)向北斗网络设备200发送信件请求。The terminal 100 may, upon receiving the user's input of downloading the Beidou short message, send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 in response to the input. Alternatively, the terminal 100 may send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 at intervals of a preset time (for example, 30 minutes).
其中,步骤S501-步骤S508的具体描述,可以参见上述图5A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for the specific description of step S501-step S508, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A above, and details are not repeated here.
S509,北斗网络设备200判断终端100的白名单中是否包括有终端300的用户ID。S509, the Beidou network device 200 determines whether the white list of the terminal 100 includes the user ID of the terminal 300.
北斗网络设备200收到终端100的信件请求后,可以判断白名单中是否包括有终端300的用户ID,若白名单中包括有终端300的用户ID,北斗网络设备200可以执行步骤S510;若白名单中不包括终端300的用户ID,北斗网络设备200可以执行步骤S511。After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request from the terminal 100, it can determine whether the white list includes the user ID of the terminal 300. If the white list includes the user ID of the terminal 300, the Beidou network device 200 can perform step S510; If the user ID of the terminal 300 is not included in the list, the Beidou network device 200 may execute step S511.
需要说明的是,在此描述的终端300仅为一个示例,北斗网络设备200收到信件请求后,会判断所有其他终端发送给终端100的短消息是否为白名单中的终端发送的短消息,并将白名单中的终端发送的所有短消息发送给终端100。It should be noted that the terminal 300 described here is only an example. After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request, it will judge whether the short messages sent by all other terminals to the terminal 100 are short messages sent by terminals in the white list. And send all the short messages sent by the terminals in the white list to the terminal 100 .
S510,北斗网络设备200向终端100发送第一北斗短消息(包括第一短消息的消息内容)。S510, the Beidou network device 200 sends a first Beidou short message (including message content of the first short message) to the terminal 100 .
北斗网络设备200收到终端100的信件请求后,可以基于第一短消息生成第一北斗短消息。其中,第一北斗短消息中包括有第一短消息中的终端300的用户输入的消息内容、终端300的标识和终端100的标识。其中,北斗网络设备200可以将第一短消息的消息内容作为原始数据,得到第一北斗短消息,具体描述可以参见上述图2C所述实施例,在此不再赘述。After receiving the letter request from the terminal 100, the Beidou network device 200 may generate a first Beidou short message based on the first short message. Wherein, the first Beidou short message includes the message content input by the user of the terminal 300 , the identification of the terminal 300 and the identification of the terminal 100 in the first short message. Wherein, the Beidou network device 200 may use the message content of the first short message as the original data to obtain the first Beidou short message. For a specific description, please refer to the above-mentioned embodiment in FIG. 2C , which will not be repeated here.
S511,北斗网络设备200向终端100发送第二北斗短消息。S511, the Beidou network device 200 sends a second Beidou short message to the terminal 100.
北斗网络设备200判定出白名单中不包括终端300的ID号,北斗网络设备200生成的第二北斗短消息中不包括终端300发送的第一短消息。其中,若北斗网络设备200中还包括有白名单内的终端发送给终端100的短消息,第二北斗短消息可以包括有白名单内的终端发送给终端100的短消息的消息内容。若北斗网络设备中不包括白名单内的终端发送给终端100的短消息,第二北斗短消息可以用于指示终端100没有可接收的北斗短消息。The Beidou network device 200 determines that the ID number of the terminal 300 is not included in the white list, and the second Beidou short message generated by the Beidou network device 200 does not include the first short message sent by the terminal 300 . Wherein, if the Beidou network device 200 also includes a short message sent to the terminal 100 by a terminal in the white list, the second Beidou short message may include the message content of the short message sent to the terminal 100 by a terminal in the white list. If the Beidou network equipment does not include short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals in the white list, the second Beidou short message may be used to indicate that the terminal 100 has no Beidou short message that can be received.
可选的,终端100收到用于指示终端100没有可接收的北斗短消息第二北斗短消息后,可以显示无信件提示信息,无信件提示信息可以用于提示用户没有其他终端发送的短消息。Optionally, after the terminal 100 receives the second Beidou short message indicating that the terminal 100 has no receivable Beidou short message, it can display a no-letter prompt message, and the no-letter prompt message can be used to remind the user that there is no short message sent by other terminals .
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备200中只存储白名单用户发送的短消息。In a possible implementation manner, the Beidou network device 200 only stores short messages sent by whitelist users.
在一些实施例中,短消息中心25可以在收到其他终端发送给北斗网络下的终端(例如终端100)的短消息后,可以将其转发至北斗网络设备200。北斗网络设备200可以基于短消息中接收方标识确定出接收方(例如终端100)的白名单,并存储白名单指示的终端发送的短消息。北斗网络设备200可以回复确认接收信息,确认接收信息可以用于指示已存储的短消息。短消息中心25可以删除该确认接收信息指示的短消息。In some embodiments, the short message center 25 may forward the short message to the Beidou network device 200 after receiving the short message sent by other terminals to the terminal (such as the terminal 100 ) under the Beidou network. The Beidou network device 200 may determine a whitelist of receivers (such as the terminal 100 ) based on the identifier of the receiver in the short message, and store the short message sent by the terminal indicated by the whitelist. The Beidou network device 200 may reply with confirmation receipt information, and the confirmation reception information may be used to indicate the stored short message. The short message center 25 may delete the short message indicated by the confirmation receipt information.
在另一些实施例中,短消息中心25中存储有各个终端设置的白名单。短消息中心25可以基于短消息中的接收方标识确定出接收方(例如终端100)的白名单,并将白名单内的终端发送的短消息发送至北斗网络设备200。In some other embodiments, the short message center 25 stores a white list set by each terminal. The short message center 25 may determine a white list of recipients (such as the terminal 100 ) based on the recipient identifier in the short message, and send short messages sent by terminals in the white list to the Beidou network device 200 .
接下来介绍本申请实施例提供的白名单示例。Next, an example of the whitelist provided in the embodiment of this application is introduced.
在一种可能的实现方式中,白名单中包含N个目标终端的标识,那么该白名单bitmap的长度可以是Nbit。例如,若白名单中包含10个目标终端的标识,那么该白名单bitmap的长度可以是10bit。在本申请实施例中,N为整数,对N的具体取值不作限度。下文以N等于10为例进行阐述。可选地,终端100配置的白名单还可以存储于终端100的标识对应的运营商(例如,中国移动、中国联通、中国电信)的服务器(例如,图1中示出的短消息中心25)中,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In a possible implementation manner, the whitelist includes identifiers of N target terminals, and the length of the whitelist bitmap may be Nbit. For example, if the whitelist contains 10 target terminal identifiers, the length of the whitelist bitmap may be 10 bits. In the embodiment of the present application, N is an integer, and the specific value of N is not limited. The following takes N equal to 10 as an example for illustration. Optionally, the whitelist configured by the terminal 100 may also be stored in the server (for example, the short message center 25 shown in FIG. 1 ) of the operator (for example, China Mobile, China Unicom, China Telecom) corresponding to the identity of the terminal 100 In the embodiment of the present application, this is not limited.
示例性地,终端100中配置的白名单可以如下表1所示。Exemplarily, the white list configured in the terminal 100 may be as shown in Table 1 below.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000002
如表1所示,终端100配置的白名单内可以包括10个目标终端的标识以及10个目标终端分别对应的序号。可以理解的是,不同的用户设置的白名单可以不相同,上述表3示出的白名单仅为示例,本申请实施例对白名单内的具体终端的标识和序号不作限定。As shown in Table 1, the white list configured by the terminal 100 may include identities of 10 target terminals and serial numbers corresponding to the 10 target terminals. It can be understood that the whitelists set by different users may be different. The whitelists shown in Table 3 above are only examples, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit the identifiers and serial numbers of specific terminals in the whitelists.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100可以通过蜂窝网的网络服务运营商设置/更新白名单。例如,终端100可以通过以下方式设置/更新白名单:In a possible implementation manner, the terminal 100 may set/update the whitelist through the network service operator of the cellular network. For example, the terminal 100 can set/update the whitelist in the following ways:
方式1:终端100可以通过短信设置/更新白名单。Mode 1: the terminal 100 can set/update the whitelist through SMS.
具体的,终端100可以接收到用户发送用于调整白名单的短信的输入,响应于该输入,向提供北斗通信服务的运营商服务器(简称为北斗运营服务器)发送指定格式的短信。北斗运营服务器可以存储调整后的白名单并将其发送至北斗网络设备200。Specifically, the terminal 100 may receive an input from the user to send a short message for adjusting the whitelist, and in response to the input, send a short message in a specified format to the operator server (referred to as the Beidou operation server) that provides Beidou communication services. The Beidou operation server can store the adjusted white list and send it to the Beidou network device 200 .
可选的,北斗运营服务器还可以将调整后的白名单发送给终端100,终端100存储该调整后的白名单。Optionally, the Beidou operation server may also send the adjusted white list to the terminal 100, and the terminal 100 stores the adjusted white list.
在一些实施例中,北斗运营服务器可以为上述归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28或短消息中心25。In some embodiments, the Beidou operation server may be the HLR/HSS server 28 or the short message center 25 mentioned above.
示例性的,如图6A所示,终端100显示有桌面601。其中,桌面601可以包括多个应用图标,例如,信息应用图标602、拨号应用图标603和北斗设置应用图标604等等。其中,该信息应用图标602可以用于触发显示信息应用的界面(例如,下图6B所示的信息应用界面610)。该拨号应用图标603可以用于触发显示拨号应用的界面(例如,下图7A所示的拨号应用界面701)。该北斗设置应用图标604可以用于触发显示北斗设置应用的界面(例如,下图8A所示的北斗设置应用界面801)。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 6A , the terminal 100 displays a desktop 601 . Wherein, the desktop 601 may include a plurality of application icons, for example, an information application icon 602, a dial application icon 603, a Beidou setting application icon 604, and the like. Wherein, the information application icon 602 may be used to trigger the display of an information application interface (for example, the information application interface 610 shown in FIG. 6B below). The dialing application icon 603 may be used to trigger the display of a dialing application interface (for example, the dialing application interface 701 shown in FIG. 7A below). The Beidou setting application icon 604 can be used to trigger the display of the Beidou setting application interface (for example, the Beidou setting application interface 801 shown in FIG. 8A below).
终端100接收到用户针对信息应用图标602的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以显示如图6B所示的信息应用界面610。The terminal 100 receives the user's input (for example, click) on the information application icon 602 , and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display the information application interface 610 as shown in FIG. 6B .
如图6B所示,信息应用界面610可以包括新建控件611,该新建控件611可以用于触发终端100显示联系人选择界面(例如,下图6C所示的联系人选择界面620)。信息应用界面610中还可以显示有历史联系人条目,历史联系人条目中可以显示有历史联系人的信息及和历史联系人的最近消息记录,历史联系人条目还可以用于触发终端100显示和该历史联系人的信件编辑界面。As shown in FIG. 6B, the information application interface 610 may include a new control 611, and the new control 611 may be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a contact selection interface (for example, the contact selection interface 620 shown in FIG. 6C below). The information application interface 610 can also display historical contact entries, and the historical contact entries can display the information of the historical contacts and the latest message records of the historical contacts, and the historical contact entries can also be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display and The letter editing interface of this historical contact.
终端100接收到用户针对新建控件611的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以显示如图6C所示的联系人选择界面620。该联系人选择界面620可以显示有联系人显示区域621。联系人显示区域621可以显示多个联系人图标,例如联系人图标621A,联系人图标可用于触发显示和该联系人图标对应的联系人通信的信息编辑界面(例如,下图6D所示的信息编辑界面630)。其中,联系人图标621A对应的联系人为提供北斗通信服务的运营商(例如,中国移动、中国联通、中国电信)。The terminal 100 receives the user's input (for example, click) on the new control 611 , and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display a contact selection interface 620 as shown in FIG. 6C . The contact selection interface 620 may display a contact display area 621 . The contact display area 621 can display a plurality of contact icons, such as a contact icon 621A, and the contact icon can be used to trigger the display of an information editing interface for communication with the contact corresponding to the contact icon (for example, the information shown in FIG. 6D below). editing interface 630). Wherein, the contact person corresponding to the contact icon 621A is an operator (for example, China Mobile, China Unicom, China Telecom) that provides Beidou communication service.
终端100可以接收到用户针对联系人图标621A的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以显示信息编辑界面630。The terminal 100 may receive a user's input (for example, click) on the contact icon 621A, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display the information editing interface 630 .
如图6D所示,信息编辑界面630可以包括但不限于编辑栏631和发送控件632等等。其中,编辑栏631可以用于显示用户输入的文本消息的内容。发送控件632可以用于触发终端100将包括有编辑栏631中显示的文本消息内容发送至北斗运营服务器。信息编辑界面630还可以显示有键盘显示区域633,键盘显示区域633可以用于输入文本消息内容。在此,终 端100可以接收用户针对键盘显示区域633的输入,在图6D所示的编辑栏631中显示用户输入的显示指令信息(例如,“白名单”)。显示指令信息可以用于触发北斗运营服务器返回终端100的白名单信息。As shown in FIG. 6D , the information editing interface 630 may include, but is not limited to, an editing column 631 , a sending control 632 and the like. Wherein, the editing column 631 can be used to display the content of the text message input by the user. The sending control 632 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to send the content of the text message displayed in the editing column 631 to the Beidou operation server. The information editing interface 630 can also display a keyboard display area 633, and the keyboard display area 633 can be used to input text message content. Here, the terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the keyboard display area 633, and display the display instruction information (for example, "white list") input by the user in the edit column 631 shown in FIG. 6D. The display instruction information may be used to trigger the Beidou operation server to return the white list information of the terminal 100 .
终端100可以接收到用户针对发送控件632的输入(例如单击),响应于该输入,终端100可以显示如图6E所示的信息框641。信息框641可以用于显示用户发送的编辑栏631中的内容。The terminal 100 may receive user input (for example, click) on the send control 632, and in response to the input, the terminal 100 may display an information box 641 as shown in FIG. 6E. The information box 641 can be used to display the content in the editing column 631 sent by the user.
北斗运营商服务器接收到终端100发送的指令信息后,可以基于指令信息将终端100的白名单信息发送至终端100。终端100可以显示如图6E所示的信息框642。其中,信息框642中显示有终端100的白名单信息。其中,白名单信息中包括有10个白名单名额,其中1号至9号的白名单已经设置了对应的终端标识,10号的白名单还未设置对应的终端标识。可选的,终端标识可以以终端100中终端标识对应的用户的名称来表示,例如,1号的终端标识可以以“爸爸”来表示。After receiving the instruction information sent by the terminal 100, the Beidou operator server may send the whitelist information of the terminal 100 to the terminal 100 based on the instruction information. The terminal 100 may display an information box 642 as shown in FIG. 6E. Wherein, the white list information of the terminal 100 is displayed in the information box 642 . Among them, the white list information includes 10 white list quotas, among which the white list No. 1 to No. 9 has been set with the corresponding terminal identification, and the white list No. 10 has not yet set the corresponding terminal identification. Optionally, the terminal ID may be represented by the name of the user corresponding to the terminal ID in the terminal 100, for example, the terminal ID of No. 1 may be represented by "Dad".
北斗运营商服务器还可以向终端100发送调整提示信息,该调整提示信息可以用于提示终端100的用户调整白名单的指令,其中,调整提示信息中可以包括但不限于添加指令、删除指令和替换指令。也就是说,调整提示信息可以提示用户通过添加指令,添加/更新白名单中的终端标识;通过删除指令,删除白名单中的终端标识;通过替换指令,替换白名单中两个终端标识的序号。The Beidou operator server can also send adjustment prompt information to the terminal 100. The adjustment prompt information can be used to prompt the user of the terminal 100 to adjust the whitelist instruction, wherein the adjustment prompt information can include but not limited to add instructions, delete instructions and replace instruction. That is to say, adjusting the prompt information can prompt the user to add/update terminal IDs in the white list by adding instructions; delete terminal IDs in the white list by deleting commands; replace the serial numbers of two terminal IDs in the white list by replacing commands .
在一些实施例中,信息框642中还可以显示有调整提示信息,例如,终端100可以通过‘1+白名单序号+待添加手机号’格式的短信添加/更新白名单中的标识,通过‘2+白名单序号’格式的短信删除白名单中的标识,通过‘3+调整前序号+调整后序号’格式的短信替换两个白名单标识的序号。例如,调整提示信息可以为:“添加/替换白名单:请发送‘1+白名单序号+待添加手机号’;删除白名单:请发送;调整白名单顺序:请发送‘3+调整前序号+调整后序号’。”In some embodiments, adjustment prompt information may also be displayed in the information box 642. For example, the terminal 100 may add/update the identifier in the whitelist through a text message in the format of '1+whitelist serial number+to-be-added mobile phone number', and pass ' A text message in the format of 2+whitelist serial number' deletes the identifiers in the whitelist, and a text message in the format of '3+serial number before adjustment+serial number after adjustment' replaces the serial numbers of the two whitelist identifiers. For example, the adjustment prompt information can be: "Add/replace whitelist: please send '1+ whitelist serial number + mobile phone number to be added'; delete whitelist: please send; adjust whitelist order: please send '3+ serial number before adjustment + Adjusted sequence number'."
终端100可以接收用户针对键盘显示区域633的输入,在编辑栏651中显示添加指令。添加指令可以用于指示北斗运营服务器调整终端100的白名单中指定序号的终端标识。在此,添加指令可以为:“1+9+13xxxxxxxx9”。该添加指令可以用于调整9号白名单名额对应的终端。The terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the keyboard display area 633 , and display an adding instruction in the editing column 651 . The adding instruction may be used to instruct the Beidou operation server to adjust the terminal identifier of the specified serial number in the white list of the terminal 100 . Here, the adding instruction can be: "1+9+13xxxxxxxx9". This adding command can be used to adjust the terminal corresponding to the No. 9 whitelist quota.
终端100可以接收用户针对图6F所示的发送控件632的输入,响应于该输入,将编辑栏651中显示的添加指令发送至北斗运营服务器。终端100还可以显示图6G所示的信息框661,信息框661中显示有添加指令,信息框661可以用于提示用户终端100已经向北斗运营服务器发送该添加指令。The terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the sending control 632 shown in FIG. 6F , and in response to the input, send the adding instruction displayed in the editing column 651 to the Beidou operation server. The terminal 100 may also display an information box 661 shown in FIG. 6G , in which an adding instruction is displayed, and the information box 661 may be used to prompt the user terminal 100 to send the adding instruction to the Beidou operation server.
北斗运营服务器收到添加指令后,可以基于添加指令中的序号和终端标识更新终端100的白名单。北斗运营服务器在调整终端100的白名单后,还可以向终端100发送调整提示信息。调整提示信息可以用于提示用户终端100的白名单调整完成。北斗运营服务器还可以将调整后的终端100的白名单发送至北斗网络设备200。After receiving the adding instruction, the Beidou operation server may update the white list of the terminal 100 based on the serial number and the terminal identifier in the adding instruction. After the Beidou operation server adjusts the white list of the terminal 100, it may also send adjustment prompt information to the terminal 100. The adjustment prompt information may be used to prompt the user terminal 100 that the whitelist adjustment is completed. The Beidou operation server may also send the adjusted white list of the terminal 100 to the Beidou network device 200 .
终端100可以显示该调整提示信息,如图6G所示的信息框662所示,信息框662可以显示有终端100接收到的调整提示信息。例如,调整提示信息可以为“配置白名单成功”。The terminal 100 may display the adjustment prompt information. As shown in the information box 662 shown in FIG. 6G , the information box 662 may display the adjustment prompt information received by the terminal 100 . For example, the adjustment prompt information may be "configure the whitelist successfully".
在一些实施例中,北斗运营服务器收到删除指令后,可以基于删除指令中的序号删除终端100的白名单中序号对应的终端标识。例如,北斗运营服务器收到“2+9”的删除指令后,可以将终端100的白名单中9号白名单对应的终端标识删除。可选的,当终端100再次向北斗运营服务器查询白名单信息时,终端100收到的白名单信息中9号白名单对应的标识为“未 分配”。In some embodiments, after receiving the deletion instruction, the Beidou operation server may delete the terminal identifier corresponding to the serial number in the white list of the terminal 100 based on the serial number in the deletion instruction. For example, after receiving the deletion instruction of "2+9", the Beidou operation server may delete the terminal identifier corresponding to No. 9 whitelist in the whitelist of terminal 100 . Optionally, when the terminal 100 inquires about the white list information from the Beidou operation server again, in the white list information received by the terminal 100, the identification corresponding to the No. 9 white list is "unassigned".
在另一些实施例中,北斗运营服务器收到替换指令后,可以基于替换指令中的序号改变终端100的白名单中两个序号对应的终端标识。例如,北斗运营服务器收到“3+2+9”的替换指令后,可以互换终端100的白名单中2号白名单对应的终端标识和9号白名单对应的终端标识。也就是说,北斗运营服务器收到“3+2+9”的替换指令后,将2号白名单对应的终端标识修改为“13xxxxxxxx8”,将9号白名单对应的终端标识修改为“13xxxxxxxx1”。In some other embodiments, after receiving the replacement instruction, the Beidou operation server may change the terminal identifiers corresponding to the two serial numbers in the whitelist of the terminal 100 based on the serial numbers in the replacement instruction. For example, after receiving the "3+2+9" replacement instruction, the Beidou operation server can exchange the terminal ID corresponding to No. 2 white list and the terminal ID corresponding to No. 9 white list in the white list of terminal 100 . That is to say, after the Beidou operation server receives the "3+2+9" replacement command, it modifies the terminal ID corresponding to the No. 2 white list to "13xxxxxxxx8", and modifies the terminal ID corresponding to the No. 9 white list to "13xxxxxxxx1" .
在一种可能的实现方式中,当北斗运营服务器收到的添加指令中的终端标识已存在终端100的白名单中,北斗运营服务器可以向终端100发送重复提示信息,该重复提示信息可以提示用户该终端标识已存在,不能再次添加该终端标识。In a possible implementation, when the terminal identifier in the adding instruction received by the Beidou operation server already exists in the white list of the terminal 100, the Beidou operation server may send a repeated prompt message to the terminal 100, and the repeated prompt message may remind the user This terminal ID already exists and cannot be added again.
方式2:终端100可以通过电话设置/更新白名单。Mode 2: the terminal 100 can set/update the whitelist through the phone.
示例性的,终端100可以在和北斗运营服务器建立通话连接时,通过语音播报提示信息,提示用户输入相应的指令,调整终端100的白名单。例如,终端100可以通过添加指令添加/更新白名单中的标识,通过删除指令删除白名单中的标识,通过替换指令互换白名单中两个序号对应的标识。Exemplarily, when establishing a call connection with the Beidou operation server, the terminal 100 may broadcast prompt information by voice to prompt the user to input corresponding instructions to adjust the white list of the terminal 100 . For example, the terminal 100 may add/update an identifier in the whitelist through an add instruction, delete an identifier in the whitelist through a delete instruction, and exchange identifiers corresponding to two serial numbers in the whitelist through a replace instruction.
示例性的,终端100可以接收用户针对图6A所示的拨号应用图标603的输入,响应于该输入,显示如图7A所示的拨号应用界面701。拨号应用界面701中可以包括拨号键盘702,拨号键盘702可以用于接收用户的输入,还可以触发终端100显示用户通过拨号键盘702输入的联系人号码。拨号应用界面701还可以包括拨号控件703,拨号控件703可以用于向指定联系人号码对应的电子设备(例如,北斗运营服务器)发送通话请求。拨号应用界面701还可以显示有终端100和其他终端的通话记录。Exemplarily, the terminal 100 may receive a user's input on the dialing application icon 603 shown in FIG. 6A , and in response to the input, display a dialing application interface 701 as shown in FIG. 7A . The dialing application interface 701 may include a dialing keypad 702 , which may be used to receive user input, and may also trigger the terminal 100 to display a contact number input by the user through the dialing keypad 702 . The dialing application interface 701 may also include a dialing control 703, and the dialing control 703 may be used to send a call request to an electronic device (for example, a Beidou operation server) corresponding to a designated contact number. The dialing application interface 701 may also display call records between the terminal 100 and other terminals.
终端100可以在接收用户针对图7A所示的拨号键盘702的输入之后,显示如图7B所示的联系人信息711。其中,联系人信息711可以包括但不限于联系人名称和联系人号码。在此,联系人信息711中包括有提供北斗通信服务的运营商的客服号码(例如,“1xxxx”),和服务名称(例如,“北斗通信”)。The terminal 100 may display contact information 711 as shown in FIG. 7B after receiving the user's input on the dial pad 702 shown in FIG. 7A . Wherein, the contact information 711 may include but not limited to a contact name and a contact number. Here, the contact information 711 includes the customer service number (for example, "1xxxx") of the operator providing the Beidou communication service, and the service name (for example, "Beidou communication").
终端100可以接收用户针对图7B所示的拨号控件703的输入,响应于该输入,向北斗运营服务器发送通话请求。北斗运营服务器收到终端100的通话请求后,可以同意该请求,和终端100建立通话连接。The terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the dial control 703 shown in FIG. 7B , and in response to the input, send a call request to the Beidou operation server. After receiving the call request from the terminal 100, the Beidou operation server may agree to the request and establish a call connection with the terminal 100.
终端100和北斗运营服务器建立通话连接后,可以显示如图7C所示的通话界面720。通话界面720中可以显示有拨号键盘控件721。拨号键盘控件721可用于触发终端100显示拨号键盘。可选的,通话界面720中还可以实时显示终端100和北斗运营服务器的通话时间。After the terminal 100 establishes a call connection with the Beidou operation server, a call interface 720 as shown in FIG. 7C may be displayed. A dial pad control 721 may be displayed on the call interface 720 . The dial pad control 721 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display the dial pad. Optionally, the call time between the terminal 100 and the Beidou operation server can also be displayed in real time on the call interface 720 .
终端100和北斗运营服务器建立通话连接后,北斗运营服务器可以向终端100发送第一语音提示信息。第一语音提示信息可以用于提示用户北斗运营服务器提供的服务。终端100可以在收到第一语音提示信息后,通过语音播报该第一语音提示信息。例如,第一语音提示信息中可以包括有:“白名单设置请按‘9’”。After the terminal 100 establishes a call connection with the Beidou operation server, the Beidou operation server may send the first voice prompt information to the terminal 100 . The first voice prompt information may be used to remind the user of the service provided by the Beidou operation server. After receiving the first voice prompt information, the terminal 100 may broadcast the first voice prompt information by voice. For example, the first voice prompt information may include: "Please press '9' for setting the white list".
终端100可以接收用户针对拨号键盘控件721的输入,响应于该输入,显示如图7D所示的拨号键盘731。终端100可以接收用户针对拨号键盘731中的按键“9”的输入,响应于该输入,显示如图7E所示的指令信息741。指令信息741显示的内容为用户通过拨号键盘731键入的内容。终端100还可以将指令信息741发送至北斗运营服务器。The terminal 100 may receive a user's input on the dial pad control 721, and in response to the input, display a dial pad 731 as shown in FIG. 7D. The terminal 100 may receive the user's input for the key "9" on the dial keypad 731, and in response to the input, display instruction information 741 as shown in FIG. 7E. The content displayed in the instruction information 741 is the content entered by the user through the dial keypad 731 . The terminal 100 may also send the instruction information 741 to the Beidou operation server.
北斗运营服务器可以在接收到指令信息741后,向终端100发送第二语音指令。其中, 第二语音指令可以提示用户选择调整白名单方式。例如,第二语音指令可以为:“添加或更新白名单请按‘1’,删除白名单请按‘2’,更换白名单顺序请按‘3’”。当北斗运营服务器接收到终端100添加或更新白名单的指令信息后,可以向终端100发送包括有如何添加或更新白名单中的终端标识的语音指令(即,包括有上述添加指令的指令格式的语音指令)。当北斗运营服务器接收到终端100删除白名单中的终端标识的指令信息后,可以向终端100发送包括有如何删除白名单的语音指令(即,包括有上述删除指令的指令格式的语音指令)。当北斗运营服务器接收到终端100替换白名单的指令信息后,可以向终端100发送包括有如何替换白名单中的终端标识的语音指令(即,包括有上述替换指令的指令格式的语音指令)。The Beidou operation server may send the second voice instruction to the terminal 100 after receiving the instruction information 741 . Wherein, the second voice instruction may prompt the user to select a way to adjust the whitelist. For example, the second voice command may be: "Press '1' to add or update the whitelist, press '2' to delete the whitelist, and press '3' to change the order of the whitelist". After the Beidou operation server receives the instruction information of adding or updating the whitelist by the terminal 100, it can send to the terminal 100 a voice instruction including how to add or update the terminal identification in the whitelist (that is, the instruction format including the above-mentioned adding instruction voice commands). After the Beidou operation server receives the instruction information of terminal 100 deleting the terminal identifier in the whitelist, it can send to terminal 100 a voice instruction including how to delete the whitelist (that is, a voice instruction including the instruction format of the above-mentioned deletion instruction). After the Beidou operation server receives the instruction information of terminal 100 to replace the whitelist, it can send to terminal 100 a voice instruction including how to replace the terminal identifier in the whitelist (that is, a voice instruction including the instruction format of the above-mentioned replacement instruction).
可选的,第二语音指令中还可以包括终端100的白名单详细信息,例如,白名单中的序号和对应的终端的用户ID。可选的,第二语音指令中还可以包括终端100的白名单的全部名额,例如,序号01至序号10的白名单可以更改。终端100可以通过语音播报该第二语音提示信息。Optionally, the second voice instruction may also include detailed whitelist information of the terminal 100, for example, a serial number in the whitelist and a corresponding user ID of the terminal. Optionally, the second voice instruction may also include all the places in the whitelist of the terminal 100, for example, the whitelists from serial number 01 to serial number 10 may be changed. The terminal 100 may broadcast the second voice prompt information by voice.
终端100可以接收用户针对拨号键盘731中的按键“1”的输入,响应于该输入,显示如图7F所示的指令信息751。指令信息751中包括有终端100播报第二语音指令后,用户通过拨号键盘731键入的内容,即,“1”。终端100还可以将指令信息751发送至北斗运营服务器。The terminal 100 may receive the user's input for the key "1" on the dial keypad 731, and in response to the input, display instruction information 751 as shown in FIG. 7F. The instruction information 751 includes the content entered by the user through the dial keypad 731 after the terminal 100 broadcasts the second voice instruction, that is, "1". The terminal 100 may also send the instruction information 751 to the Beidou operation server.
北斗运营服务器可以在接收到指令信息751后,向终端100发送第三语音指令。其中,第三语音指令可以提示用户添加或更新白名单的方式(第三语音指令中包括有添加指令的格式)。例如,第三语音指令可以为:“添加或更新白名单时,请先输入调整的白名单序号,再输入设置的手机号,输入完成请按‘#’键”。The Beidou operation server may send the third voice instruction to the terminal 100 after receiving the instruction information 751 . Wherein, the third voice command may prompt the user to add or update the whitelist (the third voice command includes the format of the adding command). For example, the third voice command can be: "When adding or updating the white list, please first enter the serial number of the adjusted white list, then enter the set mobile phone number, and press the '#' key when the input is complete."
终端100可以接收用户针对拨号键盘731中的输入,响应于该输入,显示如图7G所示的指令信息761。指令信息761中包括有终端100播报第三语音指令后,用户通过拨号键盘731键入的内容,即,“10xxxxxxxx9#”。终端100还可以将指令信息761发送至北斗运营服务器。其中,指令信息761可以用于指示北斗运营服务器添加或更新终端100的白名单中指定序号的终端标识。例如,当指令信息751为:“101xxxxxxxx9#”时,北斗运营服务器可以将白名单中的第10个标识修改为“1xxxxxxxx9”。The terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the dial keypad 731, and in response to the input, display instruction information 761 as shown in FIG. 7G. The instruction information 761 includes the content entered by the user through the dial keypad 731 after the terminal 100 broadcasts the third voice instruction, that is, "10xxxxxxxx9#". The terminal 100 may also send the instruction information 761 to the Beidou operation server. Wherein, the instruction information 761 may be used to instruct the Beidou operation server to add or update the terminal identifier of the specified serial number in the white list of the terminal 100 . For example, when the instruction information 751 is: "101xxxxxxxx9#", the Beidou operation server may modify the 10th identifier in the white list to "1xxxxxxxx9".
可选的,北斗运营服务器调整终端100的白名单完成后,还可以向终端100发送第四语音提示信息,第四语音提示信息可以用于提示用户白名单调整完成。Optionally, after the Beidou operation server completes adjusting the whitelist of the terminal 100, it may also send a fourth voice prompt message to the terminal 100, and the fourth voice prompt message may be used to prompt the user that the whitelist adjustment is completed.
在一些实施例中,终端100可以在和北斗运营服务器建立了通话连接时,将用户输入的语音指令发送至北斗运营服务器。北斗运营服务器可以基于语音指令调整终端100的白名单。例如,语音指令可以为:“在白名单中添加号码13xxxxxxxx9”。In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may send the voice instruction input by the user to the Beidou operation server when the call connection is established with the Beidou operation server. The Beidou operation server can adjust the white list of the terminal 100 based on the voice command. For example, the voice command can be: "add the number 13xxxxxxxx9 to the white list".
可以理解的是,当北斗运营服务器接收到终端100删除白名单中的终端标识的指令信息后,可以向终端100发送包括有如何删除白名单的语音指令,终端100可以通过删除指令删除指定序号的终端标识。当北斗运营服务器接收到终端100替换白名单的指令信息后,可以向终端100发送包括有如何替换白名单中的终端标识的语音指令,终端100可以通过替换指令替换两个指定序号对应的终端标识。It can be understood that when the Beidou operation server receives the instruction information for terminal 100 to delete the terminal identification in the whitelist, it can send a voice instruction including how to delete the whitelist to terminal 100, and terminal 100 can delete the specified serial number through the deletion instruction. Terminal ID. When the Beidou operation server receives the instruction information for terminal 100 to replace the whitelist, it can send a voice instruction including how to replace the terminal identifier in the whitelist to terminal 100, and terminal 100 can replace the terminal identifier corresponding to the two specified serial numbers through the replacement instruction .
在一种可能的实现方式中,当北斗运营服务器收到的添加指令中的终端标识已存在终端100的白名单中,北斗运营服务器可以向终端100发送重复提示信息,该重复提示信息可以提示用户该终端标识已存在,不能再次添加该终端标识。终端100在收到该重复提示信息后,可以语音播报该重复提示信息。In a possible implementation, when the terminal identifier in the adding instruction received by the Beidou operation server already exists in the white list of the terminal 100, the Beidou operation server may send a repeated prompt message to the terminal 100, and the repeated prompt message may remind the user This terminal ID already exists and cannot be added again. After receiving the repeated prompt information, the terminal 100 may voice broadcast the repeated prompt information.
方式3:终端100可以通过提供北斗通信服务的运营商提供的应用程序设置/更新白名单。Way 3: The terminal 100 can set/update the whitelist through the application program provided by the operator providing the Beidou communication service.
示例性的,终端100可以接收用户针对图6A所示的北斗设置应用图标604的输入,响应于该输入,显示如图8A所示的北斗设置应用界面801。Exemplarily, the terminal 100 may receive a user's input on the Beidou setting application icon 604 shown in FIG. 6A , and in response to the input, display the Beidou setting application interface 801 as shown in FIG. 8A .
如图8A所示,北斗设置应用界面801中包括有北斗设置应用提供的多个功能控件(例如,白名单设置控件802、账单查询控件等等),该多个功能控件可以用于触发终端100向北斗运营服务器发送该功能控件对应的指令。例如,账单查询控件可以触发终端100向北斗运营服务器查询终端100的账单信息,终端100还可以接收并显示该账单信息。白名单设置控件802可用于触发终端100显示白名单设置界面,白名单设置界面可用于调整白名单。As shown in FIG. 8A , the Beidou setting application interface 801 includes multiple functional controls provided by the Beidou setting application (for example, a whitelist setting control 802, a bill query control, etc.), and these multiple functional controls can be used to trigger the terminal 100. Send the command corresponding to the functional control to the Beidou operation server. For example, the bill query control may trigger the terminal 100 to query the Beidou operation server for the bill information of the terminal 100, and the terminal 100 may also receive and display the bill information. The whitelist setting control 802 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a whitelist setting interface, and the whitelist setting interface can be used to adjust the whitelist.
终端100可以接收用户针对白名单设置控件802的输入,响应于该输入,显示如图8B所示的白名单设置界面810。白名单设置界面810中可以包括白名单显示区域。白名单显示区域中可以显示有一个或多个(例如10个)白名单表项。每一个白名单表项中可以包括有该项的序号和设置的白名单的终端的用户ID。需要说明的是,当白名单表项中未设置终端标识时,只显示白名单中的序号。例如,白名单表项812可以包括序号812A和终端标识栏812B。序号812A指示该终端标识在白名单中的顺序为第3个。终端标识栏812B中显示有终端标识,用于指示对应的终端。白名单表项813可以包括序号813A和终端标识栏813B。序号813A指示该终端标识在白名单中的顺序为第10个。终端标识栏813B中未显示有终端标识,即该白名单名额还未配置对应的终端。可选的,白名单设置界面810中还可以包括有保存控件815,保存控件815可用于保存该调整后的终端100的白名单,还用于将调整后的终端100的白名单发送至北斗运营服务器。The terminal 100 may receive user input on the whitelist setting control 802, and in response to the input, display a whitelist setting interface 810 as shown in FIG. 8B. The whitelist setting interface 810 may include a whitelist display area. One or more (for example, 10) whitelist entries may be displayed in the whitelist display area. Each whitelist entry may include the serial number of the entry and the user ID of the whitelisted terminal. It should be noted that, when no terminal identifier is set in the whitelist entry, only the serial number in the whitelist is displayed. For example, the whitelist entry 812 may include a serial number 812A and a terminal identification column 812B. The serial number 812A indicates that the sequence of the terminal ID in the white list is the third. A terminal identifier is displayed in the terminal identifier column 812B, which is used to indicate a corresponding terminal. The whitelist entry 813 may include a serial number 813A and a terminal identification column 813B. The sequence number 813A indicates that the sequence of the terminal ID in the white list is the 10th. No terminal identifier is displayed in the terminal identifier column 813B, that is, no corresponding terminal has been configured for the white list quota. Optionally, the whitelist setting interface 810 may also include a save control 815, the save control 815 can be used to save the adjusted white list of the terminal 100, and is also used to send the adjusted white list of the terminal 100 to Beidou operation server.
终端100可以接收用户针对终端标识栏813B的输入,显示键盘显示区域。终端100可以接收用户通过键盘显示区域键入的终端标识,并在终端标识栏813B显示用户输入的终端标识。例如,终端标识栏813B可以显示如图8C所示的终端标识“13xxxxxxxx9”。终端100可以响应于用户针对图8C所示的保存控件815的输入,将调整后的终端100的白名单发送至北斗运营服务器,并保存该调整后的白名单。The terminal 100 may receive the user's input on the terminal identification bar 813B, and display the keyboard display area. The terminal 100 may receive the terminal identifier entered by the user through the keyboard display area, and display the terminal identifier entered by the user in the terminal identifier column 813B. For example, the terminal identification column 813B may display the terminal identification "13xxxxxxxx9" as shown in FIG. 8C. The terminal 100 may send the adjusted white list of the terminal 100 to the Beidou operation server in response to the user's input to the saving control 815 shown in FIG. 8C , and save the adjusted white list.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当终端100接收到用户针对保存控件815的输入后,可以检测调整后的白名单中的白名单标识是否重复。当终端100检测到调整后的白名单中包括有重复的终端标识,终端100可以显示重复提示信息,该重复提示信息可以提示用户该终端标识已存在,不能再次添加该终端标识。当终端100检测到调整后的白名单中不包括重复的终端标识,终端100可以将调整后的终端100的白名单发送至北斗运营服务器,并保存该调整后的白名单。In a possible implementation manner, after the terminal 100 receives the user's input on the save control 815, it may detect whether the whitelist identifiers in the adjusted whitelist are duplicated. When the terminal 100 detects that the adjusted white list includes repeated terminal identifiers, the terminal 100 may display a duplicate prompt message, which may remind the user that the terminal identifier already exists and that the terminal identifier cannot be added again. When the terminal 100 detects that the adjusted whitelist does not include repeated terminal identifiers, the terminal 100 may send the adjusted whitelist of the terminal 100 to the Beidou operation server, and save the adjusted whitelist.
当然终端100还可以通过其他方式设置/更新白名单(例如,用户可以在运营商服务处开通北斗通信业务,并设置白名单)。需要说明的是,以上设置/更新白名单的方式仅为示例,不应构成具体限定。Of course, the terminal 100 can also set/update the whitelist in other ways (for example, the user can subscribe to the Beidou communication service at the service provider of the operator and set the whitelist). It should be noted that the above method of setting/updating the whitelist is only an example and should not be construed as a specific limitation.
本申请实施例提供了另一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法。终端100中可以配置有白名单,该白名单包括与终端100相关联的N个终端的标识和该标识在白名单中的序号。北斗网络设备200(例如,北斗短报文融合通信平台24)中可以存储有终端100配置的白名单。北斗网络设备200可以接收终端100发送的信件请求,信件请求中可以包括发送方ID字段(例如,白名单位图(bitmap)字段、目标终端ID字段)。北斗网络设备200可以基于存储的终端100的白名单和信件请求中的发送方ID字段确定出终端100指定的终端发送的短消息,并将该指定的终端发送的短消息发送至终端100。这样,终端100可以下载指定终端的短消息。可以理解的是,概况请求中也可以包括有发送方ID字段,北斗网络设备200可以向终端100 发送查询结果,查询结果中包括有发送方ID字段指示的终端的短消息的数量信息。The embodiment of the present application provides another white list control method in the Beidou communication system. A white list may be configured in the terminal 100, and the white list includes identifiers of N terminals associated with the terminal 100 and serial numbers of the identifiers in the whitelist. The white list configured by the terminal 100 may be stored in the Beidou network device 200 (for example, the Beidou short message integrated communication platform 24 ). The Beidou network device 200 may receive the letter request sent by the terminal 100, and the letter request may include a sender ID field (for example, a white name unit map (bitmap) field, a target terminal ID field). The Beidou network device 200 can determine the short message sent by the terminal specified by the terminal 100 based on the stored white list of the terminal 100 and the sender ID field in the letter request, and send the short message sent by the specified terminal to the terminal 100 . In this way, the terminal 100 can download the short message of the specified terminal. It can be understood that the profile request may also include a sender ID field, and the Beidou network device 200 may send a query result to the terminal 100, and the query result includes information on the number of short messages of the terminal indicated by the sender ID field.
接下来介绍本申请实施例提供的一种入站应用层报文的结构示例。Next, an example of the structure of an inbound application layer message provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000003
如上表2所示,信件请求或概况请求的入站应用层报文可以包括但不限于业务类型字段、加密指示字段、压缩指示字段发送方ID字段、消息ID字段等等。可以理解的是,本申请实施例中的概况请求/信件请求中包含具体字段以及字段的排列顺序仅为示例,本申请对此不作限定。其中,表2中示出的入站应用报文中各个字段的具体说明可以如下表3所示。表3示例性地示出了表2中各个字段对应的长度以及具体说明。As shown in Table 2 above, the inbound application layer message of letter request or profile request may include but not limited to business type field, encryption indication field, compression indication field sender ID field, message ID field and so on. It can be understood that the specific fields contained in the summary request/letter request in the embodiment of the present application and the arrangement order of the fields are only examples, which are not limited by the present application. Wherein, the specific description of each field in the inbound application message shown in Table 2 may be shown in Table 3 below. Table 3 exemplarily shows the lengths corresponding to the fields in Table 2 and specific descriptions.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000004
如上表3所示,其中,业务类型字段可以用于指示该入站应用层报文的业务类型为信件消息下载业务或信箱概况查询业务。其中,信件消息下载业务包括下载白名单内指定终端的短消息业务,下载所有终端的短消息业务,下载非白名单内指定终端的短消息业务。信箱概况查询业务包括查询白名单内指定终端的短消息数量业务,查询所有终端的短消息数量业 务,查询非白名单内指定终端的短消息数量业务。其中,白名单内的终端的标识存在白名单中,非白名单内的终端的标识不存在白名单中。As shown in Table 3 above, the service type field may be used to indicate that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a mail message download service or a mailbox profile query service. Wherein, the mail message downloading service includes downloading short message services of designated terminals in the white list, downloading short message services of all terminals, and downloading short message services of non-designated terminals in the white list. Mailbox profile inquiry service includes the service of querying the number of short messages of specified terminals in the white list, the service of querying the number of short messages of all terminals, and the service of querying the number of short messages of terminals not in the white list. Wherein, identifiers of terminals in the whitelist exist in the whitelist, and identifiers of terminals not in the whitelist do not exist in the whitelist.
示例性的,业务类型字段的长度可以为3bit。其中,当该业务类型字段为000时,指示该入站应用层报文的业务类型为通用数据报文。需要说明的是,当业务类型字段指示入站应用层报文的业务类型为通用数据报文时,入站应用层报文的各个字段和上述信件请求/概况请求的入站应用层报文不同,例如,包括有用户输入的文本消息且不包括消息ID字段。Exemplarily, the length of the service type field may be 3 bits. Wherein, when the service type field is 000, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a general data message. It should be noted that when the service type field indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a general data message, each field of the inbound application layer message is different from the above inbound application layer message of the letter request/profile request , for example, includes a text message entered by the user and does not include a message ID field.
当业务类型字段为001时,指示该入站应用层报文的业务类型为信箱概况查询业务,且该入站应用层报文仅查询白名单内的终端发送给该终端100的短消息的数量。当业务类型字段为010时,指示该入站应用层报文的业务类型为信箱业务中的信箱概况查询业务,具体为查询所有终端(包括白名单内的终端和非白名单内的终端)发送给该终端100的短消息的数量。当业务类型字段为011时,指示该入站应用层报文的业务类型为信箱概况查询业务,具体可以为查询单独的非白名单内的目标终端发送给该终端100的短消息的数量。When the service type field is 001, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is the mailbox profile query service, and the inbound application layer message only inquires about the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals in the whitelist . When the service type field is 010, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is the mailbox profile query service in the mailbox service, specifically to query all terminals (including terminals in the white list and terminals not in the white list) to send The number of short messages sent to the terminal 100. When the service type field is 011, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a mailbox profile query service, specifically, it may be querying the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by a target terminal not in the white list.
当业务类型字段为100时,指示该入站应用层报文的业务类型信件消息下载业务(又称为信件下载业务),具体可以为下载指定的白名单内的终端发送给该终端100的短消息。当业务类型字段为101时,指示该入站应用层报文的业务类型为信件消息下载业务,具体可以下载所有终端(包括白名单内的终端和非白名单内的终端)发送给该终端用户的短消息。当业务类型字段为110时,指示该入站应用层报文的业务类型为信件消息下载业务,具体可以为下载单独的非白名单用户发送给该终端用户的短消息。When the service type field is 100, it indicates the service type letter message download service (also called letter download service) of the inbound application layer message. information. When the service type field is 101, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a letter message download service, specifically, all terminals (including terminals in the whitelist and terminals not in the whitelist) can be downloaded and sent to the terminal user short message. When the service type field is 110, it indicates that the service type of the inbound application layer message is a letter message download service, specifically downloading a short message sent to the terminal user by an individual non-whitelist user.
其中,业务类型字段的值111为保留字段。其中,信箱概况查询业务和信件消息下载业务可以统称为信箱业务。Wherein, the value 111 of the business type field is a reserved field. Wherein, the mailbox profile query service and the letter message download service may be collectively referred to as the mailbox service.
在一种可能的实现方式中,入站应用层报文的业务类型包括但不限于信件消息下载业务、信箱概况查询业务。其中,信件消息下载业务包括下载白名单内终端的短消息业务,下载白名单内所有终端的短消息业务,下载非白名单内指定终端的短消息业务。信箱概况查询业务包括查询白名单内指定终端的短消息数量业务,查询白名单内所有终端的短消息数量业务,查询非白名单内指定终端的短消息数量业务。例如,当业务类型字段为010时,指示该入站应用层报文为查询白名单内的所有终端发送给该终端100的短消息的数量。业务类型字段为101时,指示该入站应用层报文为下载白名单内的所有终端发送给该终端100的短消息。In a possible implementation manner, the service type of the inbound application layer message includes, but not limited to, a mail message download service and a mailbox profile query service. Wherein, the mail message downloading service includes downloading short message services of terminals in the white list, downloading short message services of all terminals in the white list, and downloading short message services of terminals not specified in the white list. Mailbox profile query service includes the service of querying the number of short messages of specified terminals in the white list, the service of querying the number of short messages of all terminals in the white list, and the service of querying the number of short messages of terminals not in the white list. For example, when the service type field is 010, it indicates that the inbound application layer message is to query the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by all terminals in the white list. When the service type field is 101, it indicates that the inbound application layer message is a short message sent to the terminal 100 by all terminals in the download whitelist.
其中,加密指示字段可用于指示该入站应用层报文是否加密,及加密入站应用层报文时使用的加密算法。压缩指示字段可用于指示该入站应用层报文是否加密,及加密入站应用层报文时使用的加密算法。其中,消息ID字段可用于指示终端100最近接收成功的北斗短消息。其中,消息ID字段的长度可以为4bit。Wherein, the encryption indication field may be used to indicate whether the inbound application layer message is encrypted, and the encryption algorithm used when encrypting the inbound application layer message. The compression indication field may be used to indicate whether the inbound application layer message is encrypted, and the encryption algorithm used when encrypting the inbound application layer message. Wherein, the message ID field may be used to indicate that the terminal 100 has recently successfully received a Beidou short message. Wherein, the length of the message ID field may be 4 bits.
其中,发送方ID字段可以用于指示终端100要获取的发送给终端100的短消息或短消息数量的终端的标识。若终端100指定的终端(又称为目标终端)在终端100配置的白名单内,那么发送方ID字段为白名单位图(bitmap)字段,白名单位图字段用于指示目标终端的白名单序号。若目标终端不在终端100配置的白名单内,那么发送方ID字段为目标终端标识字段,目标终端标识字段包括有目标终端的标识(例如,手机号码)。Wherein, the sender ID field may be used to indicate the short message sent to the terminal 100 by the terminal 100 or the terminal identification of the number of short messages. If the terminal (also referred to as the target terminal) specified by the terminal 100 is in the white list configured by the terminal 100, the sender ID field is a white name unit map (bitmap) field, and the white name unit map field is used to indicate the white list of the target terminal serial number. If the target terminal is not in the white list configured by the terminal 100, then the sender ID field is the target terminal identification field, and the target terminal identification field includes the identification of the target terminal (for example, a mobile phone number).
示例性地,以表1示出的白名单为例,入站应用层报文中的白名单可以以白名单位图字段的形式显示,如下表4或表5所示。Exemplarily, taking the whitelist shown in Table 1 as an example, the whitelist in the inbound application layer message may be displayed in the form of a whitelist unit map field, as shown in Table 4 or Table 5 below.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000006
如表4所示,白名单bitmap字段的长度可以为10bit,其中,白名单中的每个目标终端的序号占1个bit。在一种可能的实现方式中,白名单中序号为1的目标终端的序号可以占10bit中的最高比特位(most significant bit,MSB),即bit9。然后白名单中序号为10的目标终端的序号可以占10bit中的最低比特位(least significant bit,LSB),即bit0。白名单中序号为2的目标终端的序号可以占10bit中的bit8。以此类推,白名单中序号为8的目标终端的序号可以占10bit中的bit2。白名单中序号为9的目标终端的序号可以占10bit中的bit1。举例来说,若用户想要查询白名单中序号为1的目标终端发送给终端100的信件的数量,那么终端100填入发送方ID字段中的白名单bitmap的值可以为“1000000000”。可以理解的是,当北斗网络设备200可以依据白名单位图字段确定出目标终端的序号,再根据目标终端的序号从存储的终端100的白名单中确认出序号对应的目标终端的标识。As shown in Table 4, the length of the whitelist bitmap field may be 10 bits, where the serial number of each target terminal in the whitelist occupies 1 bit. In a possible implementation manner, the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 1 in the whitelist may occupy the most significant bit (most significant bit, MSB) in 10 bits, that is, bit9. Then the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 10 in the white list can occupy the least significant bit (least significant bit, LSB) in 10 bits, namely bit0. The serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 2 in the whitelist may occupy bit8 in 10 bits. By analogy, the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 8 in the whitelist may occupy bit 2 of the 10 bits. The serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 9 in the whitelist may occupy bit1 in 10 bits. For example, if the user wants to query the number of letters sent to the terminal 100 by the target terminal whose serial number is 1 in the whitelist, then the value of the whitelist bitmap filled in the sender ID field by the terminal 100 can be "1000000000". It can be understood that when the Beidou network device 200 can determine the serial number of the target terminal according to the field of the white name unit map, and then confirm the identity of the target terminal corresponding to the serial number from the stored white list of the terminal 100 according to the serial number of the target terminal.
表5table 5
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2022109307-appb-000007
在一些实施例中,如表5所示,白名单中序号为10的目标终端的序号可以占10bit中的MSB,即bit9。然后白名单中序号为1的目标终端的序号可以占10bit中的LSB,即bit0。白名单中序号为9的目标终端的序号可以占10bit中的bit8。白名单中序号为8的目标终端的序号可以占10bit中的bit7。以此类推,白名单中序号为3的目标终端的序号可以占10bit中的bit2。白名单中序号为2的目标终端的序号可以占10bit中的bit1。举例来说,若用户想要查询白名单中序号为1的目标终端发送给终端100的信件的数量,那么终端100填入发送方ID字段中的白名单bitmap的值可以为“0000000001”。In some embodiments, as shown in Table 5, the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 10 in the whitelist may occupy the MSB of 10 bits, that is, bit9. Then the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 1 in the white list may occupy the LSB of 10 bits, that is, bit0. The serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 9 in the white list may occupy bit8 in 10 bits. The serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 8 in the white list may occupy bit7 in 10 bits. By analogy, the serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 3 in the whitelist may occupy bit 2 of the 10 bits. The serial number of the target terminal whose serial number is 2 in the whitelist may occupy bit 1 of the 10 bits. For example, if the user wants to query the number of letters sent to the terminal 100 by the target terminal whose sequence number is 1 in the whitelist, then the value of the whitelist bitmap filled in the sender ID field by the terminal 100 can be "0000000001".
其中,目标终端标识字段可以用于指示某个非白名单内的终端的标识。该目标终端标识字段的长度可以是44bit,或者34bit,此处不作限定。举例来说,当目标终端的标识为手机号码是,若目标终端的手机号码为“13xxxxxxxx9”且该目标终端不在终端100的白名单中,则终端100可以该目标终端的手机号码“13xxxxxxxx9”编码成44bit的二进制数据填入到目标终端标识字段中。或者,终端100也可以将该目标终端的手机号码“13xxxxxxxx9”压缩后编码成34bit的二进制数据填入到目标终端标识字段中。Wherein, the target terminal identification field may be used to indicate an identification of a terminal not in the white list. The length of the target terminal identification field may be 44 bits or 34 bits, which is not limited here. For example, when the identification of the target terminal is a mobile phone number, if the mobile phone number of the target terminal is "13xxxxxxxx9" and the target terminal is not in the white list of the terminal 100, then the terminal 100 can encode the mobile phone number "13xxxxxxxx9" of the target terminal Fill in the 44bit binary data into the target terminal identification field. Alternatively, the terminal 100 may also compress and encode the mobile phone number "13xxxxxxxx9" of the target terminal into 34-bit binary data and fill it into the target terminal identification field.
示例性的,当业务类型的字段的值为上述表3所示的000或100时,入站应用层报文中的发送方ID字段为白名单位图字段。当业务类型的字段的值为上述表3所示的010或101时,入站应用层报文中的发送方ID字段为白名单位图字段及目标终端标识字段。当业务类型的字段的值为上述表3所示的011或110时,入站应用层报文中的发送方ID字段为目标终端标识字段。Exemplarily, when the value of the service type field is 000 or 100 as shown in the above Table 3, the sender ID field in the inbound application layer message is a white name unit map field. When the value of the service type field is 010 or 101 as shown in Table 3 above, the sender ID field in the inbound application layer message is the white name unit map field and the target terminal identification field. When the value of the service type field is 011 or 110 as shown in Table 3 above, the sender ID field in the inbound application layer message is the target terminal identification field.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当入站应用层报文为获取其他终端发送给该终端100的所有的短消息或短消息数量时,该入站应用层报文可以不包括发送方ID字段。例如,业务类型的 字段的值为上述表3所示的010或101,该入站应用层报文可以不包括发送方ID字段。In a possible implementation, when the inbound application layer message is to obtain all short messages or the number of short messages sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals, the inbound application layer message may not include the sender ID field . For example, the value of the service type field is 010 or 101 as shown in Table 3 above, and the inbound application layer message may not include the sender ID field.
需要说明的是,上述业务类型字段的长度、具体取值和业务的对应关系仅为示例,业务类型字段的长度、业务类型和业务类型字段的值的对应关系还可以为其他形式,例如,业务类型的长度可以为更多或更少的比特位数,再例如,当业务类型字段的值为000时,可以指示应用层报文的业务类型为下载所有终端的短消息业务等等,本申请对此不构成具体限定。It should be noted that the length of the above business type field, the specific value and the corresponding relationship between the business are only examples, and the length of the business type field, the corresponding relationship between the business type and the value of the business type field can also be other forms, for example, business The length of the type can be more or less bits. For example, when the value of the service type field is 000, it can indicate that the service type of the application layer message is to download the short message service of all terminals, etc., the present application This does not constitute a specific limitation.
基于上述入站应用层报文,在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100不仅可以通过上述表1所述的方式通过北斗运营服务器设置/更新白名单,还可以在北斗网络下设置/更新白名单。这样,在北斗网络下,终端100也可以更新/设置白名单。例如,终端100可以在北斗网络下通过以下方式设置/更新白名单:Based on the above inbound application layer message, in a possible implementation, the terminal 100 can not only set/update the whitelist through the Beidou operation server in the manner described in Table 1 above, but also set/update the whitelist under the Beidou network. list. In this way, under the Beidou network, the terminal 100 can also update/set the white list. For example, the terminal 100 can set/update the whitelist under the Beidou network in the following ways:
方式1:北斗网络设备200可以在收到终端100下载非白名单的指定终端的短消息的信件请求或查询非白名单的指定终端的短消息数量的概况请求时,将指定终端的标识添加在白名单中。Mode 1: Beidou network device 200 may add the identification of the designated terminal to the in the whitelist.
方式2:北斗网络设备200可以在接收到终端100向非白名单的终端发送给蜂窝网络下的终端的北斗短报文时,将该蜂窝网络下的终端的标识加入白名单。Mode 2: The Beidou network device 200 may add the identification of the terminal under the cellular network to the whitelist when receiving the Beidou short message sent by the terminal 100 to the terminal under the cellular network.
可以理解的是,终端100可以和北斗网络设备200同步调整存储的白名单。其中,由于白名单中的名额有限,示例性的,终端100可以通过以下方法替换白名单中的终端。It can be understood that the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 can adjust the stored white list synchronously. Wherein, since the places in the white list are limited, for example, the terminal 100 may replace terminals in the white list through the following method.
(1)北斗网络设备200可以替换序号最靠前的终端标识。(1) The Beidou network device 200 can replace the terminal ID with the highest serial number.
具体的,北斗网络设备200和终端100可以将序号为0的终端标识删去,将后续的终端标识向前移动,也就是说,将序号2的终端标识写入序号1处,再将序号3的终端标识写入序号2处,以此类推。例如,当终端100的白名单为表1所示的白名单时,若终端100向北斗网络设备200发送了用于下载目标终端11发送的短消息的下载请求,由于白名单中不包括终端11。终端100和北斗网络设备200可以将目标终端1的标识删去,并将其他目标终端的标识向前挪动,再将目标终端11的标识添加在序号10。Specifically, the Beidou network device 200 and the terminal 100 can delete the terminal ID with the serial number 0, and move the subsequent terminal IDs forward, that is, write the terminal ID with the serial number 2 into the serial number 1, and then write the terminal ID with the serial number 3 Write the terminal ID of the serial number 2, and so on. For example, when the white list of the terminal 100 is the white list shown in Table 1, if the terminal 100 sends a download request for downloading the short message sent by the target terminal 11 to the Beidou network device 200, since the white list does not include the terminal 11 . The terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 can delete the identification of the target terminal 1, move the identifications of other target terminals forward, and then add the identification of the target terminal 11 to the serial number 10.
(2)北斗网络设备200可以替换序号最靠后的终端标识。(2) The Beidou network device 200 can replace the terminal identifier with the last serial number.
具体的,北斗网络设备200和终端100可以将序号为10的终端标识删去,将之前的终端标识向后移动,也就是说,将序号9的终端标识写入序号10处,再将序号8的终端标识写入序号9处,以此类推。例如,当终端100的白名单为表1所示的白名单时,若终端100向北斗网络设备200发送了用于下载目标终端11发送的短消息的下载请求,由于白名单中不包括终端11。终端100和北斗网络设备200可以将目标终端10的标识删去,并将其他目标终端的标识向后挪动,再将目标终端11的标识添加在序号1。Specifically, the Beidou network device 200 and the terminal 100 can delete the terminal ID with the serial number 10, and move the previous terminal ID backward, that is, write the terminal ID with the serial number 9 into the serial number 10, and then write the terminal ID with the serial number 8 Write the terminal ID of the serial number 9, and so on. For example, when the white list of the terminal 100 is the white list shown in Table 1, if the terminal 100 sends a download request for downloading the short message sent by the target terminal 11 to the Beidou network device 200, since the white list does not include the terminal 11 . The terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 can delete the identification of the target terminal 10, move the identifications of other target terminals backward, and then add the identification of the target terminal 11 to the sequence number 1.
(3)北斗网络设备200可以设置白名单中后N个终端标识可以替换,其中N为正整数。(3) The Beidou network device 200 can set the last N terminal identifiers in the whitelist to be replaced, where N is a positive integer.
例如,北斗网络设备200和终端100可以设置为白名单中序号8至序号10的名额可以替换,其余名额不变。北斗网络设备200和终端100在调整白名单时,可以按照上述(1)和(2)所述实施例调整讯号8至序号10的终端标识。例如,当终端100的白名单为表1所示的白名单时,若终端100向北斗网络设备200发送了用于下载目标终端11发送的短消息的下载请求,由于白名单中不包括终端11。当终端100和北斗网络设备200替换序号最靠前的终端标识时,终端100和北斗网络设备200可以将目标终端8的标识删去,并将其他目标终端的标识向前挪动,再将目标终端11的标识添加在序号10。For example, the Beidou network device 200 and the terminal 100 can be set so that the quotas from serial number 8 to serial number 10 in the white list can be replaced, and the remaining quotas remain unchanged. When the Beidou network device 200 and the terminal 100 adjust the whitelist, they can adjust the terminal identifiers from signal 8 to sequence number 10 according to the above-mentioned embodiments (1) and (2). For example, when the white list of the terminal 100 is the white list shown in Table 1, if the terminal 100 sends a download request for downloading the short message sent by the target terminal 11 to the Beidou network device 200, since the white list does not include the terminal 11 . When the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 replace the terminal ID with the highest sequence number, the terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 can delete the ID of the target terminal 8, move the IDs of other target terminals forward, and then replace the target terminal The logo of 11 is added to the serial number 10.
需要说明的是,不仅限于上述设置/更新白名单的方法,北斗网络设备200和终端100还可以替换最近设置的目标终端的标识等等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。在一种可能的实现 方式,终端100设置的白名单中默认添加有紧急救援号码。It should be noted that, not limited to the above method of setting/updating the whitelist, the Beidou network device 200 and the terminal 100 can also replace the identifier of the target terminal set recently, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In a possible implementation manner, the white list set by the terminal 100 is added with an emergency rescue number by default.
接下来结合上述表2所示的入站应用层报文,介绍本申请实施例提供的另一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法的流程示意图。Next, in conjunction with the inbound application layer messages shown in Table 2 above, a schematic flow chart of another whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
示例性的,如图9所示,该方法包括:Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 9, the method includes:
S901,终端100上报驻留北斗网络。S901. The terminal 100 reports to reside on the Beidou network.
终端100在进入北斗网络时,可以向蜂窝网络设备400(例如,归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28)上报进入北斗网络。When the terminal 100 enters the Beidou network, it may report to the cellular network device 400 (for example, the home location register/home subscriber server 28) that it has entered the Beidou network.
S902,终端300向短消息中心25发送第一短消息。S902, the terminal 300 sends the first short message to the short message center 25.
终端300可以在接收到用户向终端100的用户发送短消息的输入,响应于该输入,向短消息中心25发送该第一短消息。其中,第一短消息中包括有终端100的标识(例如,终端100的用户ID),该标识可以用于短消息中心25确定出终端100。The terminal 300 may send the first short message to the short message center 25 in response to receiving an input from the user to send a short message to the user of the terminal 100 . Wherein, the first short message includes the identification of the terminal 100 (for example, the user ID of the terminal 100 ), and the identification can be used by the short message center 25 to determine the terminal 100 .
需要说明的是,第一短消息中还包括有终端300的标识,即用户ID。It should be noted that the first short message also includes the identifier of the terminal 300, that is, the user ID.
S903,短消息中心25向归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28查询终端100驻留的网络。S903, the short message center 25 queries the home location register/home subscriber server 28 for the network where the terminal 100 resides.
S904,归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28向短消息中心25反馈终端100驻留北斗网络。S904, the HLR/HSSR server 28 feeds back to the short message center 25 that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
S905,短消息中心25向终端300发送北斗提示信息。S905, the short message center 25 sends the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300.
S906,终端300向短消息中心25发送确认信息。S906, the terminal 300 sends confirmation information to the short message center 25.
S907,短消息中心25向北斗网络设备200发送第一短消息。S907, the short message center 25 sends the first short message to the Beidou network device 200.
短消息中心25在接收到确认信息后,可以向北斗网络设备200发送第一短消息。其中,北斗网络设备200收到第一短消息后,可以存储该第一短消息。After receiving the confirmation information, the short message center 25 can send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 . Wherein, after receiving the first short message, the Beidou network device 200 may store the first short message.
可选的,短消息中心25可以不向终端300发送上述北斗提示信息,直接将第一短消息发送至北斗网络设备200。Optionally, the short message center 25 may directly send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 without sending the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300 .
其中,步骤S901-步骤S907的具体描述,可以参见上述图5A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for the specific description of step S901-step S907, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5A , which will not be repeated here.
S908,终端100向北斗网络设备200发送用于下载所有终端的短消息的信件请求。S908, the terminal 100 sends a letter request for downloading short messages of all terminals to the Beidou network device 200.
终端100可以在接收到用户下载所有终端的北斗短消息的输入,响应于该输入,向北斗网络设备200发送信件请求。其中,该信件请求的业务类型字段指示信件请求的业务类型为下载所有终端的短消息业务。The terminal 100 may send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 in response to receiving the user's input of downloading Beidou short messages of all terminals. Wherein, the service type field of the letter request indicates that the service type of the letter request is a short message service for downloading all terminals.
S909,北斗网络设备200向终端100发送第一北斗短消息,第一北斗短消息包括有第一短消息的内容。S909, the Beidou network device 200 sends a first Beidou short message to the terminal 100, where the first Beidou short message includes content of the first short message.
北斗网络设备200中存储有所有其他终端发送给北斗网络下的终端的短消息,当北斗网络设备200收到终端100的下载所有短消息的信件请求后,可以将所有其他终端发送给终端100的短消息(包括第一短消息)发送给终端100。也就是说,北斗网络设备200可以基于第一短消息的消息内容,生成第一北斗短消息,并将第一北斗短消息发送到终端100。 Beidou network equipment 200 stores short messages sent by all other terminals to terminals under the Beidou network. The short messages (including the first short message) are sent to the terminal 100 . That is to say, the Beidou network device 200 can generate the first Beidou short message based on the message content of the first short message, and send the first Beidou short message to the terminal 100 .
可以理解的是,当北斗网络设备200收到终端100的业务类型为下载白名单内指定终端的信件请求时,若终端300为终端100的白名单内指定终端,北斗网络设备200可以将第一短消息发送至终端100;若终端300为终端100的白名单内未指定终端(即,终端300为终端100的白名单内终端,但信件请求中的白名单位图字段未指示终端300的序号),北斗网络设备200可以将终端100指定的白名单内终端的短消息发送至终端100。It can be understood that when Beidou network device 200 receives a letter request from terminal 100 whose service type is a specified terminal in the white list for downloading, if terminal 300 is a designated terminal in the white list of terminal 100, Beidou network device 200 can send the first The short message is sent to the terminal 100; if the terminal 300 is an unspecified terminal in the white list of the terminal 100 (that is, the terminal 300 is a terminal in the white list of the terminal 100, but the white name unit map field in the letter request does not indicate the serial number of the terminal 300 ), the Beidou network device 200 can send the short message of the terminals in the white list specified by the terminal 100 to the terminal 100.
当北斗网络设备200收到的终端100的信件请求的业务类型为下载非白名单内指定终端的信件请求时,若信件请求中的目标终端标识字段指示终端300的标识,北斗网络设备200可以将第一短消息发送至终端100。When the service type of the letter request received by the Beidou network device 200 from the terminal 100 is to download a letter request from a terminal not specified in the white list, if the target terminal identification field in the letter request indicates the identity of the terminal 300, the Beidou network device 200 can send the The first short message is sent to the terminal 100.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端100发送的信件请求的业务类型包括下载白名单内指定终端的短消息业务,下载白名单内所有终端的短消息业务和下载非白名单的指定终端的短消息业务。In a possible implementation, the service type of the letter request sent by the terminal 100 includes downloading the short message service of a specified terminal in the white list, downloading the short message service of all terminals in the white list, and downloading the short message service of a specified terminal not in the white list. message business.
当北斗网络设备200收到终端100用于下载白名单所有终端的短消息的信件请求后,可以将白名单内的终端发送的短消息都发送至终端100。例如,当终端100的白名单中包括有终端300的标识(消息ID)。北斗网络设备200可以将第一短消息发送至终端100。具体的,北斗网络设备200可以基于第一短消息的消息内容生成第一北斗短消息,并将包括有第一短消息的消息内容的第一北斗短消息发送至终端100。再例如,当终端100的白名单中不包括终端300的标识(消息ID)。若北斗网络设备200中还包括有白名单内的终端发送给终端100的短消息,北斗网络设备200可以生成并向终端100发送第二北斗短消息,第二北斗短消息中不包括第一短消息的消息内容。After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request from the terminal 100 for downloading the short messages of all terminals in the white list, it can send all the short messages sent by the terminals in the white list to the terminal 100 . For example, when the white list of the terminal 100 includes the identifier (message ID) of the terminal 300 . The Beidou network device 200 may send the first short message to the terminal 100 . Specifically, the Beidou network device 200 may generate the first Beidou short message based on the message content of the first short message, and send the first Beidou short message including the message content of the first short message to the terminal 100 . For another example, when the white list of the terminal 100 does not include the identification (message ID) of the terminal 300 . If the Beidou network device 200 also includes a short message sent to the terminal 100 by a terminal in the white list, the Beidou network device 200 can generate and send a second Beidou short message to the terminal 100, and the second Beidou short message does not include the first short message. The message content of the message.
可以理解的是,北斗网络设备200收到终端100的信件消息的业务类型为下载白名单内指定终端的短消息业务或下载非白名单的指定终端的短消息业务时,具体描述可以参见上述图9所示实施例,在此不再赘述。It can be understood that when the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter message from the terminal 100, the service type is downloading the short message service of the specified terminal in the white list or downloading the short message service of the specified terminal not in the white list, the specific description can refer to the above figure The embodiment shown in 9 will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若北斗网络设备200在接收到信件请求之前,未接收到信件请求指定的一个或多个终端(白名单内终端或非白名单内终端)的短消息,北斗网络设备200可以向终端100发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于表示北斗网络设备200中未存储该一个或多个终端的短消息。可以理解的是,第一指示信息中包括有该一个或多个终端的标识。可选的,终端100接收到第一指示信息后,可以显示无信件提示信息,无信件提示信息用于提示用户没有来自第一指示信息指示的终端的短消息。可选的,北斗网络设备200可以不向终端100回复任何消息。In a possible implementation, if the Beidou network device 200 does not receive short messages from one or more terminals (terminals in the whitelist or terminals not in the whitelist) specified by the letter request before receiving the letter request, Beidou The network device 200 may send first indication information to the terminal 100, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the short messages of the one or more terminals are not stored in the Beidou network device 200. It can be understood that the first indication information includes the identifiers of the one or more terminals. Optionally, after receiving the first indication information, the terminal 100 may display no mail prompt information, and the no mail prompt information is used to remind the user that there is no short message from the terminal indicated by the first indication information. Optionally, the Beidou network device 200 may not reply any message to the terminal 100 .
同理,北斗网络设备200收到终端100的概况请求的情形可以参见上述图9所示信件请求的实施例,在此不再赘述。Similarly, the situation that the Beidou network device 200 receives the profile request from the terminal 100 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment of the letter request shown in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备200中只存储白名单用户发送的短消息。In a possible implementation manner, the Beidou network device 200 only stores short messages sent by whitelist users.
在一些实施例中,短消息中心25可以在收到其他终端发送给北斗网络下的终端(例如终端100)的短消息后,可以将其转发至北斗网络设备200。北斗网络设备200可以基于短消息中接收方标识确定出接收方(例如终端100)的白名单,并存储白名单指示的终端发送的短消息。可选的,北斗网络设备200可以向短消息中心25回复确认接收信息,确认接收信息可以用于指示已存储的短消息。短消息中心25可以删除该确认接收信息指示的短消息。In some embodiments, the short message center 25 may forward the short message to the Beidou network device 200 after receiving the short message sent by other terminals to the terminal (such as the terminal 100 ) under the Beidou network. The Beidou network device 200 may determine a whitelist of receivers (such as the terminal 100 ) based on the identifier of the receiver in the short message, and store the short message sent by the terminal indicated by the whitelist. Optionally, the Beidou network device 200 may reply a confirmation receipt message to the short message center 25, and the confirmation reception message may be used to indicate the stored short message. The short message center 25 may delete the short message indicated by the confirmation receipt information.
也就是说,本申请提供了一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法。北斗网络设备接收到第二终端发送给北斗网络下的第一终端的第一短消息后,可以基于存储的第一终端的白名单,判断第一终端的白名单中是否包括有第二终端的标识。当北斗网络设备判定出第一终端的白名单中包括有第二终端的标识,北斗网络设备存储该第一短消息。当北斗网络设备判定出第一终端的白名单中不包括第二终端的标识,北斗网络设备丢弃该第一短消息。这样,北斗网络设备可以只接收并转发白名单中的终端发送的短消息,节约存储空间和北斗通信系统的空口传输资源,降低第一终端接收短消息的功耗。其中,第一终端可以为终端100,第二终端 可以为终端300。That is to say, the present application provides a white list control method in the Beidou communication system. After the Beidou network device receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal under the Beidou network, it can judge whether the white list of the first terminal includes the second terminal's message based on the stored white list of the first terminal. logo. When the Beidou network equipment determines that the white list of the first terminal includes the identifier of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment stores the first short message. When the Beidou network equipment determines that the white list of the first terminal does not include the identifier of the second terminal, the Beidou network equipment discards the first short message. In this way, Beidou network equipment can only receive and forward short messages sent by terminals in the white list, saving storage space and air interface transmission resources of the Beidou communication system, and reducing the power consumption of the first terminal receiving short messages. Wherein, the first terminal may be terminal 100, and the second terminal may be terminal 300.
接下来结合上述表2所示的入站应用层报文,介绍本申请实施例提供的另一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法的流程示意图。Next, in conjunction with the inbound application layer messages shown in Table 2 above, a schematic flowchart of another whitelist control method in the Beidou communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
示例性的,如图10所示,该方法包括:Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 10, the method includes:
S1001,终端100上报驻留北斗网络。S1001. The terminal 100 reports to reside on the Beidou network.
终端100在进入北斗网络时,可以向蜂窝网络设备400(例如,归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28)上报进入北斗网络。When the terminal 100 enters the Beidou network, it may report to the cellular network device 400 (for example, the home location register/home subscriber server 28) that it has entered the Beidou network.
S1002,终端300向短消息中心25发送第一短消息。S1002, the terminal 300 sends the first short message to the short message center 25.
终端300可以在接收到用户向终端100的用户发送短消息的输入,响应于该输入,向短消息中心25发送该第一短消息。其中,第一短消息中包括有终端100的标识(例如,终端100的用户ID),该标识可以用于短消息中心25确定出终端100。The terminal 300 may send the first short message to the short message center 25 in response to receiving an input from the user to send a short message to the user of the terminal 100 . Wherein, the first short message includes the identification of the terminal 100 (for example, the user ID of the terminal 100 ), and the identification can be used by the short message center 25 to determine the terminal 100 .
需要说明的是,第一短消息中还包括有终端300的标识(用户ID)。It should be noted that the first short message also includes the identification (user ID) of the terminal 300 .
S1003,短消息中心25向归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28查询终端100驻留的网络。S1003, the short message center 25 queries the home location register/home subscriber server 28 for the network where the terminal 100 resides.
S1004,归属位置寄存器/归属签约用户服务器28向短消息中心25反馈终端100驻留北斗网络。S1004, the HLR/HSSR server 28 feeds back to the short message center 25 that the terminal 100 resides in the Beidou network.
S1005,短消息中心25向终端300发送北斗提示信息。S1005, the short message center 25 sends the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300.
S1006,终端300向短消息中心25发送确认信息。S1006, the terminal 300 sends confirmation information to the short message center 25 .
S1007,短消息中心25向北斗网络设备200发送第一短消息。S1007, the short message center 25 sends the first short message to the Beidou network device 200.
短消息中心25在接收到确认信息后,可以向北斗网络设备200发送第一短消息。其中,北斗网络设备200收到第一短消息后,可以存储该第一短消息。After receiving the confirmation information, the short message center 25 can send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 . Wherein, after receiving the first short message, the Beidou network device 200 may store the first short message.
可选的,短消息中心25可以不向终端300发送上述北斗提示信息,直接将第一短消息发送至北斗网络设备200。Optionally, the short message center 25 may directly send the first short message to the Beidou network device 200 without sending the Beidou prompt information to the terminal 300 .
其中,步骤S1001-步骤S1007的具体描述,可以参见上述图5A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for the specific description of step S1001-step S1007, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5A , which will not be repeated here.
S1008,北斗网络设备200判断终端100的白名单中是否包括有终端300的用户ID。S1008, the Beidou network device 200 judges whether the white list of the terminal 100 includes the user ID of the terminal 300 .
当北斗网络设备200判定出终端100的白名单中包括有终端300的用户ID,可以执行步骤S1009;当北斗网络设备200判定出终端100的白名单中不包括终端300的用户ID,可以不存储第一短消息。When the Beidou network device 200 determines that the white list of the terminal 100 includes the user ID of the terminal 300, step S1009 can be performed; First short message.
S1009,北斗网络设备200存储第一短消息。S1009, the Beidou network device 200 stores the first short message.
具体的,北斗网络设备200可以基于短消息中接收方标识确定出接收方终端100的白名单,并在判定出第一短消息的发送方终端300在终端100的白名单中后,存储终端300发送的第一短消息。Specifically, the Beidou network device 200 may determine the whitelist of the recipient terminal 100 based on the recipient identifier in the short message, and after determining that the sender terminal 300 of the first short message is in the whitelist of the terminal 100, store the terminal 300 The first short message sent.
可选的,北斗网络设备200还可以执行步骤S1010。Optionally, the Beidou network device 200 may also perform step S1010.
S1010,北斗网络设备200向短消息中心25发送确认接收信息。S1010, the Beidou network device 200 sends confirmation receipt information to the short message center 25 .
北斗网络设备200可以向短消息中心25发送确认接收信息,确认接收信息可以用于指示短消息中心25北斗网络设备200已存储的短消息。短消息中心25可以删除该确认接收信息指示的短消息。The Beidou network device 200 may send confirmation receipt information to the short message center 25, and the confirmation reception information may be used to indicate the short message stored by the Beidou network device 200 in the short message center 25. The short message center 25 may delete the short message indicated by the confirmation receipt information.
S1011,终端100向北斗网络设备200发送用于下载所有终端的短消息的信件请求。S1011, the terminal 100 sends a letter request for downloading short messages of all terminals to the Beidou network device 200.
终端100可以在接收到用户下载所有终端的北斗短消息的输入,响应于该输入,向北斗网络设备200发送信件请求。其中,该信件请求的业务类型为下载所有终端的短消息业务。 例如,业务类型字段的值为101的信件请求。可以理解的是,由于北斗网络设备200只存储有终端100的白名单内终端发送的短消息,所以,下载所有终端的信件请求为下载白名单内所有终端的短消息的信件请求。The terminal 100 may send a letter request to the Beidou network device 200 in response to receiving the user's input of downloading Beidou short messages of all terminals. Wherein, the service type requested by the letter is to download the short message service of all terminals. For example, a letter request with a value of 101 in the business type field. It can be understood that since the Beidou network device 200 only stores short messages sent by terminals in the white list of terminal 100, the letter request to download all terminals is a letter request to download short messages from all terminals in the white list.
S1012,北斗网络设备200向终端100发送第一北斗短消息。S1012, the Beidou network device 200 sends the first Beidou short message to the terminal 100.
北斗网络设备200收到终端100的信件请求后,可以将白名单内的终端发送的短消息的消息内容都发送至终端100。其中,由于终端100的白名单中包括有终端300的标识(消息ID)。北斗网络设备200可以基于第一短消息生成第一北斗短消息。其中,北斗网络设备200向终端100发送第一北斗短消息的具体描述可以参见上述图2C所述实施例,在此不再赘述。After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request from the terminal 100 , it can send all the content of the short messages sent by the terminals in the white list to the terminal 100 . Wherein, since the white list of the terminal 100 includes the identification (message ID) of the terminal 300 . The Beidou network device 200 may generate the first Beidou short message based on the first short message. Wherein, the specific description of the Beidou network device 200 sending the first Beidou short message to the terminal 100 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment in FIG. 2C , which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,在此描述的终端300仅为一个示例,北斗网络设备200收到信件请求后,会判断所有其他终端发送给终端100的短消息是否为白名单中的终端发送的短消息,并将白名单中的终端发送的所有短消息发送给终端100。It should be noted that the terminal 300 described here is only an example. After the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request, it will judge whether the short messages sent by all other terminals to the terminal 100 are short messages sent by terminals in the white list. And send all the short messages sent by the terminals in the white list to the terminal 100 .
需要说明的是,如果终端100的白名单中不包括终端300的用户ID,北斗网络设备200收到终端100用于下载所有终端的短消息的信件请求后,若北斗网络设备200中还包括有白名单内的终端发送给终端100的短消息,北斗网络设备200可以将白名单内的终端发送的短消息的消息内容都发送至终端100。具体的,北斗网络设备200可以基于白名单内的终端发送的短消息的消息内容作为原始数据,并基于原始数据得到第二北斗短报文,并将第二北斗短报文发送至终端100。其中,由于终端100的白名单中不包括终端300的标识(消息ID)。北斗网络设备200生成的第二北斗短消息不包括第一短消息的消息内容。It should be noted that if the white list of the terminal 100 does not include the user ID of the terminal 300, after the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request from the terminal 100 for downloading short messages of all terminals, if the Beidou network device 200 also includes For the short messages sent by the terminals in the white list to the terminal 100 , the Beidou network device 200 may send all the content of the short messages sent by the terminals in the white list to the terminal 100 . Specifically, the Beidou network device 200 may use the message content of the short message sent by the terminal in the white list as the original data, and obtain the second Beidou short message based on the original data, and send the second Beidou short message to the terminal 100 . Wherein, the identification (message ID) of the terminal 300 is not included in the white list of the terminal 100. The second Beidou short message generated by the Beidou network device 200 does not include the message content of the first short message.
进一步的,若北斗网络设备200中不包括终端100的信件请求指示的一个或多个终端发送给终端100的短消息,北斗网络设备200可以向终端100发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于表示北斗网络设备200中未存储该一个或多个终端的短消息。其中,第一指示信息中包括有该一个或多个终端的标识。可以理解的是,当北斗网络设备200只存储有信件请求指示的终端中的部分终端的短消息,北斗网络设备200可以向终端100发送上述第二北斗短消息和上述第一指示信息。Further, if the Beidou network device 200 does not include short messages sent to the terminal 100 by one or more terminals indicated by the letter request of the terminal 100, the Beidou network device 200 may send the first indication information to the terminal 100, and the first indication information uses Yu indicates that the short message of the one or more terminals is not stored in the Beidou network device 200 . Wherein, the first indication information includes the identifiers of the one or more terminals. It can be understood that when the Beidou network device 200 only stores the short messages of some of the terminals indicated by the letter request, the Beidou network device 200 may send the second Beidou short message and the first indication information to the terminal 100 .
可选的,终端100在接收到第一指示信息后,可以显示无信件提示信息。无信件提示信息可以用于提示用户没有无信件终端发送的短消息。Optionally, after receiving the first indication information, the terminal 100 may display a prompt message of no mail. The no-mail prompt message can be used to prompt the user that there is no short message sent by the no-mail terminal.
可以理解的是,当终端100的白名单中包括终端300,北斗网络设备200收到终端100发送的下载白名单内指定终端300的短消息的信件请求(通过白名单位图字段指示下载终端300的短消息)后,也可以向终端100发送第一短消息的消息内容。It can be understood that when the terminal 300 is included in the white list of the terminal 100, the Beidou network device 200 receives a letter request from the terminal 100 to download a short message specifying the terminal 300 in the white list (indicates that the terminal 300 is downloaded through the white list unit map field). After the short message), the message content of the first short message can also be sent to the terminal 100.
需要说明的是,由于北斗网络设备200中未存储非白名单的终端发送给终端100的短消息。当终端100的白名单中不包括终端300,北斗网络设备200收到终端100发送的下载指定终端300的短消息的信件请求(通过目标终端标识字段指示下载终端300的短消息)后,北斗网络设备200将会返回用于指示终端100没有可接收的北斗短消息的第二北斗短消息。It should be noted that because the Beidou network device 200 does not store short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals not in the whitelist. When the terminal 300 is not included in the white list of the terminal 100, after the Beidou network device 200 receives the letter request for downloading the short message of the designated terminal 300 sent by the terminal 100 (indicating the download of the short message of the terminal 300 through the target terminal identification field), the Beidou network The device 200 will return a second Beidou short message for indicating that the terminal 100 has no receivable Beidou short message.
可选的,终端100可以在北斗网络下调整白名单时,北斗网络设备200收到终端100下载非白名单的终端300的短消息的信件请求时,可以将终端300的标识加入终端100的白名单中。当北斗网络设备200调整终端100的表名单后,再次收到短消息中心25发送的来自终端300发送给终端100的短消息后,可以将终端300发送的短消息存储在北斗网络设备200。当终端100再次下载终端300的短消息的信件请求后,北斗网络设备200可以将终端300发送的短消息发送给终端100。Optionally, when the terminal 100 adjusts the whitelist under the Beidou network, when the Beidou network device 200 receives a letter request from the terminal 100 to download the short message of the terminal 300 that is not in the whitelist, it can add the identification of the terminal 300 to the whitelist of the terminal 100. list. After the Beidou network device 200 adjusts the list of the terminal 100 and receives the short message from the terminal 300 to the terminal 100 sent by the short message center 25 again, the short message sent by the terminal 300 can be stored in the Beidou network device 200 . After the terminal 100 downloads the letter request of the short message of the terminal 300 again, the Beidou network device 200 may send the short message sent by the terminal 300 to the terminal 100 .
可选的,北斗网络设备200中未存储非白名单的终端发送给终端100的短消息。当终端 100的白名单中不包括终端300,北斗网络设备200收到终端100发送的下载指定终端300的短消息的信件请求(通过目标终端标识字段指示下载终端300的短消息)后,可以向短消息中心25获取终端300的短消息,再将短消息的消息内容发送至终端100。Optionally, the Beidou network device 200 does not store short messages sent to the terminal 100 by terminals not in the whitelist. When terminal 300 is not included in the white list of terminal 100, Beidou network equipment 200 can send to The short message center 25 obtains the short message of the terminal 300 , and then sends the content of the short message to the terminal 100 .
同理,北斗网络设备200收到终端100的概况请求的情形可以参见上述图10所示信件请求的实施例,在此不再赘述。Similarly, the situation that the Beidou network device 200 receives the profile request from the terminal 100 can refer to the embodiment of the letter request shown in FIG. 10 above, and will not be repeated here.
在另一些实施例中,短消息中心25中存储有各个终端设置的白名单。短消息中心25可以基于短消息中的接收方标识确定出接收方(例如终端100)的白名单,并将白名单内的终端发送的短消息发送至北斗网络设备200。In some other embodiments, the short message center 25 stores a white list set by each terminal. The short message center 25 may determine a white list of recipients (such as the terminal 100 ) based on the recipient identifier in the short message, and send short messages sent by terminals in the white list to the Beidou network device 200 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,短消息中心25存储有其他终端发送至终端100的短消息。北斗网络设备200收到信件请求后,基于信件请求和白名单从短消息中心25获取短消息。北斗网络设备200收到概况请求后,基于概况请求和白名单从短消息中心25获取短消息的数量信息。例如,北斗网络设备200收到终端100下载白名单中终端10的短消息,北斗网络设备200可以将目标终端10的标识和终端100的标识发送至短消息中心25,短消息中心25基于目标终端10的标识将目标终端10发送给终端100的短消息发送给北斗网络设备200。北斗网络设备200再将目标终端10发送给终端100的短消息的消息内容发送至终端100。In a possible implementation manner, the short message center 25 stores short messages sent to the terminal 100 by other terminals. After receiving the letter request, the Beidou network device 200 obtains the short message from the short message center 25 based on the letter request and the white list. After receiving the profile request, the Beidou network device 200 acquires the quantity information of short messages from the short message center 25 based on the profile request and the white list. For example, when Beidou network device 200 receives a short message from terminal 100 downloading the terminal 10 in the white list, Beidou network device 200 can send the identification of target terminal 10 and the identification of terminal 100 to short message center 25, and short message center 25 is based on the target terminal The identification of 10 sends the short message sent by the target terminal 10 to the terminal 100 to the Beidou network device 200 . The Beidou network device 200 then sends the message content of the short message sent from the target terminal 10 to the terminal 100 to the terminal 100 .
可以理解的是,当北斗网络设备(例如,北斗网络设备200)接收到北斗网络下的第三终端(例如,终端100)发送给北斗网络下的第一终端的北斗短消息时,北斗网络设备可以判断第一终端的白名单中是否包括有第三终端的标识。若第一终端的白名单中包括有第三终端的标识,北斗网络设备可以存储该北斗短消息。若第一终端的白名单中不包括第三终端的标识,北斗网络设备可以将该北斗短消息发送至短消息中心25。当第一终端回到蜂窝网络后,短消息中心25可以将该北斗短消息发送到第一终端。这样,北斗网络设备可以只存储白名单内终端发送的短消息,节约存储空间。并且,北斗网络设备可以只将白名单内终端的短消息发送给北斗网络下的终端,节约空口传输资源。It can be understood that when the Beidou network equipment (for example, Beidou network equipment 200) receives the Beidou short message sent by the third terminal under the Beidou network (for example, terminal 100) to the first terminal under the Beidou network, the Beidou network equipment It may be determined whether the white list of the first terminal includes the identifier of the third terminal. If the white list of the first terminal includes the identifier of the third terminal, the Beidou network equipment can store the Beidou short message. If the white list of the first terminal does not include the identifier of the third terminal, the Beidou network device may send the Beidou short message to the short message center 25 . After the first terminal returns to the cellular network, the short message center 25 can send the Beidou short message to the first terminal. In this way, Beidou network equipment can only store short messages sent by terminals in the white list, saving storage space. Moreover, Beidou network equipment can only send short messages of terminals in the white list to terminals under the Beidou network, saving air interface transmission resources.
可选的,北斗网络设备可以将北斗网络下的第三终端发送的北斗短消息发送到短消息中心25,短消息中心25收到北斗短消息后,可以判断第一终端的白名单是否包括第三终端的标识。若第一终端的白名单中包括有第三终端的标识,短消息中心25可以丢弃该北斗短消息。若第一终端的白名单中不包括第三终端的标识,短消息中心25可以存储该北斗短消息并向北斗网络设备发送非白名单指示消息,非白名单指示消息用于指示发送该北斗短消息的终端不是白名单内终端。北斗网络设备接收到非白名单指示消息后,可以删除该北斗短消息。Optionally, the Beidou network device can send the Beidou short message sent by the third terminal under the Beidou network to the short message center 25. After receiving the Beidou short message, the short message center 25 can determine whether the white list of the first terminal includes the first terminal. Three terminal logos. If the white list of the first terminal includes the identifier of the third terminal, the short message center 25 may discard the Beidou short message. If the white list of the first terminal does not include the identification of the third terminal, the short message center 25 can store the Beidou short message and send a non-white list indication message to the Beidou network equipment, and the non-white list indication message is used to indicate to send the Beidou short message. The terminal of the message is not a terminal in the whitelist. After receiving the non-white list indication message, the Beidou network device can delete the Beidou short message.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的终端100。The terminal 100 provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
终端100可以是手机、平板电脑、桌面型计算机、膝上型计算机、手持计算机、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本,以及蜂窝电话、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)设备、可穿戴式设备、车载设备、智能家居设备和/或智慧城市设备,本申请实施例对该电子设备的具体类型不作特殊限制。The terminal 100 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a handheld computer, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a netbook, as well as a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant) assistant, PDA), augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, artificial intelligence (artificial intelligence, AI) device, wearable device, vehicle-mounted device, smart home device and/or smart For urban equipment, the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific type of the electronic equipment.
图11示出了本申请实施例提供的一种硬件结构示意图。FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of a hardware structure provided by an embodiment of the present application.
下面以终端100为例对实施例进行具体说明。应该理解的是,图11所示终端100仅是一个范例,并且终端100可以具有比图11中所示的更多的或者更少的部件,可以组合两个或多 个的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图11中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。The embodiment will be specifically described below by taking the terminal 100 as an example. It should be understood that the terminal 100 shown in FIG. 11 is only an example, and the terminal 100 may have more or fewer components than those shown in FIG. 11 , may combine two or more components, or may have Different component configurations. The various components shown in Figure 11 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
终端100可以包括:处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The terminal 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and A subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and the like. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对终端100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that, the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the terminal 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是终端100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。Wherein, the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the terminal 100 . The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现终端100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL). In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the terminal 100 .
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 . In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频 模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding the analog signal. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 can be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160 . For example: the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现终端100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现终端100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 . MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through a CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the terminal 100 . The processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the terminal 100 .
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured by software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193 , the display screen 194 , the wireless communication module 160 , the audio module 170 , the sensor module 180 and so on. The GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为终端100充电,也可以用于终端100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the terminal 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the terminal 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对终端100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the terminal 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the terminal 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过终端100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger. Wherein, the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also provide power for electronic devices through the power management module 141 .
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 . The power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the external memory, the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 . The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 . In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
终端100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the terminal 100 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。终端100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。 Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in terminal 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas. For example: Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在终端100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise  amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the terminal 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In some other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在终端100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),卫星通信模块,调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system, etc. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), satellite communication module, frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
其中,卫星通信模块可用于与卫星网络设备进行通信,例如在北斗通信系统中,卫星通信模块可以与北斗网络设备200通信,卫星通信模块的可支持与北斗网络设备200之间的短报文传输。Among them, the satellite communication module can be used to communicate with satellite network equipment. For example, in the Beidou communication system, the satellite communication module can communicate with the Beidou network equipment 200, and the satellite communication module can support short message transmission with the Beidou network equipment 200 .
在一些实施例中,终端100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得终端100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the terminal 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR techniques, etc. The GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
终端100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The terminal 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194, and the application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed, Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
终端100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The terminal 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 . For example, when taking a picture, open the shutter, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also optimize the algorithm for image noise and brightness. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当终端100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the terminal 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。终端100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,终端100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. Terminal 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the terminal 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现终端100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。The NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By referring to the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process input information and continuously learn by itself. Applications such as intelligent cognition of the terminal 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展终端100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the terminal 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行终端100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储终端100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the terminal 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 . The internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data. Wherein, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like. The data storage area can store data created during the use of the terminal 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
终端100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The terminal 100 may implement an audio function through an audio module 170 , a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal. The audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。终端100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。 Speaker 170A, also referred to as a "horn", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. Terminal 100 can listen to music through speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当终端100接听电话 或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。Receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the terminal 100 receives a call or a voice message, the receiver 170B can be placed close to the human ear to listen to the voice.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。终端100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,终端100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,终端100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a phone call or sending a voice message, the user can put his mouth close to the microphone 170C to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C. The terminal 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In some other embodiments, the terminal 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which may also implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the terminal 100 can also be equipped with three, four or more microphones 170C to realize sound signal collection, noise reduction, identify sound sources, realize directional recording functions, and the like.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 170D is used for connecting wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D can be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。终端100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,终端100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。终端100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 . There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, and capacitive pressure sensors. A capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The terminal 100 determines the strength of the pressure from the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the terminal 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The terminal 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to view short messages is executed. When a touch operation whose intensity is greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the icon of the short message application, the instruction of creating a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定终端100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定终端100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测终端100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消终端100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion posture of the terminal 100 . In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the terminal 100 around three axes (ie, x, y and z axes) can be determined by the gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the terminal 100, and calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the terminal 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,终端100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。终端100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当终端100是翻盖机时,终端100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The terminal 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the terminal 100 is a clamshell machine, the terminal 100 can detect the opening and closing of the clamshell according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器180E可检测终端100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当终端100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the terminal 100 in various directions (generally three axes). The magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the terminal 100 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。终端100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,终端100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。The distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance. The terminal 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the terminal 100 may use the distance sensor 180F for distance measurement to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。终端100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。终端100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定终端100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,终端100可以确定终端100附近没有物体。终端100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持终端100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes. The light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes. The terminal 100 emits infrared light through the light emitting diode. The terminal 100 detects infrared reflected light from nearby objects using a photodiode. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the terminal 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the terminal 100 may determine that there is no object near the terminal 100 . The terminal 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the terminal 100 close to the ear to make a call, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, automatic unlock and lock screen in pocket mode.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。终端100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测终端100是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used for sensing ambient light brightness. The terminal 100 may adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the terminal 100 is in the pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。终端100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The terminal 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access to the application lock, take pictures with fingerprints, answer incoming calls with fingerprints, and so on.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,终端100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,终端100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,终端100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致终端100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,终端100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to implement a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds the threshold, the terminal 100 executes reducing the performance of a processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the terminal 100 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于终端100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also known as "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194 . In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the terminal 100 , which is different from the position of the display screen 194 .
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure beating signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be disposed in the earphone, combined into a bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the vocal part acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the voice function. The application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the heart rate detection function.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。终端100可以接收按键输入,产生与终端100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The keys 190 include a power key, a volume key and the like. The key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button. The terminal 100 may receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the terminal 100 .
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 191 can generate a vibrating reminder. The motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration prompts, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as taking pictures, playing audio, etc.) may correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The motor 191 may also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations acting on different areas of the display screen 194 . Different application scenarios (for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 can be an indicator light, and can be used to indicate charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和终端100的接触和分离。终端100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。终端100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,终端100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在终端100中,不能和终端100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used for connecting a SIM card. The SIM card can be connected and separated from the terminal 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 . The terminal 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards. The terminal 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calling and data communication. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the terminal 100 and cannot be separated from the terminal 100 .
下面介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法。A white list control method in the Beidou communication system provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
图12示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法的流程示意图。Fig. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a whitelist in a Beidou communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
如图12所示,该北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 12, the white list control method in the Beidou communication system includes the following steps:
S1201、终端300向北斗网络设备200发送第一短消息,第一短消息中包括有终端100的标识。S1201. The terminal 300 sends a first short message to the Beidou network device 200, where the first short message includes the identifier of the terminal 100.
S1202、北斗网络设备200判断终端100的白名单中是否包括有终端300的标识。S1202. The Beidou network device 200 determines whether the white list of the terminal 100 includes the identifier of the terminal 300.
当北斗网络设备200判定出终端100的白名单中包括有终端300的标识,北斗网络设备200可以执行步骤S1203;当北斗网络设备200判定出终端100的白名单中不包括终端300的标识,北斗网络设备200可以丢弃该第一短消息。When the Beidou network device 200 determines that the white list of the terminal 100 includes the identification of the terminal 300, the Beidou network device 200 can perform step S1203; when the Beidou network device 200 determines that the white list of the terminal 100 does not include the identification of the terminal 300, the Beidou The network device 200 may discard the first short message.
S1203、北斗网络设备200存储第一短消息。S1203. The Beidou network device 200 stores the first short message.
具体涉及终端300,发送第一短消息可以参考前述实施例,在此不再赘述。Specifically related to the terminal 300, for sending the first short message, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
具体涉及北斗网络设备200,判断白名单终端等操作可以参考前述实施例,在此不再赘述。Specifically related to the Beidou network device 200, operations such as judging a whitelist terminal can refer to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
具体涉及到北斗网络设备200接收到终端100的信件请求,并基于信件请求向终端100发送信件请求的结果的详细描述可以参见前述实施例,在此不再赘述。For detailed descriptions related to the result of the Beidou network device 200 receiving the letter request from the terminal 100 and sending the letter request to the terminal 100 based on the letter request, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
下面介绍北斗网络设备200执行的一些可能的实现方式。Some possible implementations executed by the Beidou network device 200 are introduced below.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当北斗网络设备确定出第一终端的白名单中包括有第二终端的标识时,北斗网络设备存储第一短消息,方法还包括:In a possible implementation, when the Beidou network device determines that the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal, the Beidou network device stores the first short message, and the method further includes:
北斗网络设备向蜂窝网络设备发送确认接收信息,确认接收信息用于指示蜂窝网络设备删除第一短消息。The Beidou network device sends confirmation reception information to the cellular network device, and the confirmation reception information is used to instruct the cellular network device to delete the first short message.
具体的,可以参见上述图10所述实施例。Specifically, reference may be made to the embodiment described above in FIG. 10 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,在北斗网络设备通过蜂窝网络设备接收到第二终端发送至第一终端的第一短消息之后,方法还包括:北斗网络设备接收到第一终端的第一请求;第一请求用于获取一个或多个终端发送至第一终端的短消息,一个或多个终端包括第二终端;In a possible implementation, after the Beidou network equipment receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal through the cellular network equipment, the method further includes: the Beidou network equipment receives the first request from the first terminal ; The first request is used to obtain a short message sent to the first terminal by one or more terminals, and the one or more terminals include the second terminal;
当第一终端的白名单中包括第二终端时,北斗网络设备将第一短消息发送至第一终端;When the white list of the first terminal includes the second terminal, the Beidou network device sends the first short message to the first terminal;
第一终端的白名单中不包括第二终端时,北斗网络设备向第一终端发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于表示北斗网络设备中未存储第二终端发送给第一终端的短消息。When the second terminal is not included in the white list of the first terminal, the Beidou network equipment sends the first indication information to the first terminal. The first indication information is used to indicate that the Beidou network equipment does not store the short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal. information.
具体的,可以参见上述图10所述实施例。Specifically, reference may be made to the embodiment described above in FIG. 10 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,在北斗网络设备接收到第一终端的第一请求之后,方法还包括:当第一终端的白名单中不包括第二终端时,北斗网络设备将第二终端的标识添加至第一终端的白名单。In a possible implementation, after the Beidou network device receives the first request from the first terminal, the method further includes: when the white list of the first terminal does not include the second terminal, the Beidou network device sends the second terminal is added to the whitelist of the first terminal.
具体的,可以参见上述在北斗网络下通过设置/更新白名单的实施例。Specifically, you can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment of setting/updating the whitelist under the Beidou network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,北斗网络设备将第二终端添加至第一终端的白名单,具体包括:当北斗网络设备中第一终端的白名单中已存储的终端标识的数量和第一终端的白名单中最多存储的终端标识的数量相同时,北斗网络设备将白名单中第三终端的标识替换为第二终端的标识。In a possible implementation manner, the Beidou network device adds the second terminal to the whitelist of the first terminal, which specifically includes: when the number of terminal identifiers stored in the whitelist of the first terminal in the Beidou network device and the first When the maximum number of terminal identifiers stored in the terminal whitelist is the same, the Beidou network device replaces the identifier of the third terminal in the whitelist with the identifier of the second terminal.
具体的,可以参见上述在北斗网络下通过设置/更新白名单的实施例。Specifically, you can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment of setting/updating the whitelist under the Beidou network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求包括业务类型字段,业务类型字段用于指示第一请求的业务类型;其中,第一请求的业务类型包括下载白名单内的指定终端发送的短消息业务,下载所有终端发送的短消息业务,下载非白名单的指定终端发送的短消息业务。In a possible implementation, the first request includes a service type field, and the service type field is used to indicate the service type of the first request; wherein, the service type of the first request includes downloading short messages sent by specified terminals in the whitelist Service, download the short message service sent by all terminals, download the short message service sent by the specified terminal not in the white list.
具体的,可以参见上述表3所述实施例。Specifically, reference may be made to the examples described in Table 3 above.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当第一请求的业务类型为下载白名单内的指定终端发送的短 消息业务时,第一请求中还包括有白名单位图字段,白名单位图字段用于指示第二终端在第一终端的白名单中的序号。In a possible implementation, when the service type of the first request is to download the short message service sent by the specified terminal in the white list, the first request also includes a white name unit map field, and the white name unit map field uses Indicates the serial number of the second terminal in the white list of the first terminal.
具体的,可以参见上述表3所述实施例。Specifically, reference may be made to the examples described in Table 3 above.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当第一请求的业务类型为下载非白名单内的指定终端发送的短消息业务时,第一请求中还包括有目标终端标识字段,目标终端标识字段用于指示第二终端的标识。In a possible implementation, when the service type of the first request is to download a short message service sent by a specified terminal not in the white list, the first request further includes a target terminal identification field, which is used for Indicates the identity of the second terminal.
具体的,可以参见上述表3所述实施例。Specifically, reference may be made to the examples described in Table 3 above.
下面介绍终端100执行的一些可能的实现方式。Some possible implementations executed by the terminal 100 are introduced below.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一终端向北斗网络设备发送第一请求,第一请求用于获取一个或多个终端发送至第一终端的短消息,一个或多个终端包括第二终端;In a possible implementation, the first terminal sends a first request to the Beidou network device, the first request is used to obtain short messages sent to the first terminal by one or more terminals, and the one or more terminals include the second terminal ;
当第一终端的白名单中包括有第二终端的标识时,第一终端接收到北斗网络设备发送的来自第二终端的第一短消息;When the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal, the first terminal receives the first short message from the second terminal sent by the Beidou network equipment;
当第一终端的白名单中不包括第二终端的标识时,第一终端接收到北斗网络设备发送的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于表示北斗网络设备中未存储第二终端发送给第一终端的短消息。When the white list of the first terminal does not include the identity of the second terminal, the first terminal receives the first indication information sent by the Beidou network equipment, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the Beidou network equipment does not store the information sent by the second terminal to A short message from the first terminal.
具体的,可以参见上述图10所述实施例。Specifically, reference may be made to the embodiment described above in FIG. 10 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第一终端向北斗网络设备发送第一请求后,方法还包括:当第一请求的业务类型为下载非白名单内的指定终端发送的短消息业务时,第一请求中还包括有目标终端标识字段,目标终端标识字段用于指示第二终端的标识;第一终端将第二终端的标识添加至第一终端的白名单。In a possible implementation, after the first terminal sends the first request to the Beidou network device, the method further includes: when the service type of the first request is to download a short message service sent by a specified terminal not in the white list, The first request also includes a target terminal identification field, which is used to indicate the identification of the second terminal; the first terminal adds the identification of the second terminal to the white list of the first terminal.
具体的,可以参见上述在北斗网络下通过设置/更新白名单的实施例。Specifically, you can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment of setting/updating the whitelist under the Beidou network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一终端将第二终端的标识添加至第一终端的白名单,具体包括:当第一终端的白名单中已存储的终端标识的数量和第一终端的白名单中最多存储的终端标识的数量相同时,第一终端将白名单中第三终端的标识替换为第二终端的标识。In a possible implementation manner, the first terminal adds the identifier of the second terminal to the whitelist of the first terminal, which specifically includes: when the number of terminal identifiers stored in the whitelist of the first terminal and the identifier of the first terminal When the maximum number of terminal identifications stored in the white list is the same, the first terminal replaces the identification of the third terminal in the white list with the identification of the second terminal.
具体的,可以参见上述在北斗网络下通过设置/更新白名单的实施例。Specifically, you can refer to the above-mentioned embodiment of setting/updating the whitelist under the Beidou network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一终端通过北斗运营服务器调整第一终端的白名单。In a possible implementation manner, the first terminal adjusts the white list of the first terminal through the Beidou operation server.
具体的,可以参见上述表1所述实施例。Specifically, reference may be made to the examples described in Table 1 above.
上述内容详细阐述了本申请提供的方法,为了便于更好地实施本申请实施例的上述方案,本申请实施例还提供了相应的装置或设备。The above content elaborates the method provided by the present application in detail. In order to facilitate better implementation of the above solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding devices or equipment.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端100和进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application may divide the terminal 100 into functional modules according to the above method example, for example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
下面将结合图13至图16详细描述本申请实施例的通信装置。The communication device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 13 to FIG. 16 .
在采用集成的单元的情况下,参见图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1300的结构示意图。该通信装置1300可以为上述实施例中的终端100。可选的,通信装置1300可以为一种芯片/芯片系统,例如,北斗通信芯片。如图13所示,该通信装置1300可以包括收发单元1310和处理单元1320。In the case of using an integrated unit, refer to FIG. 13 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1300 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1300 may be the terminal 100 in the foregoing embodiments. Optionally, the communication device 1300 may be a chip/chip system, for example, a Beidou communication chip. As shown in FIG. 13 , the communication device 1300 may include a transceiver unit 1310 and a processing unit 1320 .
一种设计中,处理单元1320,可用于生成信件请求。In one design, the processing unit 1320 may be used to generate letter requests.
收发单元1310,可用于向北斗网络设备200发送该信件请求。The transceiver unit 1310 is configured to send the letter request to the Beidou network device 200 .
可选的,收发单元1310,还可用于执行上述图12所示方法实施例中终端100执行的有关发送和接收的功能步骤。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1310 may also be configured to perform the functional steps related to sending and receiving performed by the terminal 100 in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 12 above.
可选的,处理单元1320,还可用于执行上述图12所示方法实施例中终端100执行的有关协议解析与封装以及运算确定的功能步骤。Optionally, the processing unit 1320 may also be configured to execute functional steps related to protocol parsing and encapsulation and calculation determination performed by the terminal 100 in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 12 above.
应理解,该种设计中的通信装置1400可对应执行前述实施例中终端100执行的方法步骤,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the communication device 1400 in this design can correspondingly perform the method steps performed by the terminal 100 in the foregoing embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,参见图14,图14是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1400的结构示意图。该通信装置1400可以为上述实施例中的北斗网络设备200。可选的,通信装置1400可以为北斗网络设备200中的具体网元,例如,北斗地面收发站22、北斗中心站23、北斗短报文融合通信平台24中的一个网元或多个网元的组合。如图14所示,该通信装置1400可以包括收发单元1410和处理单元1420。In the case of using an integrated unit, refer to FIG. 14 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1400 may be the Beidou network device 200 in the foregoing embodiments. Optionally, the communication device 1400 can be a specific network element in the Beidou network equipment 200, for example, one or more network elements in the Beidou ground transceiver station 22, the Beidou central station 23, and the Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24 The combination. As shown in FIG. 14 , the communication device 1400 may include a transceiver unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420 .
一种设计中,收发单元1410,可用于接收终端300发送的第一短消息。In one design, the transceiver unit 1410 may be configured to receive the first short message sent by the terminal 300 .
收发单元1410,还用于接收终端100发送的信件请求。The transceiver unit 1410 is also configured to receive the mail request sent by the terminal 100 .
处理单元1420,可用于判断终端100的白名单中是否包括有终端300的标识。The processing unit 1420 may be configured to determine whether the white list of the terminal 100 includes the identifier of the terminal 300 .
处理单元1420,还用于基于信件请求,生成第一北斗短报文和/或第一指示信息。The processing unit 1420 is further configured to generate a first Beidou short message and/or first indication information based on the letter request.
可选的,收发单元1410,还可用于执行上述图12所示方法实施例中北斗网络设备200执行的有关发送和接收的功能步骤。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1410 may also be configured to perform the functional steps related to sending and receiving performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 12 above.
可选的,处理单元1420,还可用于执行上述图12所示方法实施例中北斗网络设备200执行的有关协议解析与封装以及运算确定的功能步骤。Optionally, the processing unit 1420 may also be configured to perform functional steps related to protocol parsing and encapsulation and calculation determination performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 12 above.
应理解,该种设计中的通信装置1400可对应执行前述实施例中北斗网络设备200执行的方法步骤,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the communication device 1400 in this design can correspondingly perform the method steps performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the foregoing embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
以上介绍了本申请实施例的终端100和北斗网络设备200,应理解,但凡具备上述图13所述的终端100的功能的任何形态的产品,但凡具备上述图14所述的北斗网络设备200的功能的任何形态的产品,都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。The terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 of the embodiment of the present application have been introduced above. It should be understood that any product of any form that has the functions of the terminal 100 described in FIG. Products of any form with functions fall within the scope of protection of the embodiments of the present application.
作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的终端100,可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。As a possible product form, the terminal 100 described in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a general bus architecture.
参见图15,图15是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1500的结构示意图。该通信装置1500可以是终端100,或其中的装置。如图15所示,该通信装置1500包括处理器1501和与所述处理器内部连接通信的收发器1502。其中,处理器1501是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是卫星通信的基带处理器或中央处理器。卫星通信的基带处理器可以用于对卫星通信协议以及卫星通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基带芯片,终端、终端芯片等)进行控制,执行计算机程序,处理计算机程序的数据。收发器1502可以称为收发单元、收发机、或收发电路等,用于实现收发功能。收发器1502可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器可以称为接收机或接收电路等,用于实现接收功能;发送器可以称为发送机或发送电 路等,用于实现发送功能。可选的,通信装置1500还可以包括天线1503和/或射频单元(图未示意)。所述天线1503和/或射频单元可以位于所述通信装置1500内部,也可以与所述通信装置1500分离,即所述天线1503和/或射频单元可以是拉远或分布式部署的。Referring to FIG. 15 , FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1500 may be the terminal 100, or a device therein. As shown in FIG. 15 , the communication device 1500 includes a processor 1501 and a transceiver 1502 internally connected and communicating with the processor. Wherein, the processor 1501 is a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor or the like. For example, it may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit for satellite communications. The baseband processor of satellite communication can be used to process satellite communication protocols and satellite communication data, and the central processing unit can be used to control communication devices (such as baseband chips, terminals, terminal chips, etc.), execute computer programs, and process computer Program data. The transceiver 1502 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., and is used to implement a transceiver function. The transceiver 1502 may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver may be called a receiver or a receiving circuit, etc., for realizing a receiving function; the transmitter may be called a transmitter or a sending circuit, for realizing a sending function. Optionally, the communication device 1500 may further include an antenna 1503 and/or a radio frequency unit (not shown in the figure). The antenna 1503 and/or the radio frequency unit may be located inside the communication device 1500, or may be separated from the communication device 1500, that is, the antenna 1503 and/or the radio frequency unit may be remote or distributed.
可选的,通信装置1500中可以包括一个或多个存储器1504,其上可以存有指令,该指令可为计算机程序,所述计算机程序可在通信装置1500上被运行,使得通信装置1500执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的,所述存储器1504中还可以存储有数据。通信装置1500和存储器1504可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。Optionally, the communication device 1500 may include one or more memories 1504, on which instructions may be stored, the instructions may be computer programs, and the computer programs may be run on the communication device 1500, so that the communication device 1500 executes the above-mentioned Methods described in the Methods Examples. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 1504 . The communication device 1500 and the memory 1504 can be set separately or integrated together.
其中,处理器1501、收发器1502、以及存储器1504可以通过通信总线连接。Wherein, the processor 1501, the transceiver 1502, and the memory 1504 may be connected through a communication bus.
一种设计中,通信装置1500可以用于执行前述实施例中终端100的功能:处理器1501可以用于执行上述图13所示实施例中终端100执行的有关协议解析与封装以及运算确定的功能步骤和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程;收发器1502可以用于执行上述图13所示实施例中终端100执行的有关执行的有关发送和接收的功能步骤和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In one design, the communication device 1500 can be used to execute the functions of the terminal 100 in the foregoing embodiments: the processor 1501 can be used to execute the functions related to protocol parsing and encapsulation and operation determination performed by the terminal 100 in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 13 Steps and/or other processes used in the technology described herein; the transceiver 1502 may be used to execute the functional steps related to the execution of sending and receiving performed by the terminal 100 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 and/or used in this article Other procedures for the techniques described.
在上述任一种设计中,处理器1501中可以包括用于实现接收和发送功能的收发器。例如该收发器可以是收发电路,或者是接口,或者是接口电路。用于实现接收和发送功能的收发电路、接口或接口电路可以是分开的,也可以集成在一起。上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于代码/数据的读写,或者,上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于信号的传输或传递。In any of the above designs, the processor 1501 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions. For example, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit. The transceiver circuits, interfaces or interface circuits for realizing the functions of receiving and sending can be separated or integrated together. The above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for reading and writing code/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for signal transmission or transfer.
在上述任一种设计中,处理器1501可以存有指令,该指令可为计算机程序,计算机程序在处理器1501上运行,可使得通信装置1500执行上述方法实施例中终端100执行的方法步骤。计算机程序可能固化在处理器1501中,该种情况下,处理器1501可能由硬件实现。In any of the above designs, the processor 1501 may store instructions, and the instructions may be computer programs, and the computer programs run on the processor 1501 to enable the communication device 1500 to perform the method steps performed by the terminal 100 in the above method embodiments. The computer program may be fixed in the processor 1501, and in this case, the processor 1501 may be implemented by hardware.
在一种实现方式中,通信装置1500可以包括电路,所述电路可以实现前述方法实施例中发送或接收或者通信的功能。本申请中描述的处理器和收发器可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路RFIC、混合信号IC、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、电子设备等上。该处理器和收发器也可以用各种IC工艺技术来制造,例如互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal oxide semiconductor,CMOS)、N型金属氧化物半导体(nMetal-oxide-semiconductor,NMOS)、P型金属氧化物半导体(positive channel metal oxide semiconductor,PMOS)、双极结型晶体管(bipolar junction transistor,BJT)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。In an implementation manner, the communication device 1500 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the function of sending or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments. The processors and transceivers described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuits (integrated circuits, ICs), analog ICs, radio frequency integrated circuits (RFICs), mixed-signal ICs, application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), printed circuit boards ( printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc. The processor and transceiver can also be fabricated using various IC process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (bipolar junction transistor, BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
本申请中描述的通信装置的范围并不限于此,而且通信装置的结构可以不受图15的限制。通信装置1500可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如所述通信装置1500可以是:The scope of the communication device described in this application is not limited thereto, and the structure of the communication device may not be limited by FIG. 15 . Communications apparatus 1500 may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device. For example, the communication device 1500 may be:
(1)独立的集成电路IC,或芯片,或,芯片系统或子系统;(1) Stand-alone integrated circuits ICs, or chips, or chip systems or subsystems;
(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合,可选的,该IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据,计算机程序的存储部件;(2) A set of one or more ICs, optionally, the set of ICs may also include storage components for storing data and computer programs;
(3)ASIC,例如调制解调器(Modem);(3) ASIC, such as modem (Modem);
(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块;(4) Modules that can be embedded in other devices;
(5)接收机、终端、智能终端、蜂窝电话、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、网络设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等;(5) Receivers, terminals, smart terminals, cellular phones, wireless devices, handsets, mobile units, vehicle-mounted devices, network devices, cloud devices, artificial intelligence devices, etc.;
(6)其他等等。(6) Others and so on.
作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的北斗网络设备200中的任一网元(例如、北斗地面收发站22、北斗中心站23、北斗短报文融合通信平台24),可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。As a possible product form, any network element (for example, Beidou ground transceiver station 22, Beidou central station 23, Beidou short message fusion communication platform 24) in the Beidou network equipment 200 described in the embodiment of the application can Implemented by a generic bus architecture.
参见图16,图16是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1600的结构示意图。该通信装置1600可以是北斗网络设备200,或其中的装置。如图16所示,该通信装置1600包括处理器1601和与所述处理器内部连接通信的收发器1602。其中,处理器1601是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是卫星通信的基带处理器或中央处理器。卫星通信的基带处理器可以用于对卫星通信协议以及卫星通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基带芯片等)进行控制,执行计算机程序,处理计算机程序的数据。收发器1602可以称为收发单元、收发机、或收发电路等,用于实现收发功能。收发器1602可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器可以称为接收机或接收电路等,用于实现接收功能;发送器可以称为发送机或发送电路等,用于实现发送功能。可选的,通信装置1600还可以包括天线1603和/或射频单元(图未示意)。所述天线1603和/或射频单元可以位于所述通信装置1600内部,也可以与所述通信装置1600分离,即所述天线1603和/或射频单元可以是拉远或分布式部署的。Referring to FIG. 16 , FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1600 may be the Beidou network device 200, or a device therein. As shown in FIG. 16 , the communication device 1600 includes a processor 1601 and a transceiver 1602 internally connected and communicating with the processor. Wherein, the processor 1601 is a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor or the like. For example, it may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit for satellite communications. The baseband processor of the satellite communication can be used to process the satellite communication protocol and satellite communication data, and the central processing unit can be used to control the communication device (eg, baseband chip, etc.), execute the computer program, and process the data of the computer program. The transceiver 1602 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., and is used to implement a transceiver function. The transceiver 1602 may include a receiver and a transmitter, and the receiver may be called a receiver or a receiving circuit for realizing a receiving function; the transmitter may be called a transmitter or a sending circuit for realizing a sending function. Optionally, the communication device 1600 may further include an antenna 1603 and/or a radio frequency unit (not shown in the figure). The antenna 1603 and/or the radio frequency unit may be located inside the communication device 1600, or may be separated from the communication device 1600, that is, the antenna 1603 and/or the radio frequency unit may be remote or distributed.
可选的,通信装置1600中可以包括一个或多个存储器1604,其上可以存有指令,该指令可为计算机程序,所述计算机程序可在通信装置1600上被运行,使得通信装置1600执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的,所述存储器1604中还可以存储有数据。通信装置1600和存储器1604可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。Optionally, the communication device 1600 may include one or more memories 1604, on which instructions may be stored. The instructions may be computer programs, and the computer programs may be run on the communication device 1600, so that the communication device 1600 executes the above-mentioned Methods described in the Methods Examples. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 1604 . The communication device 1600 and the memory 1604 can be set separately or integrated together.
其中,处理器1601、收发器1602、以及存储器1604可以通过通信总线连接。Wherein, the processor 1601, the transceiver 1602, and the memory 1604 may be connected through a communication bus.
一种设计中,通信装置1600可以用于执行前述实施例中北斗网络设备200的功能:处理器1601可以用于执行上述图13所示实施例中北斗网络设备200执行的有关协议解析与封装以及运算确定的功能步骤和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程;收发器1602可以用于执行上述图13所示实施例中北斗网络设备200执行的有关执行的有关发送和接收的功能步骤和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In one design, the communication device 1600 can be used to perform the functions of the Beidou network device 200 in the foregoing embodiments: the processor 1601 can be used to perform the related protocol parsing and encapsulation performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 and The functional steps determined by the calculation and/or other processes used in the technology described herein; the transceiver 1602 can be used to execute the functional steps related to the sending and receiving performed by the Beidou network device 200 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
在上述任一种设计中,处理器1601中可以包括用于实现接收和发送功能的收发器。例如该收发器可以是收发电路,或者是接口,或者是接口电路。用于实现接收和发送功能的收发电路、接口或接口电路可以是分开的,也可以集成在一起。上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于代码/数据的读写,或者,上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于信号的传输或传递。In any of the above designs, the processor 1601 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions. For example, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit. The transceiver circuits, interfaces or interface circuits for realizing the functions of receiving and sending can be separated or integrated together. The above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for reading and writing code/data, or the above-mentioned transceiver circuit, interface or interface circuit may be used for signal transmission or transfer.
在上述任一种设计中,处理器1601可以存有指令,该指令可为计算机程序,计算机程序在处理器1601上运行,可使得通信装置1600执行上述方法实施例中终端100执行的方法步骤。计算机程序可能固化在处理器1601中,该种情况下,处理器1601可能由硬件实现。In any of the above designs, the processor 1601 may store instructions, which may be computer programs, and the computer programs run on the processor 1601 to enable the communication device 1600 to perform the method steps performed by the terminal 100 in the above method embodiments. The computer program may be solidified in the processor 1601, and in this case, the processor 1601 may be implemented by hardware.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序代码,当上述处理器执行该计算机程序代码时,电子设备执行前述任一实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer program code is stored, and when the above-mentioned processor executes the computer program code, the electronic device executes the method in any one of the above-mentioned embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行前述任一实施例中的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which, when the computer program product is run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method in any one of the foregoing embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该装置可以以芯片的产品形态存在,该装置的结构中包括处理器和接口电路,该处理器用于通过接收电路与其它装置通信,使得该装置执行前述任一实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which can exist in the product form of a chip. The structure of the device includes a processor and an interface circuit. The processor is used to communicate with other devices through a receiving circuit, so that the device performs the aforementioned The method in any of the examples.
本申请实施例还提供一种北斗通信系统,包括终端100和北斗网络设备200,该终端100和北斗网络设备200可以执行前述任一实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a Beidou communication system, including a terminal 100 and a Beidou network device 200. The terminal 100 and the Beidou network device 200 can execute the method in any of the foregoing embodiments.
本申请全文介绍了北斗通信系统中短报文的通信功能,可以理解的是,其他卫星系统中也可能存在支持短报文的通信功能。因此,不限制在北斗通信系统中,若有其他卫星系统也支持短报文的通信功能,本申请中介绍的方法,也同样适用于其他卫星系统的通信。This application fully introduces the communication function of short messages in the Beidou communication system. It is understandable that there may be communication functions supporting short messages in other satellite systems. Therefore, it is not limited to the Beidou communication system. If other satellite systems also support the short message communication function, the method introduced in this application is also applicable to the communication of other satellite systems.
结合本申请公开内容所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现,也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、闪存、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable ROM,EPROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于核心网接口设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于核心网接口设备中。The steps of the methods or algorithms described in connection with the disclosure of this application can be implemented in the form of hardware, or can be implemented in the form of a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable Programmable ROM, EPROM), electrically erasable Programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be a component of the processor. The processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC may be located in the core network interface device. Certainly, the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the core network interface device as discrete components.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,在上述一个或多个示例中,本申请所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机可读存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in the above one or more examples, the functions described in this application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes both computer-readable storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, and are not intended to limit them; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: it can still understand the foregoing The technical solutions described in each embodiment are modified, or some of the technical features are replaced equivalently; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions depart from the scope of the technical solutions of the various embodiments of the application.

Claims (26)

  1. 一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法,其特征在于,包括:A white list control method in a Beidou communication system, characterized in that it comprises:
    北斗网络设备通过蜂窝网络设备接收到第二终端发送至第一终端的第一短消息;The Beidou network device receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal through the cellular network device;
    当所述北斗网络设备确定出所述第一终端的白名单中包括有所述第二终端的标识时,所述北斗网络设备存储所述第一短消息;When the Beidou network device determines that the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal, the Beidou network device stores the first short message;
    当所述北斗网络设备确定出所述第一终端的白名单中不包括所述第二终端的标识时,所述北斗网络设备丢弃所述第一短消息。When the Beidou network device determines that the white list of the first terminal does not include the identity of the second terminal, the Beidou network device discards the first short message.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述北斗网络设备确定出所述第一终端的白名单中包括有所述第二终端的标识时,所述北斗网络设备存储所述第一短消息,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein when the Beidou network device determines that the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal, the Beidou network device stores the second terminal A short message, the method also includes:
    所述北斗网络设备向所述蜂窝网络设备发送确认接收信息,所述确认接收信息用于指示所述蜂窝网络设备删除所述第一短消息。The Beidou network device sends confirmation reception information to the cellular network device, where the confirmation reception information is used to instruct the cellular network device to delete the first short message.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述北斗网络设备通过蜂窝网络设备接收到第二终端发送至第一终端的第一短消息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein after the Beidou network device receives the first short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal through the cellular network device, the method further comprises:
    所述北斗网络设备接收到所述第一终端的第一请求;所述第一请求用于获取一个或多个终端发送至第一终端的短消息,所述一个或多个终端包括所述第二终端;The Beidou network device receives a first request from the first terminal; the first request is used to obtain short messages sent to the first terminal by one or more terminals, and the one or more terminals include the first two terminals;
    当所述第一终端的白名单中包括所述第二终端时,所述北斗网络设备将所述第一短消息发送至所述第一终端;When the white list of the first terminal includes the second terminal, the Beidou network device sends the first short message to the first terminal;
    所述第一终端的白名单中不包括所述第二终端时,所述北斗网络设备向所述第一终端发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于表示所述北斗网络设备中未存储所述第二终端发送给所述第一终端的短消息。When the white list of the first terminal does not include the second terminal, the Beidou network device sends first indication information to the first terminal, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the Beidou network equipment The short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal is not stored.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述北斗网络设备接收到所述第一终端的第一请求之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein after the Beidou network device receives the first request from the first terminal, the method further comprises:
    当所述第一终端的白名单中不包括所述第二终端时,所述北斗网络设备将所述第二终端的标识添加至所述第一终端的白名单。When the white list of the first terminal does not include the second terminal, the Beidou network device adds the identifier of the second terminal to the white list of the first terminal.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述北斗网络设备将所述第二终端添加至所述第一终端的白名单,具体包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the Beidou network device adds the second terminal to the whitelist of the first terminal, specifically comprising:
    当所述北斗网络设备中所述第一终端的白名单中已存储的终端标识的数量和所述第一终端的白名单中最多存储的终端标识的数量相同时,所述北斗网络设备将白名单中第三终端的标识替换为所述第二终端的标识。When the number of terminal identifiers stored in the whitelist of the first terminal in the Beidou network device is the same as the number of terminal identifiers stored at most in the whitelist of the first terminal, the Beidou network device will white The identifier of the third terminal in the list is replaced by the identifier of the second terminal.
  6. 根据权利要求3-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求包括业务类型字段,所述业务类型字段用于指示所述第一请求的业务类型;其中,所述第一请求的业务类型包括下载白名单内的指定终端发送的短消息业务,下载所有终端发送的短消息业务,下载非白名单的指定终端发送的短消息业务。The method according to any one of claims 3-5, wherein the first request includes a service type field, and the service type field is used to indicate the service type of the first request; wherein, the The service type of the first request includes downloading short message services sent by designated terminals in the white list, downloading short message services sent by all terminals, and downloading short message services sent by designated terminals not in the white list.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一请求的业务类型为下载白名单 内的指定终端发送的短消息业务时,所述第一请求中还包括有白名单位图字段,所述白名单位图字段用于指示所述第二终端在所述第一终端的白名单中的序号。The method according to claim 6, wherein when the service type of the first request is to download the short message service sent by the specified terminal in the white list, the first request also includes a white list unit map field, the whitelist unit map field is used to indicate the sequence number of the second terminal in the whitelist of the first terminal.
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一请求的业务类型为下载非白名单内的指定终端发送的短消息业务时,所述第一请求中还包括有目标终端标识字段,所述目标终端标识字段用于指示所述第二终端的标识。The method according to claim 6, wherein when the service type of the first request is to download a short message service sent by a specified terminal not in the white list, the first request further includes a target terminal identifier field, the target terminal identifier field is used to indicate the identifier of the second terminal.
  9. 一种北斗通信系统中白名单控制方法,其特征在于,包括:A white list control method in a Beidou communication system, characterized in that it comprises:
    第一终端向北斗网络设备发送第一请求,所述第一请求用于获取一个或多个终端发送至第一终端的短消息,所述一个或多个终端包括所述第二终端;The first terminal sends a first request to the Beidou network device, where the first request is used to obtain short messages sent to the first terminal by one or more terminals, where the one or more terminals include the second terminal;
    当所述第一终端的白名单中包括有所述第二终端的标识时,所述第一终端接收到所述北斗网络设备发送的来自所述第二终端的第一短消息;When the white list of the first terminal includes the identity of the second terminal, the first terminal receives the first short message from the second terminal sent by the Beidou network device;
    当所述第一终端的白名单中不包括所述第二终端的标识时,所述第一终端接收到所述北斗网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于表示所述北斗网络设备中未存储所述第二终端发送给所述第一终端的短消息。When the white list of the first terminal does not include the identity of the second terminal, the first terminal receives the first indication information sent by the Beidou network equipment, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the The short message sent by the second terminal to the first terminal is not stored in the Beidou network device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一终端向北斗网络设备发送第一请求后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that, after the first terminal sends the first request to the Beidou network device, the method further comprises:
    当所述第一请求的业务类型为下载非白名单内的指定终端发送的短消息业务时,所述第一请求中还包括有目标终端标识字段,所述目标终端标识字段用于指示所述第二终端的标识;所述第一终端将所述第二终端的标识添加至所述第一终端的白名单。When the service type of the first request is to download a short message service sent by a specified terminal not in the white list, the first request also includes a target terminal identification field, and the target terminal identification field is used to indicate the An identifier of the second terminal; the first terminal adds the identifier of the second terminal to the whitelist of the first terminal.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端将所述第二终端的标识添加至所述第一终端的白名单,具体包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the first terminal adds the identity of the second terminal to the whitelist of the first terminal, specifically comprising:
    当所述第一终端的白名单中已存储的终端标识的数量和所述第一终端的白名单中最多存储的终端标识的数量相同时,所述第一终端将白名单中第三终端的标识替换为所述第二终端的标识。When the number of terminal identities stored in the whitelist of the first terminal is the same as the maximum number of terminal identities stored in the whitelist of the first terminal, the first terminal adds the The identifier is replaced with the identifier of the second terminal.
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端通过北斗运营服务器调整所述第一终端的白名单。The method according to claim 9, wherein the first terminal adjusts the white list of the first terminal through a Beidou operation server.
  13. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括一个或多个处理器、一个或多个存储器和收发器;其中,所述收发器、所述一个或多个存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理器在执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求9-12所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes one or more processors, one or more memories, and a transceiver; wherein the transceiver, the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors , the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the communication device is configured to perform the functions as claimed in claim 9- 12 as described in the method.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置为终端。The communication device according to claim 13, wherein the communication device is a terminal.
  15. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括一个或多个处理器、一个或多个存储器、收发器;其中,所述收发器、所述一个或多个存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理 器在执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes one or more processors, one or more memories, and a transceiver; wherein the transceiver, the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors , the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, and when one or more processors are executing the computer instructions, the communication device is configured to perform the functions described in claim 1- The method described in any one of 8.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置为北斗网络设备。The communication device according to claim 15, wherein the communication device is Beidou network equipment.
  17. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-8.
  18. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求9-12所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium. Instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method according to claims 9-12.
  19. 一种芯片或芯片系统,应用于终端,其特征在于,包括处理电路和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理电路,所述处理电路用于运行所述代码指令以执行如权利要求9-12所述的方法。A chip or chip system, applied to a terminal, characterized in that it includes a processing circuit and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processing circuit, and the processing circuit is used to run the code instructions to perform the method as claimed in claims 9-12.
  20. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括蜂窝网络设备和第二终端:A communication system, characterized in that it includes a cellular network device and a second terminal:
    所述第二终端,用于向蜂窝网络设备发送第一短消息,其中,所述第一短消息的接收方为第一终端;The second terminal is configured to send a first short message to a cellular network device, wherein the recipient of the first short message is the first terminal;
    所述蜂窝网络设备,用于在接收到所述第一短消息之后,查询所述第一终端当前驻留的网络;The cellular network device is configured to query the network where the first terminal currently resides after receiving the first short message;
    所述蜂窝网络设备,还用于若所述第一终端当前驻留的网络为北斗网络,发送北斗提示信息给所述第二终端,所述北斗提示信息用于通知所述第二终端当前所述第一终端驻留在所述北斗网络;The cellular network device is further configured to send Beidou reminder information to the second terminal if the network where the first terminal currently resides is the Beidou network, and the Beidou reminder information is used to notify the second terminal of the current Beidou network. The first terminal resides in the Beidou network;
    所述第二终端,还用于在接收到所述北斗提示信息后,显示第一提示,所述第一提示用于提示用户当前所述第一终端处于所述北斗网络;The second terminal is further configured to display a first prompt after receiving the Beidou prompt information, and the first prompt is used to remind the user that the first terminal is currently in the Beidou network;
    所述第二终端,还用于接收并响应于用户的第一输入,向所述蜂窝网络设备发送确认信息,所述确认信息用于确认将所述第一短消息发送至驻留在所述北斗网络下的所述第一终端;The second terminal is further configured to receive and respond to the user's first input, and send confirmation information to the cellular network device, where the confirmation information is used to confirm sending the first short message to the device residing in the The first terminal under the Beidou network;
    所述蜂窝网络设备,还用于在接收到所述确认信息后,将所述第一短消息发送给北斗网络设备,所述北斗网络设备用于将所述第一短消息中的消息内容在所述北斗网络下发送给所述第一终端。The cellular network device is further configured to send the first short message to the Beidou network device after receiving the confirmation information, and the Beidou network device is used to send the message content in the first short message to the The Beidou network is sent to the first terminal.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的系统,其特征在于,所述蜂窝网络设备,还用于在接收到所述第一短消息之前,接收所述第一终端上报的网络状态信息,所述网络状态信息用于指示所述第一终端将要驻留的网络。The system according to claim 20, wherein the cellular network device is further configured to receive network status information reported by the first terminal before receiving the first short message, the network status information It is used to indicate the network where the first terminal will reside.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的系统,其特征在于,所述蜂窝网络设备,还用于在接收到所述第一短消息之前,接收所述北斗网络设备上报的网络状态信息,所述网络状态信息用于指示所述第一终端驻留的网络。The system according to claim 20, wherein the cellular network device is further configured to receive the network status information reported by the Beidou network device before receiving the first short message, the network status information Used to indicate the network where the first terminal resides.
  23. 根据权利要求20-22所述的系统,其特征在于,所述蜂窝网络设备,还用于在查询到所述第一终端当前驻留的网络为蜂窝网络时,将所述第一短消息发送给所述第一终端。The system according to claim 20-22, wherein the cellular network device is further configured to send the first short message to to the first terminal.
  24. 根据权利要求20-23所述的系统,其特征在于,所述第二终端,还用于在显示所述第一提示后,接收用户的第二输入;The system according to claims 20-23, wherein the second terminal is further configured to receive a second input from the user after displaying the first prompt;
    所述第二终端,还用于响应于所述第二输入,向所述蜂窝网络设备发送拒绝信息,所述拒绝信息用于取消将所述第一短消息发送至处于所述北斗网络下的所述第一终端;The second terminal is further configured to send rejection information to the cellular network device in response to the second input, and the rejection information is used to cancel sending the first short message to the Beidou network device. said first terminal;
    所述蜂窝网络设备,还用于存储所述第一短消息。The cellular network device is further configured to store the first short message.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的系统,其特征在于,所述蜂窝网络设备,还用于若在存储所述第一短消息之后的预设时间内检测到所述第一终端切换驻留至蜂窝网络,将存储的所述第一短消息发送给所述第一终端。The system according to claim 24, wherein the cellular network device is further configured to switch and camp on the cellular network if the first terminal is detected within a preset time after storing the first short message , sending the stored first short message to the first terminal.
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的系统,其特征在于,所述蜂窝网络设备,还用于若在存储所述第一短消息之后的预设时间内未检测到所述第一终端切换驻留至所述蜂窝网络,将所述第一短消息删除。The system according to claim 24, wherein the cellular network device is further configured to switch and camp on the first terminal if the first terminal is not detected within a preset time after storing the first short message. the cellular network, and delete the first short message.
PCT/CN2022/109307 2021-08-06 2022-07-30 Whitelist control method in beidou communication system and related device WO2023011386A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110903235.1 2021-08-06
CN202110903235 2021-08-06
CN202111278468.3A CN115706604A (en) 2021-08-06 2021-10-30 White list control method and related device in Beidou communication system
CN202111278468.3 2021-10-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023011386A1 true WO2023011386A1 (en) 2023-02-09

Family

ID=85154397

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/109307 WO2023011386A1 (en) 2021-08-06 2022-07-30 Whitelist control method in beidou communication system and related device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023011386A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1454020A (en) * 2002-04-23 2003-11-05 阿尔卡塔尔公司 Method for processing short message in communication network, short message server, communication network and terminal
CN101098511A (en) * 2007-02-28 2008-01-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Mobile terminal enquiry positioning method
US20140045540A1 (en) * 2012-08-13 2014-02-13 Ringcentral, Inc. Messaging in a hosted private branch exchange
CN104661184A (en) * 2013-11-20 2015-05-27 电信科学技术研究院 Method and equipment for satellite communication
CN104883217A (en) * 2014-02-28 2015-09-02 电信科学技术研究院 Method, system and device of transmitting satellite messages
CN111866964A (en) * 2019-04-28 2020-10-30 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Cell selection method, network equipment and terminal

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1454020A (en) * 2002-04-23 2003-11-05 阿尔卡塔尔公司 Method for processing short message in communication network, short message server, communication network and terminal
CN101098511A (en) * 2007-02-28 2008-01-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Mobile terminal enquiry positioning method
US20140045540A1 (en) * 2012-08-13 2014-02-13 Ringcentral, Inc. Messaging in a hosted private branch exchange
CN104661184A (en) * 2013-11-20 2015-05-27 电信科学技术研究院 Method and equipment for satellite communication
CN104883217A (en) * 2014-02-28 2015-09-02 电信科学技术研究院 Method, system and device of transmitting satellite messages
CN111866964A (en) * 2019-04-28 2020-10-30 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Cell selection method, network equipment and terminal

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MEYER RAMSEY: "Simple messaging and collaboration system for disaster environments", 2013 IEEE GLOBAL HUMANITARIAN TECHNOLOGY CONFERENCE (GHTC), IEEE, 20 October 2013 (2013-10-20), pages 382 - 387, XP032551564, DOI: 10.1109/GHTC.2013.6713716 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3917210A1 (en) Network card switching method and electronic device
CN113170019B (en) Incoming call display method and terminal equipment based on application
WO2023011376A1 (en) Key updating method in beidou communication system, and system and related apparatus
EP4187891A1 (en) Method and system for replying to message, and electronic device
WO2023030152A1 (en) Network switching method, and related device
CN113170279B (en) Communication method based on low-power Bluetooth and related device
EP3993461A1 (en) Device capability discovery method and p2p device
US11792631B2 (en) Emergency call method and user terminal
EP4358432A1 (en) Mail download and query method in beidou communication system, and system and related apparatus
WO2023011386A1 (en) Whitelist control method in beidou communication system and related device
CN113676902B (en) System, method and electronic equipment for providing wireless internet surfing
WO2020216144A1 (en) Method for adding mail contact, and electronic device
WO2023011603A1 (en) Position reporting method and system in beidou communication system, and related apparatus
CN115706604A (en) White list control method and related device in Beidou communication system
WO2023011594A1 (en) Mailbox profile query method and system in beidou communication system, and related device
CN112840680A (en) Position information processing method and related device
CN114697438B (en) Method, device, equipment and storage medium for carrying out call by utilizing intelligent equipment
WO2023083027A1 (en) Parameter updating method and system in beidou communication system, and related apparatus
CN114071055B (en) Method for rapidly joining conference and related equipment
WO2023011478A1 (en) Data compression method and system in beidou communication system, and related apparatus
WO2023222037A1 (en) Method for displaying short message and terminal
CN115706602A (en) Position reporting method, system and related device in Beidou communication system
CN116709225A (en) Communication method, electronic equipment, network equipment and system
CN115842800A (en) Letter download query method, system and related device in Beidou communication system
CN113691948A (en) Communication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22852099

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE